B1
Module
6 THAT’S
ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH! Autores Katherine Bilsborough; David Folkers; Charlotte Green; María Rodríguez; Philip Wood Edición Gregory Backes; Marta Camarero; Valerie Clark; Esther Lema; Rubén Muñoz; Marisol Yago Corrección y traducción Claire Maloney Ilustración Chema García
Grabación Suena Estudio Edición gráfica Fidel Puerta Maquetación Diego García Tirado; Grupo Kunzzo, S.L. Coordinación técnica y de diseño Mario Dequel Losa Dirección del proyecto Janet Wilson-Smith
Fotografía Javier Calbet, Fidel Puerta, Juan Baraja, Sergio Cuesta/Archivo SM; Collection of Mr. and Mrs. Barney A. Ebsworth BRIDGEMANN ART LIBRARY / FRATELLI ALINARI I.D.E.A. SPA; CORBIS, ALAMY IMAGES/LATINSTOCK; EFE; SCALA; ORONOZ; PRISMA; PHOTONONSTOP; PHOVOIR; INGIMAGE; THINKSTOCK; iSTOCKPHOTO; 123RF; GETTY IMAGES; AGE FOTOSTOCK; ALBUM; STOCKBYTE Fuentes P. 10: BBC [07/03/13]; P. 14: The Guardian [07/03/13]; P. 16: NHS [07/03/13]; P. 20: Mother Nature Network [24/03/13]; P. 24: Penelope Trunk [24/03/13]; P. 26: The Guardian [24/03/13]; P. 27: Hindustan Times [24/03/13]; P. 34: BBC [24/03/13]; P. 36: The Telegraph [24/03/13]; P. 36: CNN Money [24/03/13]; P. 40: The Guardian / Wikipedia [31/03/2013]; P. 44: Wales Online [31/03/2013]; P. 46:Time y British Council [31/03/2013]; P. 50: Visit London [31/03/2013]; P. 54:Travel Supermarket [31/03/2013]; P. 56: The Guardian [31/03/2013]; P. 60: Self Growth [31/03/2013]; P. 64: Forbes [31/03/2013]; P. 66, How To Win Friends And Influence People, Dale Carnegie. Vermilion, New Ed edition, April 2006; P. 70: Topics Magazine [31/03/2013]; P. 74: Butlins [31/03/2013]; P. 76: Help Guide [31/03/2013]; P. 80: Wikipedia [18/04/2013]; P. 84: Tru TV, 18/04/2013]; P. 86: Christine Kane [18/04/2013]; P. 87: Greater Good [18/04/2013]; P. 90: New York Theatre [18/04/2013]; P. 94: The Edinburgh Festival Fringe [18/04/2013]; P. 94: London Theatre [18/04/2013]; P. 96: The Sun and Wikipedia [18/04/2013]; P. 100: Historic UK [30/04/2013]; P. 101: East of the web [30/04/2013]; P. 104: The Telegraph [30/04/2013]; P. 106: Wiki How [30/04/2013]; P. 108: The Happy Prince, by Oscar Wilde; P. 108: Ecclectica [30/04/2013]; P. 111: Wiki How [15/05/2013]; P. 111: Live Science [15/05/2013] Diseño curricular y seguimiento técnico del proceso de elaboración de los materiales didácticos de Inglés a Distancia desde el CIDEAD realizado por: Rocío Arias Bejarano Silvia Ávila Duez Nuria Cambronero Sicilia Rafael Fernández Alonso Ana Mª García Romero Karen Ludlow Cleo Merino de Diego Marta Puras Tellaeche Francisco Javier Sainz de Robles María Jesús Sierra Delgado Elena Terán Herranz
Este material se ha elaborado con papel certificado por la cadena de custodia PEFC (Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification), procedente de plantaciones forestales, totalmente libre de cloro (TCF – Totally Chlorine Free) y cumpliendo la ISO14001, siguiendo lo estipulado en la Orden PRE/116/2008, de 21 de enero.
MINISTERIO DE EDUCACIÓN, CULTURA Y DEPORTE SECRETARÍA DE ESTADO DE EDUCACIÓN, FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL Y UNIVERSIDADES Centro para la Innovación y Desarrollo de la Educación a Distancia (CIDEAD) Director del CIDEAD: José Luis Gómez Sierra Edita: © SECRETARÍA GENERAL TÉCNICA Subdirección General de Publicaciones y Documentación Catálogo de publicaciones del Ministerio de Educación, Cultura y Deporte: http://www.educacion.es Catálogo general de publicaciones oficiales: www.060.es Fecha de edición: Junio 2013 NIPO: 030-13-087-9 ISBN: 978-84-369-5457-9 Depósito legal: M-15686-2013 Impreso en la UE - Printed in EU Imprime: Reyper, S.L.
THAT’S ENGLISH! Contents
4
Introduction
6
Unit 1
9
Getting better Unit 2 Lifestyle choices
19
Unit 3 There’s no place like home
29
Unit 4 Books, books, books!
39
Unit 5 Going places
49
Unit 6 First impressions
59
Unit 7 Play time!
69
Unit 8 The art world
79
Unit 9 The world is a stage
89
Unit 10 Stories and legends
99
Unit 11 Revision
109
Reference Section
114
Phonetic Symbols
143
List of Irregular Verbs
144
Audio Scripts
148
Answer Key
160 3
Contents UNIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT
FUNCTIONS
GRAMMAR
s4ALKING ABOUT HEALTH AND ILLNESSES s %XPRESSING SYMPATHY s 'IVING ADVICE
s 2EmEXIVE AND RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS s 0RESENT PERFECT AND PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS s should, ought to, could how about -ing AND IMPERATIVES
s $ESCRIBING DIFFERENT LIFESTYLES s %XPRESSING GENERAL IDEAS
s )NDElNITE PRONOUNS s $ElNITE ARTICLE s both … and, neither … nor, either …or s 5SES OF THE PLURAL
s %XPRESSING QUANTITY s $ESCRIBING HOMES
s .UMBERS s a couple of, dozens, over, roughly,… s a pair of, a bunch of,… s 3UBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
s )DENTIFYING PEOPLE PLACES AND TIME s %XPRESSING FEELINGS AND OPINIONS
s $ElNING RELATIVE CLAUSES USE AND OMISSION OF RELATIVE PRONOUNS s who, which, that, s whose, when, where s -ing -ed ADJECTIVES ENDINGS
s -AKING DECISIONS s !SKING FOR AND GIVING INFORMATION s 'IVING WARNINGS
s Will FOR SPONTANEOUS DECISIONS s Wh- QUESTIONS s -ODIFYING ADVERBS s 0RESENT SIMPLE FOR TIMETABLES s )MPERATIVES AND would
First impressions
s !SKING FOR CONlRMATION s !SKING FOR AND GIVING OPINIONS s 3HOWING APPROVAL DISAPPROVAL
s 1UESTION TAGS s $OUBLE GENITIVE AND mine, yours, his / hers, ours, theirs
Play time!
s !SKING FOR AND GIVING INSTRUCTIONS s $ESCRIBING ANNOYING HABITS s !CCEPTING AND REFUSING
s )MPERATIVES s go on + ING s 0RESENT CONTINUOUS s will / won’t + infinitive
The art world
s $ESCRIBING PREFERENCE s $ESCRIBING PROCESSES s %XPRESSING INTEREST DISINTEREST ADMIRATION AND DISGUST
s 0ASSIVE VOICE s !DVERBS AND ADVERBIAL PHRASES s %CHO QUESTIONS s Prefer would rather s Howx What (a / an)…!
s %XPRESSING HOPE s #ONGRATULATING PRAISING s %XPRESSING SATISFACTION s #RITICISING
s Hope s !DJECTIVE PRElXES under-, over-, supers 'RADABLE AND NON GRADABLE ADJECTIVES MODIlERS
s .ARRATING PAST EVENTS s 2EMINISCING TALKING ABOUT PAST HABITS
s 0AST SIMPLE AND PAST CONTINUOUS s !DVERBS IN NARRATIVES s 0AST PERFECT s would INlNITIVE used to) s .ARRATIVE PRESENT
Getting better Lifestyle choices There’s no place like home Books, books, books! Going places
The world is a stage Stories and legends
UNIT
4
Revision THAT’S ENGLISH!
PHONETICS
VOCABULARY
SOCIOLINGUISTICS LEARNING STRATEGIES
s P T K STRONG WEAK POSITION s )NTONATION TO SHOW EMOTIONS INTEREST SYMPATHY ADVICE
s4RADITIONAL AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES s (EALTHY UNHEALTHY LIFESTYLES
s (EALTH CARE IN THE WELFARE STATE VERSUS PRIVATE HEALTH INSURANCE s4HE EMERGENCE OF ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES
s 5SING GRAPHIC ORGANISERS s 5SING SELECTIVE ATTENTION s 5SING YOUR KINESTHETIC SENSE s 0ERSONALISING
s s z /tʃ/ /dʒ/ s 0LACEMENT STRESS FOR MEANING
s #OMMON HABITS AND DAILY LIFE ROUTINES s 7ORK s 6ALUES AND BEHAVIOUR
s (OW LIFE STANDARDS AND VALUES VARY DEPENDING ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIOCULTURAL BACKGROUNDS
s 5SING SELECTIVE ATTENTION s 0ERSONALISING s #OOPERATING
s 0HONETIC VALUE OF MUTE E s #ONNECTED SPEECH GROUPING WORDS TOGETHER
s +INDS OF HOME s (OUSE FEATURES s4ECHNICAL PROBLEMS IN THE HOUSE
s (OMES IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES s #HANGING HOUSING MARKETS
s 5SING YOUR KINAESTHETIC SENSE s #LASSIFYING s 5SING BACKGROUND INFORMATION
s (OMOGRAPHS s %XPRESSING SURPRISE DISBELIEF FEAR SADNESS HAPPINESS
s ,ITERATURE s %MOTIONS
s $IFFERENT TYPES OF LITERARY AWARDS "OOKER 0RIZE s $IFFERENT WAYS OF EXPRESSING FEELINGS
s -AKING PREDICTIONS s 5SING GRAPHIC ORGANISERS s #LASSIFYING s 3UMMARISING
s #ONSONANT ASSIMILATION s )NTONATION FOR WARNINGS
s 4RANSPORT AROUND A CITY s #OMPOUND NOUNS s 4HINGS TO DO FOR A CITY BREAK
s 'ETTING AROUND A CITY s !DVICE WHILE TRAVELLING
s 5SING BACKGROUND KNOWLEDGE s 0ERSONALISING s #OOPERATING
s /æ/, /ɑ:/, /ʌ/ s )NTONATION IN QUESTION TAGS
s "ODY LANGUAGE AND MANNERS BEHAVIOUR s #HARACTER ADJECTIVES
s "ODY LANGUAGE APPROPRIATE AND INAPPROPRIATE CONDUCT IN DIFFERENT FORMAL INFORMAL SITUATIONS
ss 5SING 5SING SELECTIVE PICTURES ATTENTION s4AKING NOTES s 0REDICTING s 0ERSONALISING ss #LASSIFYING #LASSIFYING 5SING BACKGROUND BACKGROUND ss 5SING KNOWLEDGE KNOWLEDGE
s (OMOPHONES s 3TRESS EMPHATIC AUXILIARIES FOR EXPRESSING ANNOYANCE AND REFUSAL
s #HILDRENS GAMES s 6ERBS FOR GAME INSTRUCTIONS s 0HRASES FOR ACCEPTANCE AND REFUSAL
s4YPICAL PLAYGROUND GAMES SCHOOLS s 'ROUP DYNAMIC GAMES
s 5SING YOUR KINESTHETIC SENSE s 0ERSONALISING s #LASSIFYING s 5SING PICTURES
s ,ONG AND SHORT VOWELS s )NTONATION TO SHOW INTEREST AND DISINTEREST
s 0AINTING SCULPTURE ARCHITECTURE ETC s !DVERBS AND ADVERBIAL PHRASES
s -ODERN ART GALLERIES4ATE -ODERN -O-! ETC s4HE IMPORTANCE OF SHOWING INTEREST WHEN WE LISTEN TO SOMEONE
s 5SING SELECTIVE ATTENTION s 0ERSONALISING s 5SING BACKGROUND KNOWLEDGE s 5SING PICTURES
s #OMMONLY MISPRONOUNCED WORDS s #ONTRASTIVITY
s 0LAYS AND THEATRE s !DJECTIVES DESCRIBING VALUES RELATED TO ACTING
s4HEATRE FESTIVALS s (OW TO EXPRESS DIFFERENT EMOTIONS
s 5SING GRAPHIC ORGANISERS s 0ERSONALISING s 5SING SELECTIVE ATTENTION s 3EQUENCING
s /MISSION OF VOWELS s 3TRESS AND RHYTHM EMPHASISING CONTENT WORDS WHEN TELLING A STORY
s4RADITIONAL LEGENDS AND URBAN MYTHS s #OMMON VERBS TO RECALL AND DEVELOP STORIES
s4RADITIONAL TALES AND LEGENDS s 5RBAN LEGENDS
s 5SING SELECTIVE ATTENTION s 5SING BACKGROUND KNOWLEDGE s 3UMMARISING s #LASSIFYING
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5
Introduction Bienvenido al módulo seis del curso That’s English! con el que seguimos en el nivel intermedio. En esta introducción queremos ofrecerte varias sugerencias para seguir cómodamente y con éxito los módulos de That’s English! Los números de página que aparecen a continuación se refieren al orden dentro de cada unidad.
Primer programa de vídeo (1ª página) Todos los materiales de cada unidad giran en torno a un tema diferente. Antes de ver el programa correspondiente a una unidad, te ayudará consultar la tabla de contenidos al principio del libro donde verás recogidas las funciones, estructuras, vocabulario, etc., que la configuran. Después, echa un vistazo a la primera página de la sesión A. En ella podrás ver los Objetivos que se espera que hayas conseguido al finalizar el estudio de la unidad. Puedes volver a ellos en ese momento y comprobar si los has conseguido. Los encabezamientos Before you watch, While you watch y After you watch (antes, mientras y después de ver el programa) te indican qué actividades debes hacer en cada momento. Before you watch presenta el vocabulario y las frases clave del programa. Debes, por tanto, leerlas atentamente y buscar en el diccionario cualquier palabra que desconozcas. While you watch contiene las preguntas que los presentadores hacen al comienzo del programa; sirven para que te hagas una idea del contenido del episodio correspondiente de la nueva serie Cafe 27, que verás también en los restantes módulos del nivel intermedio, y centres tu atención en sus aspectos esenciales. Los presentadores te darán las respuestas al final del mismo. Este apartado debes prepararlo cuidadosamente antes de ver el programa, pues te servirá para su mejor comprensión y aprovechamiento. Mientras ves el programa, intenta responder a las preguntas hechas por los presentadores, pero recuerda que lo más importante es seguir el hilo general de la trama, y que no debes preocuparte si hay algunas palabras o expresiones que desconoces. Muy probablemente las tendrás en cualquiera de los demás materiales de la unidad. Es conveniente que tengas papel y lápiz a mano, pues puede haber palabras o explicaciones de los presentadores que te interese anotar. En cualquier caso, observarás que la segunda vez que veas el programa entenderás mucho más que la primera. Y si lo ves una tercera vez, aún mejor.
6
Nada más terminar el programa, conviene que hagas la sección After you watch. Con estas actividades, se intenta medir si has comprendido lo fundamental del programa. Si te resultara muy difícil realizar las actividades de esta sección, deberías volver a ver el programa e intentar hacerlas de nuevo. En la sección Now you! se te pide que relaciones el tema del programa con tus propias vivencias y opiniones. Por eso conviene que hagas esta actividad nada más ver el programa. Es una excelente manera de repasarlo e interiorizarlo.
Reading (2ª y 6ª páginas) Así como la primera página se centra en el desarrollo de la comprensión auditiva, las páginas 2ª y 6ª de cada unidad están dedicadas al desarrollo de la capacidad lectora, fundamental, junto con aquella, para el aprendizaje y dominio de una lengua. Bajo el encabezamiento Reading, se encuentra un texto que desarrolla diversos aspectos del tema de la unidad. Léelo dos veces con detenimiento y vuelve a él siempre que sea necesario para realizar las actividades relacionadas con él. La única diferencia entre las dos páginas es que en la sexta, el texto suele ser más auténtico y menos graduado y, por lo tanto, puede resultar más difícil. Pero lo importante en la comprensión, tanto auditiva como lectora, no es la comprensión de todas y cada una de las palabras, sino de lo esencial del texto, ya sea hablado o escrito.
Language Study (3ª, 4ª y 7ª páginas) Estas páginas están dedicadas al desarrollo de los siguientes aspectos: Pronunciation Los ejercicios de pronunciación se centran en los diversos aspectos de la fonética: sonidos, acento, ritmo y entonación, tratados desde el punto de vista de las dificultades que presentan habitualmente para el hablante español. Estos ejercicios son fundamentales para mejorar tu pronunciación. Para hacerlos, deberás usar el CD de audio. Conviene que grabes tu propia voz y la compares con el modelo del CD. Para conseguir una pronunciación aceptable, necesitarás repetir muchas veces, pero el esfuerzo merece la pena. Listening Estas actividades sirven no solo para desarrollar la importantísima destreza de comprender la palabra hablada, sino también para reforzar el vocabulario, las estructuras y funciones estudiadas. Para ello, escucha el CD de audio con atención: no escribas
THAT’S ENGLISH!
nada. Vuelve a escuchar el CD e intenta completar los ejercicios cuantas veces sea necesario. Finalmente, escucha el CD de nuevo, siguiendo el texto y comprueba que todas las respuestas son correctas. Grammar La gramática juega un papel importante, pero no esencial en el aprendizaje de una lengua. El conocimiento de las reglas no lleva automáticamente a aplicarlas bien a la hora de hablar o escribir; por tanto, no debes obsesionarte con la gramática. Es más importante ser capaz de participar en una conversación, leer un libro o escribir un correo que saber todas las reglas de la lengua. Conviene buscar un equilibrio. El conocimiento de las reglas gramaticales te ayudará a entender ciertas estructuras complejas o simplemente distintas a las españolas; también te permitirá corregir tus propias producciones, probablemente a posteriori, y te dará una cierta sensación de confianza; pero recuerda que se pueden saber todas las reglas de una lengua y ser incapaz de expresarse en la misma, así como también es posible expresarse con toda fluidez y corrección sin conocer las reglas. Así pues, conviene que estudies los recuadros de explicaciones gramaticales, que comprendas bien los ejemplos y que hagas los ejercicios correspondientes. Speaking Hay dos clases de actividades de speaking: de producción y de interacción. Las actividades de producción las puedes hacer solo. Sin embargo, para las actividades de interacción necesitas a alguien con quien interactuar. Si conoces a alguien que también esté estudiando inglés, sería muy útil que pudieras hacer estas actividades con esta persona. Siempre tienes, por supuesto, la sesión de tutoría donde podrás realizar estas actividades con tus compañeros de clase. Un consejo: no seas tímido. Lánzate a hablar. No te preocupes por los errores que puedas cometer. No hay nada más que una forma de aprender a hablar y es... hablando. Writing Para muchos de los ejercicios de expresión escrita de estas páginas no hay una solución correcta única. Esto no debe preocuparte. No es necesario que todo lo que escribas sea absolutamente correcto. Escribe sin miedo, echa mano de tus fuentes de consulta: diccionarios, gramáticas, amigos, internet; de nuevo, no tengas miedo de cometer errores, y piensa que es a base de práctica como se aprende a escribir. En este nivel intermedio está presente una nueva sección dentro de la parte de Language Study. En las
THAT’S ENGLISH!
unidades 3, 6 y 9 del libro verás que se dedica una columna entera a practicar la destreza de escritura con diferentes actividades. Está pensada para ayudarte a comprender mejor el proceso de escritura y para familiarizarte con los distintos tipos de textos que puedes necesitar escribir.
Segundo programa de vídeo (5ª página) La sesión B del libro, que se corresponde con el segundo programa de vídeo, tiene por objeto ampliar la lengua presentada en la sesión anterior de forma menos controlada y más natural. El segundo programa está compuesto por diversos elementos que abordan el tema general introducido en la sesión anterior, desde muy distintos puntos de vista: s Documentary: donde podrás ver un documental sobre algún aspecto relacionado con el tema de la unidad. s Same language, different lives: en esta sección tendrás oportunidad de ver a varias personas de diferentes países de habla inglesa respondiendo a preguntas relacionadas con el tema de la unidad. De esta manera, además de oír diferentes formas de hablar inglés, podrás aprender cómo es la vida en estos países y contrastarla con la tuya. s That’s Britain: es una nueva sección con la que podrás disfrutar de un viaje cultural por diferentes zonas del Reino Unido. En este módulo visitaremos el sur y sureste de Inglaterra. En cada episodio nuestro presentador, Nigel, visita alguna ciudad o lugar de interés turístico y conversará con las personas que vaya encontrando. Esta sección te ayudará a mejorar tu comprensión auditiva y a conocer de cerca interesantes aspectos de la cultura británica. Pues bien, antes de ver el segundo programa, es muy conveniente que leas todas las actividades que debes hacer porque te resultará motivador y te ayudará a comprender lo que vas a ver. Realiza las actividades de la sección Before you watch antes de ver el programa de TV: muchas de ellas están encaminadas a familiarizarte con el lenguaje que se va a usar y, en ocasiones, a predecirlo. Realiza las actividades de la sección After you watch después de ver el programa. Éstas tienen por misión medir tu comprensión de los diversos elementos. Un consejo que deberías tener muy en cuenta: no te preocupes si no entiendes todas y cada una de las palabras que oigas o leas. Lo importante es entender lo esencial de cada uno de sus elementos.
7
Consolidation (8ª y 9ª páginas) En esta parte del libro se repasan y amplían los contenidos de las sesiones A y B. Cada una de las actividades integra varias destrezas, bien sea la comprensión auditiva con la expresión escrita u oral, o la comprensión lectora con la expresión escrita u oral, etc. Algunas de estas actividades pueden ser más abiertas y menos controladas que las de las sesiones A y B. No debes preocuparte si no sabes si has resuelto bien la actividad o no. El mismo hecho de realizarla te ha servido para mucho. Como muchas otras cosas de la vida, una lengua se aprende practicándola y cometiendo errores. La corrección de los errores puede ser importante, pero mucho más importante es el uso y la práctica de la lengua con o sin errores. No obstante, la tutoría presencial puede ser un buen momento para preguntar tus dudas y practicar las actividades orales de esta sección con tus compañeros.
Self Test (10ª página) Esta última página de cada unidad te da la oportunidad de que te autoevalúes y te ayuda a preparar el examen de fin de módulo. Cada página constará de una actividad de comprensión auditiva o lectora, así como de una actividad de expresión oral o escrita y de algún ejercicio sobre el uso de la lengua. No debes realizar estos ejercicios hasta después de haber completado las otras tres partes de la unidad y después de haber visto los programas A y B de vídeo. Si te resultan muy difíciles, vuelve a hacer las partes relevantes de la unidad, vuelve a ver los programas de televisión, repasa, si es necesario, toda la unidad y, sobre todo, no te desesperes. En este nivel intermedio se ha añadido una sección completa al final del libro que se llama Reference section. En ella encontrarás detalladas explicaciones gramaticales que amplían la información proporcionada por las help boxes en cada unidad.También encontrarás el vocabulario principal trabajado en la unidad, con su correspondiente transcripción fonética en el apartado de Wordlist, así como las secciones que aparecían en los otros módulos, List of Irregular Verbs y Phonetic Symbols. Todos estos elementos están pensados para proporcionarte la ayuda necesaria con las estructuras y el vocabulario de cada unidad. Por último, un consejo muy importante para que puedas tener éxito con el curso That’s English!: asiste a las sesiones de tutoría con regularidad. Son fundamentales para el desarrollo de la expresión oral.
8
THAT’S ENGLISH!
A
1
Getting better OBJECTIVES
UNIT
·To talk about health and its connection to lifestyle ·To find out about alternative therapies
How do you feel? 5 … has used acupuncture before. 6 … is going to perform in a concert. 7 … recommends osteopathy.
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Look at the pictures. How would you treat each of the following problems? 4
What does the practitioner ask Ben about? 1 allergies 2 heart conditions 3 back problems
headache
backache
the flu
5
Answer the questions.
6
1 What does Ben think of people who offer alternative therapies?
Match the problems (1-4) to the recommended treatments (a-d). 1 Ellen’s aunt’s leg. 2 Tim’s skin rash. 3 Ben’s backache. 4 Tim’s stress.
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
4 injuries 5 operations 6 headaches
2 What does Ben think of cranial sacral therapy by the end of the episode?
a yoga b osteopathy c homeopathy d acupuncture
Do these people prefer alternative or traditional remedies? Write (T) for traditional, (A) for alternative or (B) for both. 1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Complete the sentences with Ellen (E), Tim (T) or Ben (B).
1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
6 ...
7 ...
8 ...
NOW YOU! 7
Ellen
Tim
Ben
1 … is a teacher. 2 … recently went to the doctor. 3 … does not believe alternative therapies work. 4 … knows someone who has been cured by acupuncture.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Do you believe alternative therapies work? Why or why not? Which alternative therapies have you tried or would you like to try? I think that alternative therapies work because many of them have been in use much longer than traditional medicine.
9
Getting better
READING Look at the pictures. What do you know about these alternative therapies?
reflexology 2 1
acupuncture
homeopathy
1 I get terrible headaches, but I’m allergic to aspirin. Can you help me, please? 2 I have been feeling depressed. Any advice? 3 How can I treat a stomach ache more naturally? 4 My back hurts when I walk too much. What should I do?
b ... Have you ever tried herbs? Herbs are the best way to treat and prevent everyday health problems. All sorts of plants can be used to make remedies. A warm cup of chamomile cures stomach aches, while slices of fresh ginger work for nausea and migraines. My sister uses evening primrose for a skin rash and eczema. Instead of daily vitamin tablets, I take ginseng to give me energy. Herbal remedies have existed since the ancient civilizations of Africa, China and Egypt.
Complete the chart with information from the text. Where did it begin? Acupuncture
How does it work?
What How long does it has it been treat? used?
It stimulates the body’s energy.
Herbal medicine Reflexology Reiki
10
herbal remedies
Read the messages posted in the Alternative Health Forum. Match the questions (1-4) to the appropriate answer (a-d).
a ... I’m sorry to hear about your pain. If I were you, I’d try acupuncture. My husband suffers from chronic lower back pain, and traditional medicine never helped. Last year, he started seeing an acupuncturist, and it has changed his life. Since then, he has been practically pain-free. Acupuncture is an ancient Chinese remedy that helps relieve all kinds of pain. Fine needles are inserted into the patient’s skin, and this helps stimulate the body’s energy. It treats all kinds of pain, like toothache and headaches. Practitioners have also been using acupuncture to treat depression for thousands of years.
3
reiki
c ... You ought to look into reflexology. This is a type of massage therapy that helps the body heal itself. It originated in Egypt, China and India thousands of years ago. My practitioner massages the nerve endings in my feet, hands and ears, and this has a calming effect on the entire body. Research has shown that this therapy is good for treating migraines and sleep disorders.
d ... Why don’t you look into reiki? I’ve been feeling depressed since my girlfriend left me last year, and traditional doctors haven’t helped much. So, I recently decided to try reiki, and the results are amazing. The Japanese developed this spiritual treatment in the 19th century. Practitioners heal your spiritual energy by placing their hands gently over your body. Then, the spiritual energy heals the physical body. Patients also use reiki for arthritis and anxiety.
4
Complete the sentences using the highlighted words in the text. 1 Her knees stopped hurting. Now she is … . 2 Chamomile is … an upset stomach. 3 A broken arm can … in one month. 4 Eating apples can … heart disease. 5 Depression is one of the common mental … . 6 Lumbago is a … pain. 7 … are sharp, thin pieces of metal. 8 I’m allergic to chocolate. If I eat it, I get a skin … all over.
Since the 19th century
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
1
UNIT
1
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 2
/p/ 1 pill / pain 2 cup / ship 2
2 He … with a knife, and he has lost a lot of blood. 3 You don’t need to take medicine for a stomach ache. Just drink some herbal tea and it will … . 4 She … about natural remedies by reading books from a local library. 5 My grandfather can’t … because he’s got Alzheimer’s. 6 We really … in our country house – it was so relaxing. 7 Just … in the mirror – you look terrible!
Listen and notice how the sounds /p/, /t/, /k/ are pronounced depending on their position in a word or sentence. /k/ 3 cure / come 4 sick / back
/t/ 5 table / type 6 hurt / cut
Listen again and choose the correct option. 1 When /p/, /k/, /t/ start a word, it is strong / weak. 2 When /p/, /k/, /t/ end a word, it is strong / weak.
2 3
Listen and mark if the sound is weak (w) or strong (s). 1 help 2 patient
3 tooth 4 feet
Complete the sentences with him, her, himself or herself.
5
1 Bill didn’t see a doctor. He cured … using a herbal remedy. 2 Mary had a great teacher. This teacher taught … everything about acupuncture. 3 Donald asked his assistant to help … with the new patients. 4 Kate had an accident and hurt … badly.
5 calming 6 work
Reflexive pronouns - Se usa myself, yourself, herself, ourselves … para referirnos o enfatizar el sujeto de una frase. Kim taught herself how to cook. The president himself uses acupuncture.
Match the words to the correct pictures.
6
- Hay ciertos verbos como: enjoy, cut, look at, hurt, take care of… , que normalmente van acompañados de un pronombre reflexivo. We enjoy ourselves while doing yoga. She cut herself with a knife. My son is 14. He can take care of himself.
aloe vera cream bandage herbal tea headache pregnant painkiller fever skin rash physiotherapist dizzy 1
3
5
7
9
2
4
6
8
10
see page 114
3
Choose the correct option. 1 I enjoyed myself / me in the spa. 2 If we aren’t careful, we’ll hurt us / ourselves. 3 My cousin taught myself / me how to use herbal remedies. 4 When he looked at himself / him in the mirror, he noticed a skin rash on his face. 5 Susan looked after her mother when she had flu. She cured herself / her using a natural remedy. 6 They take care of them / themselves by eating a balanced diet.
4
Complete the sentences. Use a verb from the box in the correct tense and a reflexive pronoun.
7 4
Listen to the five dialogues. Match each dialogue to the correct pictures in activity 6. Dialogue A: … Dialogue B: …
8
cut
1 I can’t stop scratching myself because of this rash – it’s really itchy!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
B
4
Dialogue E: …
Match words from A with words from B. A in
look after scratch teach enjoy cure look at
Dialogue C: … Dialogue D: …
upset bug
feel
high
stomach
highly
stomach dizzy contagious pain temperature
Listen again and check.
11
Getting better 9
Use the phrases in activity 8 to complete the sentences. 1 If you eat all of those sweets, you’ll get an … ! 2 I can’t come in to work tomorrow. I’ve caught a … . 3 The doctor says it’s … so you’d better keep your distance! 4 I sometimes … when I haven’t eaten enough. 5 If you’ve got a … , have a cool bath and drink some cold water. 6 He was … until the ambulance arrived, and they gave him an injection.
Present perfect and present perfect continuous Se utiliza present perfect para indicar que la situación ya ha terminado. I’ve done my homework. I have just read that book. I have already made an appointment. Se utiliza present perfect continuous para hablar de una situación o acción terminada pero con un resultado en el presente. My hair is wet because I’ve been swimming. At last! I’ve been calling you all day. see page 114
Reciprocal pronouns Each other se utiliza para expresar una acción que se desarrolla entre dos personas y one another entre más de dos. Tom and Mary help each other at the gym. The athletes congratulated one another. see page 114
10 Complete the dialogues with each other and
one another.
1 A: Why do you prefer group therapy? B: Because the patients depend on … for advice. 2 A: Did Jim and Veronica work alone? B: No, they helped … with the experiment. 3 A: Do Bill and John get along well? B: No, they hate … . 11 Think of any health problems you have had.
How did you treat them? Tell your partner. I had a bad back last year.
How did you treat it?
I had some reiki treatment. How about you?
Well, last week, I…
13 Listen to the dialogues (1-6) and decide what 5
each person has been doing (a-f).
... a He’s been reading a book about alternative medicine. 1 b He’s been meditating. ... c She’s been working out at the gym. ... d She’s been dieting. ... e He’s been taking herbal infusions. ... f She’s been doing acupuncture.
14 Choose the correct sentence.
1 She recently broke her leg. a She has just broken her leg. b She has just been breaking her leg. 2 It is morning. I am still studying. a I have studied all morning. b I have been studying all morning. 3 My hands are very dirty. a I’ve painted the kitchen. b I’ve been painting the kitchen. 4 Ryan feels fine. a He has already been having flu. b He has already had the flu. 15 Read the email and choose the correct option.
Present perfect continuous Se usa has / have been + -ing para enfatizar la duración de una acción que empezó en el pasado y que continúa en el presente. We have been doing yoga for ten years. I have been reading this book since last month. She has been feeling dizzy all morning. see page 115
12 Complete the sentences with the present
perfect continuous of the verbs in brackets.
1 Mark … depressed lately. (feel) 2 I … from back pain for many years. (suffer) 3 My head … all morning. (hurt) 4 Boris … painkillers since the accident. (take) 5 They … for the doctor all afternoon. (wait)
12
Hi Pete, What (1) have you done / have you been doing lately? You (2) haven’t written / haven’t been writing to me since last summer. On January 1st, I made a New Year’s resolution to live a healthier lifestyle. I (3) have dieted / have been dieting since January, and I (4) have already lost / have already been losing 10 kilos. I (5) have done / have been doing more exercise.This week, I (6) have been working out / have worked out at the gym four times. Of course, it (7) hasn’t been / hasn’t been being easy, but I’m feeling much better now. I hope to hear from you soon. Sally
16 Write an email to a friend about how you take
care of yourself. Use activity 15 as a model. Hi... , I have been feeling…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
Alternative therapies 6 What is the presenter’s concluding argument about alternative therapy? a It is better than traditional medicine. b It is less harmful to our bodies than traditional medicine. c It should only be used alongside traditional medicine.
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
Read the following statement about alternative therapies. Do you agree or disagree? Explain your answer. People who use alternative therapies only get better because they ‘believe’ that the remedies work. The mind has the power to heal.
That’s Britain! 4
Complete the sentences with one word. 1 Tunbridge Wells is in the … of England. 2 Galia is the … of The Slimmeria Retreat. 3 Guests at The Slimmeria Retreat lose around 5 kilos per … . 4 Guests take a fitness class and do yoga before … . 5 To lose weight, it’s important to drink plenty of … . 6 Lisa is a personal … at the Slimmeria Retreat. 7 Boxing is a great way to stay fit without getting … .
That’s Britain! 2
1
The Slimmeria Retreat is a place where people go to lose weight and get healthy. What activities do you think you can do there?
Same language, different lives 5
AFTER YOU WATCH
Are alternative therapies available on the state health system in their countries? Complete the table. Yes No
Documentary 3
Answer the questions. 1 What do we call treatments that help to heal the whole body? a natural b complementary c holistic 2 Which therapy does the National Health Service sometimes include? a osteopathy b hypnotherapy c homeopathy 3 What do some people say is the key to successful alternative therapy? a natural ingredients b belief that it works c a combination of alternative and traditional medicine 4 Why did Chris Wallace decide to try osteopathy? a traditional medicine didn’t work b doctors would not operate on him c both a and b 5 What problem does Steven Hills have? a stress b lack of sleep c back pain
THAT’S ENGLISH!
NOW YOU! 6
Have you ever tried to lose weight? Explain why you were or were not successful. How would you recommend someone else to lose weight? The best way to lose weight is to do more exercise.
13
Getting better
READING 1
Read the statements. Tick (3) the ones you agree with.
6
1 Vitamin supplements are a waste of money. 2 You should take health advice from celebrities.
3 Rapid diets do not work. 4 A balanced diet is the key to a healthy lifestyle.
Celebrity health advice Recently, more and more celebrities have been appearing in the media offering advice on how to have a healthy lifestyle. Depression impossible: Tom Cruise made the medical community angry when he told a TV host that depression cannot be treated with medicine. Doctors quickly denounced the actor’s comments as ‘dangerous and irresponsible’. They suggest that if you suffer from depression, you should seek help from your GP, and not from the star of Mission Impossible. A warm cup of health: Gwyneth Paltrow has been strongly criticised about the health advice she offers on her website GOOP.com. Her support for ‘cupping’ is particularly controversial. In this treatment, a practitioner places warm glass cups on the skin to reduce stress.. Experts have explained that the therapy causes bruising, that is, brown or purple marks on your skin. Gwyneth, stick to what you do best: acting.
Magic tape: Not all celebrity health advice is dangerous. Some of it is just plain silly. David Beckham and Serena Williams have been wearing coloured sports tape to treat muscle injuries for years. Lance Armstrong said the tape has ‘special powers’. Experts, on the other hand, say there is no research to support this theory: ‘The tape has nothing more than a placebo effect’. A bit of common sense: On a positive note, England cricketer Stuart Broad has spoken out against dietary supplements. He says, ‘A balanced diet provides our bodies with all the nutrients we need’. GP = General Practitioner, doctor
2
1 Tom Cruise … depression. a knows more than the specialists about b suffers from c doesn’t believe in treating 2 The writer thinks that Gwyneth Paltrow is … . a a good actress b a good ‘cupping’ practitioner c a health expert 3 People who do ‘The Master Cleanse’ … . a do not eat b do not drink c take baths 4 The health benefits of coloured sports tape … . a are well-known b haven’t been confirmed c have been disproved 5 Stuart Broad believes in the health benefits of ….
14
a food supplements b sport c a good diet
Read the article again. Choose the correct option.
3
Match the highlighted expressions in the text to their meanings. 1 feel sad 2 relieve anxiety 3 reduce kilos 4 look for advice 5 an ineffective treatment with a psychological benefit 6 herbs, vitamins, minerals that help you improve your diet 7 an equal combination of good food 8 living with good physical health
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Dreamdiet: When Beyoncé needed to lose weight for her role in Dreamgirls, she went on a rapid programme to lose weight called ‘The Master Cleanse’. This diet consists of consuming nothing more than a glass of pure water mixed with lemon juice, maple syrup and cayenne pepper for 10 days. Although you can lose weight this way, the side effects include fatigue, dizziness, dehydration and nausea. Experts say that it is not only dangerous, but also weight is quickly regained when the diet ends.
UNIT
1
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 7
See how intonation changes when we show interest and sympathy. Listen and repeat these expresions.
2
His mother has got a (2) … heart.
3
She should use She’s got a bad She (6) … 20 (9) … and to give cough and a … a day. up (10) … . (3) … throat.
Have you?
What a shame!
Is it?
I’m so sorry.
Really?
That’s too bad.
›
›
›
›
Oh dear!
Practise the following dialogues. Emphasise the intonation to show interest or sympathy.
6 9
Now listen and repeat. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences below. chest stomach ankle toe wrist
back
1 He twisted his … while he was playing football. 2 I ate so much chocolate that I’ve got an upset … . 3 I’ve hurt my … . I dropped a heavy dictionary on my foot. 4 I’ve had a bad … since I tried to move the piano into the other room. 5 I’ve got a sore … . I think I might have the flu. 6 Yesterday I fell down and I broke my … . I can’t use my right hand. 7 He’s been having … pains, and he’s got a terrible cough. Giving advice Para dar consejo se usan verbos y expresiones como should, shouldn’t, ought to, could, how about + -ing, e imperativos. The doctor said he should give up smoking. You shouldn’t go out if you have a cold. Children ought to eat more fruit and vegetables. You could ride your bicycle to work. see page 116
4
Write a sentence to give advice for each of the health problems in activity 3. 1 He should put an ice pack on his foot to stop the pain and go to the doctor.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Advice
He hasn’t been He hasn’t (1) … very been (4) … well. properly.
Did you?
throat
Cause
1
›
3
Problem
›
Sympathy (pity or compassion)
1 A: You’re late. I’ve been waiting for 30 minutes. B: I’m so sorry. 2 A: I think reiki is fantastic. B: Really? 3 A: My mum’s in hospital. B: Oh dear! 4 A: I’ve been losing weight since I started dieting. B: Have you? 8
9
›
2
Listen to the three dialogues. Complete the gaps in the sentences.
›
Interest
5
7
She has He should take (5) … her to a (8) … . cholesterol.
Listen to the dialogues again. Tick (3) the expressions you hear. Ask about a problem What’s the matter? What’s wrong? What happened? How are you feeling? Are you in pain? You look (pale…)
Talk about a problem I’m feeling depressed. My back hurts. I feel awful. I’ve got… …a rash / indigestion. …a broken leg. I am exhausted.
Show sympathy What a shame! What a pity! Oh, dear! I’m sorry to hear that! That’s too bad! That looks serious!
Give advice You should… You ought to… Why don’t you…? If I were you, I’d… You’d better see a doctor.
Practise similar conversations with a partner using expressions from each column. What’s the matter?
My back hurts.
Oh, dear. You should relax. 8
He should look at a webpage run by (7) … and … .
What should I do?
A friend sent you this email. Write back to express sympathy and give advice. Hi, I haven’t seen you for a long time. I hope everything is all right. I’m writing to ask you for some advice. Unfortunately, my mother has been ill since she got caught in a rainstorm last week. She’s had a high temperature and hasn’t eaten anything for days. The doctor came to see her yesterday. He told her to rest and take aspirin, but I’m still worried. I know you believe in herbal remedies and alternative medicine. Can you give me some advice? Bye for now, Samuel
Dear Samuel, I’m so sorry that your mother isn’t feeling well… Send
15
Getting better
CONSOLIDATION 1
Answer the questions. 1 Do you think many people use alternative therapies? 2 Which alternative therapies are more popular?
2
Read the text and check your answers.
When will alternative therapies stop being ‘alternative’? The number of people turning to alternative therapies to prevent and treat health problems has been growing gradually for years. These days, one in five Britons use them. Unfortunately, alternative therapies aren’t cheap. Last year, British people spent £450 million on this kind of treatment. What many people don’t realise is that alternative treatments have become increasingly available on the NHS, the UK National Health Service, which provides free healthcare for everybody. There has been a change in the medical profession’s attitude towards alternative remedies. A recent survey shows that more than two-thirds of doctors believe alternative therapies should be available free on the NHS. Doctors are becoming more sympathetic to complementary medicine as research proves that certain treatments are effective. Complementary medicine is now available from around 10% of doctors’ surgeries, and the number is rising. However, the NHS does not recommend all alternative therapies. They have classified treatments into three groups; recommendable, accepted but not recommendable, and rejected. Recommendable therapies have all been supported by scientific research. These include homeopathy, acupuncture, osteopathy and chiropractics. Treatments that are accepted but not recommendable include aromatherapy, meditation and reflexology. Doctors can’t recommend them because they lack proper regulation. Doctors reject reiki and crystal therapies due to a lack of serious scientific research.
(online source)
The availability of free alternative therapies differs across Great Britain. Each health authority decides how much of their budget to spend on this sector, usually basing their decision on the needs of the local community. The NHS has given money to some hospitals to employ alternative therapists, and it has opened five homeopathic surgeries in the UK.
3
Experts agree that the future is looking good for complementary medicine. Recently, the Department of Health announced plans to invest £18 million in the Royal London Homeopathic Hospital. In the near future, acupuncture and homeopathy will no longer be considered ’alternative‘. They will become part of traditional medicine.
Answer the questions. 1 How many Britons use alternative therapies? 2 Is free healthcare available in the UK? 3 When are alternative therapies classified as ’recommendable‘ by the NHS? 4 How many homeopathic surgeries are there in the UK? 5 Are experts optimistic or pessimistic about the future of complementary medicine in the UK?
16
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
7
1 In general, alternative therapies are not expensive. 2 The British medical profession is changing its opinion of alternative treatments. 3 The NHS recommends all alternative therapies. 4 Reflexology has been supported by scientific research. 5 The availability of free alternative therapies depends on where you live. 6 Homeopathy will be considered a ‘normal’ treatment in a few years’ time.
5 10
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
Read this blog entry about reiki. What is this alternative therapy used for?
Blog entry Reiki is a treatment that began in Japan. A practitioner puts his hands over your body to heal your energy. Then, your energy can heal your physical body. It has been used to cure arthritis and anxiety since the 19th century. Many doctors do not accept reiki because there is no serious scientific research. In my opinion, the medical profession and governments should take alternative therapies more seriously.
Put the conversation in the correct order. Then listen and check your answers. a Yes, he is. And there’s no cure for it. b How’s your father been feeling? c Thanks. I think I will. d I’m so sorry to hear that. e Is he in much pain? f I appreciate that. g Why don’t you listen to this podcast on alternative therapies? h Not very well, I’m afraid. He has arthritis.
1
8
Now write your own blog entry on another alternative therapy you have learnt about in this unit. Include: s a description s what it is used for s where it started s how long it has been used s your opinion of it
8…
My blog 6 11
Listen to the podcast on alternative therapies and choose the correct option. 1 Osteopathy is frequently used to treat arthritis / broken bones. 2 Methods used in osteopathy are bodybuilding / massaging. 3 Osteopathy is available / not available on the NHS. 4 Osteopathy can be a bit comfortable / uncomfortable. 5 One private session costs £14 to £15 / £40 to £50. 6 A normal private session lasts 30 minutes / 60 minutes. 7 Eight or nine / Twelve sessions are usually recommended. 8 You can find an osteopath on their website / calling your GP.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Cupping is a new alternative therapy that involves...
9
Tell your partner about a health problem you’ve recently had. I’ve been eating too many sweets recently, and now I have a toothache…
Now listen to your partner’s health problem and give him or her advice. You ought to go to the dentist. You shouldn’t eat so many sweets.
17
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
3 I think you … go on a diet. a ought b should c should to 4 I’ve been taking painkillers for years. I … to stop taking them. a should b need c did should 5 You … wear warm clothes. It’s very cold today. a had better b better c would better 6 Why … you come to yoga classes with me? a are b don’t c aren’t
What are the speakers talking about? Write the name of the alternative therapies. 1 I was afraid of the needles, but they didn’t hurt at all. 2 How do they help a stomach problem by massaging your foot? 3 Drink this herbal infusion. It will cure your upset stomach. 4 Now the spiritual energy will heal the physical injury.
2
5
Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
3
4
Choose the correct option. 1 … an alternative therapy. a Try b You try c Trying 2 You … see a doctor about that rash! a ought b ought to c should to
18
6
Choose the correct option. 1 He has been cutting / has cut his finger with a knife. 2 I’ve been visiting / I’ve visited six doctors so far this year, and none of them have helped me. 3 How long has he written / has he been writing that article about acupuncture? Will he ever finish? 4 She’s had a skiing accident, and she has been breaking / has broken her leg. 5 Have you seen / Have you been seeing the latest news about heart transplants? 6 I’ve been learning / I’ve learnt how to hypnotise people, but I don’t know how to do it yet.
Complete the dialogues with reflexive pronouns. 1 A: Did anybody help you with your homework? B: No, I did the homework … . 2 A: I’m going to dress the children. B: I think they are old enough to dress … . 3 A: Who taught Teresa how to play the guitar? B: She taught … . 4 A: How did Oscar die? B: Unfortunately, he killed … by taking drugs. 5 A: Isn’t riding a motorcycle dangerous? B: Not if you protect … by wearing a helmet. 6 A: What a fantastic party! B: I hope you and Martha are enjoying … . 7 A: Be careful. B: Don’t worry. We know how to take care of … .
Complete the sentences. Use the present perfect continuous form of the verbs in brackets. 1 She … to Tai Chi classes for the last six months. (go) 2 I … well recently. (not feel) 3 Your son … too many sweets. (eat) 4 How long … you … for the doctor? (wait) 5 How long … she … this diet? (follow) 6 They … the effectiveness of this therapy for a few years. (study)
weight skin pain suffer placebo healthy supplements upset balanced prescription
I’ve been reading a book about how to live a (1) … lifestyle. It’s full of good advice. The most important thing is to eat a (2) … diet. If you need to lose (3) … , your doctor can write a (4) … for dietary (5) … . The book also discusses alternative treatments. For example, if you have an (6) … stomach, you should drink chamomile, an herbal infusion. Try using evening primrose for (7) … rashes. Many people believe that a plant called St. John’s wort can help if you (8) … from depression, but the book says it probably just has a (9) … effect. If you are in (10) … , you ought to try acupuncture.
1
7 12
8
Listen to the dialogue and complete the sentences. 1 … ! I’m … to hear that! 2 I hurt … while I was lifting some heavy boxes. 3 You … be careful lifting heavy things. 4 I … never lift heavy things on my own. 5 … stay at home and rest for a few days? Write about alternative therapies available in Spain. Which are the most popular? Are they covered by social security? The most popular alternative therapies in Spain are…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
2
Lifestyle choices OBJECTIVES
UNIT
ways of life ·To express general ideas about life standards
I really like your lifestyle
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To learn about and describe different
4
1 How did Chris and Zack know each other? 2 What is Zack and Isla’s criticism of the education system? 3 What confession does Chris make to Zack? 4 Why was Chris in trouble with the police?
How would you describe the lifestyle of these people? Match the adjectives (1-4) to the pictures (a-b). 1 conventional 2 modern a
3 traditional 4 stressful b
Answer the questions.
5
Match the speakers (1-7) with the ideas below (a-g). 1
3
2
7
6
5
4
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Answer the questions.
1 What important work does Zack do?
a Having children has changed my life. b Society in general has changed because it’s become more global. c I’ve become more compassionate. d Having children changes many people’s perspectives. e Travel has changed the person I am. f I’ve changed because I moved away from my country. g I feel like a different person.
2 What three decisions does Chris finally make?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Zack and Isla plant cabbages and carrots. 2 Sienna isn’t at school because she is unwell. 3 Chris is married. 4 Chris offers to help Zack get a job. 5 Zack doesn’t have strong political beliefs. 6 Chris spends a lot of his time with his friends. 7 Chris rang Zack because he wanted to spend time with someone kind.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
6 ...
7 ...
NOW YOU! 6
Think about how your life has changed in the last ten years? Why? Over the last ten years my family has become more important than my job.
19
Lifestyle choices
READING 1
Match the words (1-4) to the pictures (a-d). Which picture shows alternative energy? 1 Home-grown vegetables a
2 Electric power grid
3 Solar panels
c
b
4 Water well d
2
Read the article. Match the main ideas (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).
13
1 Different reasons for a change in lifestyle 2 Not a new idea 3 What does simple living consist of?
4 A very popular movement 5 It’s easier when you work with others
Modern society? No, thank you.
b ... Living off-the-grid means, literally, to disconnect your house from the electric power lines that pollute the environment. Instead, people living off-the-grid use cleaner energy sources, such as solar and wind power. However, living off-the-grid involves much more. First of all, it means living closer to nature, where you can grow your own food. Also, people who live off-the-grid spend less money, so they live in smaller homes and own fewer possessions. Most of these people don’t drive cars. c ... In the United States, approximately 300,000 people are currently living off-the-grid, and they chose this unconventional lifestyle for a variety of reasons. Many people say they are tired of living in a materialistic society and prefer to get back in touch with nature. Many don’t trust the government and prefer to be more independent. For others, however, it is an economic necessity. Often, they have lost their jobs and their houses, so they need to live somewhere cheaper. One thing these people have in common is that they want something better for themselves and their children.
3
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 People who live off-the-grid want to have a lot of things in their house.
20
e ... Philosophers throughout history have written about the benefits of simple living. Over 250 years ago, the French writer Voltaire said that we should all ´cultivate our garden´ if we want to be happy. More and more people today agree with him.
2 Some people live off-the-grid because they do not have an alternative. 3 It’s a good idea for different people to do different jobs when you live off-the-grid.
Answer the questions. 1 If you live off-the-grid, what energy sources can you use? 2 Give two reasons why people may choose to live off-the-grid nowadays. 3 Why is living off-the-grid a difficult lifestyle?
4
d ... Getting back to the simple life has many advantages, but it’s not so easy. For example, when the electricity goes out, either you fix it yourself or live without it. Life offthe-grid also requires many different skills. For instance, you need to operate solar panels for electricity, get water from wells, and farm the land for food. That’s why many people decide to share resources and form off-the-grid communities. In this way, they can take advantage of each other’s land and abilities. For example, one person can raise animals, another person can grow fruit and vegetables, and someone else controls the water and energy.
5
Match the highlighted words in the text to their meanings. 1 where energy comes from 2 abilities 3 to make good use of something 4 to cultivate the land 5 to produce plants
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
a ... Have you ever dreamt of living a simpler lifestyle? Would you like to eat home-grown vegetables, own fewer things, or even produce your own energy? If so, you’re in good company. More and more people around the world are getting back to basics and living ‘off-the-grid’.
UNIT
2
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 14
Listen to the sounds /s/, /z/, /tʃ/ and /dʒ/. /s/ /z/ /tʃ/ /dʒ/
produce easy choose generous
decide plays lunch image
lifestyle use future fridge
My grandparents are so different from each other. Sometimes I wonder why my grandmother didn’t marry someone else, but she loves my grandfather very much.
house things switch gym
Listen again and repeat. 2
Choose the correct answer.
Indefinite pronouns
1 /s/ and /tʃ/ are voiced* / voiceless* 2 /z/ and /dʒ/ are voiced / voiceless
Somebody, anything, anyone, no one… se usan cuando no se especifica de qué, quién o qué lugar hablamos. My grandfather doesn’t like anything modern. She’ll talk to anyone. Somebody once called her an independent woman. No one could be bored listening to her.
* voiced (your vocal cords vibrate) * voiceless (your vocal cords don’t vibrate)
3 15
Listen and write the words in the correct column.
see page 116
abilities cheap advantage basic because challenging chose energy is job nature person raise simple society states touch vegetable childhood /s/
/z/
/ʧ/
5
1 We need someone / something / somewhere who is an expert in alternative energy. 2 I don’t have many possessions and everyone / everything / something in the house is secondhand. 3 I can’t grow vegetables nowhere / anywhere / nothing in my garden. 4 Who knows how much energy we can save? Nobody / Somebody / Anybody knows for sure. 5 No one / Anybody / Something in my family lives off-the-grid.
/ʤ/
15
Now listen again and repeat.
4
Complete the text with the correct word. conservative dependent independent liberal materialistic religious spritual traditional tolerant unconventional
What words best describe my grandparents? I think my grandfather is (1) … because he doesn’t like change or new ideas. He is Catholic and goes to church every day. He’s very (2) … . He can’t cook, do laundry, or clean the house, so he’s (3) … on my grandmother for the housework. My grandfather doesn’t like anything modern, so he’s very (4) … . However, he enjoys shopping and buying things for the house. So, you could say he’s a little bit (5) … . My grandmother is 82 years old and she’s different from most women of her generation. She’s an (6) … woman. She is (7) … and (8) … because she respects other people’s opinions and beliefs. My grandmother always wanted to do something special with her life. She worked as a photographer and enjoys travelling alone. Somebody once called her an (9) … woman, and I have to agree. My grandmother practises reiki, yoga, and meditation. She also believes in reincarnation, so she is very (10) … .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Choose the correct option.
Indefinite pronouns with other words - Pueden ir seguidos de adjetivos. My grandmother always wanted to do something special with her life. They need to live somewhere cheaper. They want something better for their children. - Pueden ir seguidos de la palabra else. Sometimes I wonder why my grandmother didn’t marry someone else. see page 116
6
Complete the sentences with an indefinite pronoun. 1 I’m not going to feed the cows. It’s not my job! … else can do it. 2 There’s … worse than living in a big city! It’s horrible! 3 Do you know ... romantic to spend the weekend? It’s my wife’s birthday. 4 We’re looking for … more experienced for the job. 5 I’m bored! I need ... new in my life, like a hobby. 6 I want to live ... bigger. This place is much too small!
21
Lifestyle choices 7 16
Listen to an interview with three Americans who have different lifestyles. Choose the correct options. Robert Cohen 1 … is often / rarely at home. 2 … spends his free time at home / in the city. 3 … doesn’t live with anyone / lives with his girlfriend. Vivian Chang 4 … believes in immigration / hard work. 5 … rides her bicycle everywhere / to work. 6 … spends her free time in the city / out of the city. Richard King 7 … works at a church / on a farm. 8 … enjoys being with his family / with everybody. 9 … thinks his life is exciting / boring.
Use and omission of the definite article - The se utiliza para referirse a una persona o cosa conocida por los hablantes. Many people don’t trust the government. It means disconnecting your house from the electric power lines that pollute the environment. - No se utiliza cuando se habla en general. Philosophers throughout history have written about the benefits of simple living. The philosophers that I studied influenced my life. You need to operate solar panels for electricity. When the electricity goes out, you fix it yourself. see page 117
8
Choose the correct option. 1 The / Ø food in this restaurant in delicious. 2 The / Ø pollution in Beijing is terrible. 3 I enjoy listening to the / Ø classical music to relax. 4 Should the / Ø government do more about the / Ø pollution? 5 I think the / Ø nuclear energy is dangerous. 6 Do you prefer the / Ø home-grown vegetables?
9
Complete the sentences with the definite article when necessary. 1 The most important thing in my life is … friendship. 2 … friendship between Bill and Mark lasted all their lives. 3 Why do … philosophers like to write about simple living? 4 … philosophers wrote a book together. 5 That book is about … criminals. 6 … criminals were never caught.
22
10 Read this paragraph about Nicole and find
seven adjectives that describe her lifestyle.
I’m Nicole, and I’m 26 years old. I live in a small flat in a working-class neighbourhood in Croydon, but I work in the centre of London. I take the train to work every morning, and it takes me about 30 minutes. I often have to work 10 hours a day. It’s quite stressful. In some ways, I have a typical English lifestyle. For example, I wake up early and eat a traditional English breakfast of baked beans, eggs, and sausage. On weekends, I enjoy relaxing by going to the cinema, theatre or museums. I don’t earn a high salary, but I’m not materialistic. Still, I think having enough money is important if you want to be independent. I like reading about politics. I’m very liberal because I believe in equal rights for everyone. I am not religious. I never go to church, but I try to be tolerant with other people.
11 Which of the adjectives in the text about Nicole
best describe your lifestyle? Make a list of the adjectives and write a reason. Adjective
Reasons why
tolerant
I live in a multi-ethnic neighbourhood.
religious
I’m Catholic, but I don’t go to church.
...
...
12 Write a paragraph about your lifestyle. Use
activity 10 as a model. Remember to use as many adjectives as possible.
I live in a multi-ethnic neighbourhood, so I can say I’m a tolerant person…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
Cruising through life
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
Same language, different lives 4
Read the job advertisement and answer the questions.
Staff wanted for cruise ship. Must be available to travel for three months. Various positions available including entertainers, waiters and shop assistants. Accommodation and food included during time at sea.
Same language, different lives Tick (3) the types of family units that exist in your country.
Come to the South Downs National Park and enjoy long (1) … along the coast. There are many fantastic (2) … and over (3) … square miles of land between Winchester and Eastbourne.
s gay marriage s blended families
The South Downs is popular for people who enjoy a (4) … lifestyle. They come here to ride their bikes and to go (5) … . The views are lovely from up in the air and it’s very (6) ... .
Documentary Choose the correct sentence.
Beauty spots
1 a Nurses work longer hours than other people. b Nurses work at different times of the day than other people.
It’s a long climb to the top of Beacon Hill, but the view is spectacular. In 1588, soldiers came here to send messages to (7) … that the Spanish Armada was coming.
2 a John was a dancer on the cruise ship. b John organised entertainment events on the cruise ship. 3 a John had two months each year when he didn’t work. b John worked on the cruise ship all year round. 4 a Katie and John met at a casino in London. b Katie and John met on the cruise ship. 5 a John told his friends all about his adventures at sea. b John missed his friends a lot when he was at sea. 6 a John and Katie continued working on the cruise ship after they married. b John and Katie stopped working on the cruise ship after they married.
Complete this brochure for the South Downs National Park. SOUTH DOWNS NATIONAL PARK
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
5 gay marriage 6 mixed race families 7 extended families 8 divorced families
That’s Britain! 5
s extended families s single parent families
Circle the family units that the speakers talk about. 1 only child 2 blended families 3 step families 4 single parent families
1 What jobs are offered? 2 What do you get apart from the salary?
2
2
Beachy Head is a stunning clifftop that was used for the setting of films including Chitty Chitty Bang Bang, (8) … and James Bond. Arrange your visit soon.
NOW YOU! 6
Think of places in your country which are popular for people who like healthy lifestyles. What activities can you do there? A lot of people spend time on the beach and go surfing.
7 a Partners are lucky if they both have unusual working days. b Partners are lucky if they can both travel together.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
23
Lifestyle choices
READING 1
Read the sentences below. Which of them do you agree with?
17
1 I’m the kind of person who always wants more. 2 Big cities are the best place to live.
3 A stimulating life is a happy life. 4 Earning a lot of money is important for happiness.
More than 80% of young people in the United States say they want to live in New York City. I can understand that. I lived in the ´Big Apple´ in the ’90s, and it was fantastic! New York is neither boring nor slow, and it’s also one of the most liberal cities in the country. Perhaps that’s why you can see so many urban tribes there. Urban tribes are groups of young people who have similar lifestyles, interests and ideologies that are different from general culture. These young people usually identify with each other through fashion and music. However, the city has both its good and bad points. To see if it’s the right place for you, think about these questions. Are you a ‘maximiser’? Do you constantly want more? Maximisers are people who are always looking for the best. They are never satisfied, ed and they frequently change jobs, hobbies, and sometimes even partners! New York City is a great city for someone who is a maximiser because it has the best of everything: the best restaurants, the best museums, and the best jobs. So, are you a person who is always looking for more? If so, you might be a maximiser.
Is an interesting life more important to you than a happy life? New Yorkers are not famous for being happy. In fact, they have a reputation for being unhappy. But that’s not a problem for them. They are ambitious, which means that they are never completely happy with the status quo. If you want to do well in New York, either you change or you don’t succeed. Is New York City the right city for you? So, what do you think? It may not be an easy place to live, but the millions of people who have lived there agree on one thing: it’s amazing!
status quo = one’s present situation 2
1 describe New York. 2 tell the reader about the dangerous areas of New York. 3 help the reader to decide if they would like to live in New York. 3
Answer the questions. 1 Did the author like living in New York? 2 Do young people want to live in New York? 3 What are ‘urban tribes’? 4 Why do maximisers often change jobs?
24
5 What qualities do you need to have a successful career in New York? 6 Why are many New Yorkers unhappy?
The purpose of this article is to …
4
Match the highlighted words in the text with their meanings. 1 anxious 2 to reach your objectives 3 fantastic 4 the price of food, clothes and houses 5 pleased 6 a desire to be successful
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Do you want to earn a lot of money? New York City has some of the best paid jobs in the world, but also the strongest competition. Neither the rich nor the poor have an easy life in New York. In fact, it is both difficult and stressful for everyone! Still, the city continues to attract ambitious men and women from all over the world, and you need to be both talented and hard-working if you want to succeed there. Also, it has the highest cost of living in the country, so you’ll need that extra money.
UNIT
2
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 18
We can change the meaning of a sentence by stressing different words. Listen to how the stressed words in blue change the meaning of the sentence.
5 Jenny has lived in ... New York ... London, and she likes New York more. 4
1 Who loves New York? Dan loves New York. 2 What does Dan think of New York? Dan loves New York. 3 What does Dan love? Dan loves New York. 18
2 19
1 New York isn’t a cheap place to live. New York isn’t an easy place to live. New York is neither a cheap nor an easy place to live. 2 We can visit the Empire State Building. We can also visit the Metropolitan Museum. You decide. 3 Frank lives in Brooklyn. Betty lives in Brooklyn. 4 New Yorkers are not satisfied. New Yorkers are not happy. 5 Theatres aren’t cheap. Restaurants aren’t cheap.
Now listen again and repeat. Practise saying these sentences stressing different words. Match sentences (1-4) to the questions (a-d). 1 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s. 2 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s. 3 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s. 4 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s.
Uses of the plural Para referirse a familias, se usa the + plural. The Smith family = The Smiths The Jones family = The Joneses Para referirse a décadas se usa the + ’number + s. The fifties (the decade of the ’50s) The Beatles were popular in the ’60s.
a What did you do in the Big Apple in the ‘90s? b When did you live in the Big Apple? c Who lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s? d Where did you live in the ´90s? 19
Listen and repeat.
see page 117
5
Both ... and / neither ... nor / either ... or
Neither … nor expresa información negativa, aunque acompaña a un verbo en forma afirmativa. New York is neither boring nor slow. Neither the rich nor the poor have an easy life in New York.
6 20
Either … or expresa una alternativa. Either you change or you don’t succeed. Either you fix it yourself or you live without it.
Listen to two members of the urban tribes Skaters (S) and Goths (G) talking about their lifestyle. Tick (3) the information you hear. S
… is a street culture … are peaceful and tolerant … need to keep in shape
see page 117
… enjoy reading … is an active lifestyle
Complete the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or. 1 ... Jack ... his brother are self-sufficient. They’re very independent. Both Jack and his brother are self-sufficient. 2 … Don … Nancy likes New York. In fact, they hate it. 3 … my wife … I will meet you at the airport. 4 We can … go to Brooklyn Zoo ... the Statue of Liberty. Which do you prefer?
G … think fashion is important
Fíjate: Con either … or y neither … nor, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento. Neither my sisters nor my brother is here. Either Jim or the children are doing it.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Rewrite the following sentences with the and the plural form. 1 I was born in 1976. 2 Mr and Mrs Parker are our neighbours. 3 World War II started in 1939. 4 The Hobson family grow their own food.
Both … and relaciona dos cosas o personas. The city has both its good and its bad points. Both Skaters and Goths are urban tribes.
3
Join the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or.
… are unconventional 7
Tell your partner about a typical day in the life of someone you know. My cousin lives in a small town, so his lifestyle is slow and relaxed. During the week, he... . In his free time, he enjoys…
25
Lifestyle choices
CONSOLIDATION 1
Answer the questions about yourself. 1 Would you move to a small island?
2
2 How would your life change if you did?
Read the article. How does Ms Boden describe life on the island?
A new life The island of Eigg is situated off the coast of Scotland. It’s very small (it has an area of only 12 square miles), and fewer than 100 people live there. It rains on most days of the year, and the weather is usually windy. To many people, it doesn’t appear a very attractive place to live. However, Sarah Boden decided to leave her job as a music journalist in London and go to Eigg to work as a farmer. Ms Boden’s decision is not so surprising when you consider that she is originally from the island. Even so, why did she come back? This is what she says:
3
A year ago, I decided to quit my job and move back to Eigg to work on my uncle’s sheep and cattle farm. It’s a slower lifestyle -- the only thing that happens fast is drinking -- but it’s not boring at all. Taking care of sheep and cows is hard work, and it means waking up early and going outside no matter how cold and windy it may be. Eigg is even rainier than London. When the weather is sunny and warm, working can be a pleasure. The island is so beautiful and peaceful that on a calm day I can sit with my dogs and spend hours watching the birds flying across the sky. Sometimes I think about my life in London, and I miss it. But now, when I go to bed at night I’m physically tired but not mentally fatigued. It’s a great feeling, and it tells me that I’ve made the right decision’.
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Many young people would like to live on Eigg. 2 Ms Boden was born on the island. 3 Ms Boden’s lifestyle in London was slow and boring. 4 Her life on Eigg is just as stressful as her life in London. 5 The weather is an important factor in her life now. 6 Now she thinks that her life in London was terrible. 7 Ms Boden enjoys working hard.
4
Answer the questions. 1 Which word does not describe life on Eigg? a cosmopolitan b peaceful c provincial 2 The text suggests many people on Eigg probably ... . a hate concerts b want to leave c enjoy going to pubs 3 Which sentence is incorrect? a Eigg is both windy and rainy. b Eigg is neither windy nor rainy. c Eigg can be either calm or windy.
26
4 How does Ms Boden feel at the end of the day? a stressed b exhausted c bored 5 What does Sarah Boden enjoy doing in her free time now? a surfing the net b relaxing with her dogs c going to restaurants
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
‘Many people probably wonder why a young person would want to leave an exciting life in London and go to live on Eigg. Well, at the age of 31, my career as a music journalist felt like a continuation of my adolescence. On the surface, it was a cosmopolitan lifestyle. I went to concerts every week and interviewed lots of famous people. I enjoyed both eating at amazing Indian restaurants and relaxing at the local Vietnamese cafes. My house was a refurbished shoe factory which I shared with a group of bohemian artists. In reality, however, most of my days were spent either sitting at my computer or surfing the Internet. Besides, I didn’t like the materialistic culture in London. I knew that I needed a radical change.
UNIT 5
2
Read the questionnaire. Which of the statements do you agree with? 1 Modern life is too materialistic. 2 It’s boring to grow your own food and raise animals. 3 People are friendlier in small villages than in big cities. 4 It’s difficult to have a simple lifestyle if you live in a big city. 5 Life today is very stressful. 6 I would love to have a bohemian lifestyle. 7 I would prefer to live in a vibrant city than in a quiet town. 8 City centres in Spain are dangerous at night. 9 People who are in touch with nature are happier.
6
Choose one statement you agree with and one you disagree with from activity 5 and tell your partner why. I agree that modern life is too materialistic. People spend all their free time shopping. However, I disagree with the idea that it’s boring to grow your own food and raise animals because growing your own food can be very rewarding...
7 21
Listen to an interview with a British woman talking about the differences between life in India and Britain. Put the topics in the correct order. a Going out 1 ...
2 ...
b Working 3 ...
4 ...
c Family life
d Free time
e Respect for elders
5 ...
8
Listen again and choose the correct option.
21
1 The centre of life in India is ... . a cricket b work c the family
4 Compared to the English, Indian people work ... . a longer hours b shorter hours c the same hours
2 Indian families are ... . a smaller than English families b larger than English families c the same size as English families
5 In India, young people spend most of their free time ... . a playing football b at the cinema c at home studying
3 Indian children ... . a don’t respect older people b respect older people c enjoy fighting 9
6 The most popular pastime in India is watching ... . a Indian films b cricket and football matches c American soap operas
Read the blog and choose the correct words.
My favourite city I love Paris! I think it is the most (1) amazing / awful city in the world. It’s so interesting and (2) lively / boring that there is always something to do. (3) Currently / In the past, over two million people from all over the world live in the city of Paris, so it’s very (4) provincial / cosmopolitan. Of course, with so many people, the traffic is terrible and it’s very (5) quiet / noisy. I don’t think there is a lot of crime, and people say it’s (6) safe / dangerous to walk on the streets at night. The cost of living is high in Paris, and people have to work hard. It’s not a very (7) relaxed / stressful lifestyle. I suppose that’s why they have a reputation for being (8) friendly / rude. But that doesn’t matter. My dream is to live there one day. 10 Write a blog entry about people’s lifestyles in a big city or a small town. Use activity 9 as a model.
I love Chicago. I think…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
27
SELF TEST 1
Complete the text with the words in the box.
UNIT 5
6
Choose the correct option. 1 I am unemployed, so I have to live with my parents. I am dependent on / independent of them. 2 Sometimes my father can be traditional and inflexible. He’s very conservative / liberal. 3 Melissa is tolerant / stressful. She accepts everyone even if she doesn’t agree with them. 4 My grandfather believes in God. He’s very religious / materialistic. 5 My family lives in the country where we can farm / grow the land for food.
3
Rewrite the following sentences with the and the plural form. 1 We have been self-sufficient since 1993. 2 Mr and Mrs Riordan have stressful jobs. 3 Madrid expanded quickly from 1961 to 1969. 4 Marie and Pierre Curie were scientists.
4
Rewrite the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or. 1 This city is lively and friendly. 2 We can grow tomatoes or we can grow potatoes. 3 Jane doesn’t homeschool her children and Margaret doesn’t homeschool her children. 4 She’s bohemian, but she’s also materialistic. 5 I don’t like big cities, and I don’t like small villages.
Of course, New York has its problems. The (5) … in New York can be (6) … however, because it’s so competitive and crowded. New York City has the highest (7) … in the United States; the average apartment costs around 4,000 dollars a month.
2
Choose the correct option. 1 I like the / Ø vibrant cities. 2 I think that the / Ø society today is very materialistic. 3 The / Ø sheep on her farm are very healthy. 4 We all need to respect the / Ø nature. 5 I hate the / Ø weather on this island. 6 What do you think about the / Ø electric cars?
alternative movements cost of living liberal lifestyle stressful take advantage of urban tribes
I love New York because you can (1) … everything the city has to offer, the theatres, the museums, the nightclubs and restaurants. In general, the people are very (2) … , you know, very progressive and tolerant. They are also very diverse, and over 20 per cent of the population is immigrant. There are also many (3) … , such as Skaters and Goths which are part of the many (4) … you will find there.
2
7 22
Listen to an interview with Eric. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). 1 Eric’s wife does not come from Redruth. 2 Eric was a teenager in the ‘60s. 3 He has always liked Redruth. 4 In the past, Eric wanted to live in London. 5 Redruth is safe but, it isn’t quiet. 6 The people in Redruth are rude and cold. 7 The cost of living in Redruth is the same as in London. 8 Eric and his wife eat home-grown food. 9 Eric and his wife think about leaving Redruth.
8
Write a short paragraph about the lifestyle of a famous person you know.
George Clooney was born in Kentucky. He is a famous Hollywood actor...
Complete the sentences with the correct indefinite pronoun. 1 I have to tell you … important. 2 I want to meet ... who is a Goth. 3 I love where I live. I wouldn’t like to live ... else. 4 It’s a small town, and … knows each other. 5 I’m bored. There’s … to do. 6 I hate this village! There isn’t ... friendly here. 7 There isn’t ... interesting to do in this town.
28
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3
OBJECTIVES
UNIT
There’s no place like home
Do you own or rent a house?
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To describe home features ·To talk about the housing market ·To describe problems in the home
4
1 rewiring 7 installing central heating 2 new light fittings 8 installing a new shower 3 double glazing and toilet 4 replastering 9 putting plants in the garden 5 new staircase 10 new fireplace 6 new carpets
Match the photos (1-5) to the expressions (a-e). 1
2
3
4
5 5
a missing tiles d double-glazed windows b repair staircase e replaster walls and ceilings c rewire rooms
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Do these people currently rent or own property? Write R for rent, O for own or B for both. 1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
9
Answer the questions.
1 What does Amy finally think about the house?
2 Why does Marcus want to look around the house?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Tick (3) the improvements to the house that are discussed.
1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... 6
Answer the questions. 1 Chris decides not to view the first house. Why? 2 What two things does Chris say is good about the second house? 3 Which room does Amy want to extend? 4 What permission would Chris need to build on the patio? 5 How much money does Chris want to get for the sale of the house? 6 Why did Marcus move out of the house? 7 How much profit did Chris and Amy make when they sold the house?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Which speaker is currently saving money to buy property?
NOW YOU! 7
Do most people rent or buy property in your country? How would you describe the housing and / or rental market in your country? A lot of young people live at their family home until they get married and have the money to buy their own house.
29
There’s no place like home
READING 1
If you moved to a new house, what features would you consider most important?
central heating 2
double glazing
fitted wardrobe
a
2 … Two-bedroom apartment for sale This apartment is fully furnished, and both bedrooms have fitted wardrobes. The building has underground parking, a gym and a large swimming pool. A couple of minutes’ walk from the city centre and shops. Approximately £139,000
3 … Three-bedroom semi-detached for sale A great opportunity to buy a well proportioned three-bedroom semi-detached family residence. Has a fantastic open-plan kitchen. Close to good schools. Has gas central heating and garage. £121,995
4 … Thatched cottage A new four-bedroom cottage in the picturesque village of Sherton Abbas. Beautiful front and back garden. The main bedroom has an en suite bathroom. £369,950
5 … Four-bedroom bungalow for sale Recently modernised and extended semi-detached bungalow. Has large back garden and small front garden. Double glazing on all windows. Has a fitted kitchen. Offers over £400,000
6 … Two-bedroom houseboat on River Thames A rare opportunity to buy a houseboat in the exclusive area of Chelsea in London. Built in 2003, the boat offers views of the river and has a large open-plan reception area. Price: around £845,000
b
c
Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The two-bedroom apartment has private parking. 2 The thatched cottage is close to the city centre. 3 Houseboats are not very typical. 4 The two-bedroom terraced house is the cheapest. 5 The four-bedroom bungalow is old but looks new. Which property would be best for… 1 a single person? 2 someone with a car and two children? 3 a young couple with one child? 4 a large family who doesn’t like the city? 5 someone who is looking for a different kind of residence in London?
30
open-plan
Dawsons Estate Agents Hundreds of fantastic properties! 1 … Two-bedroom terraced house for sale Ideal as a first house! Situated in the middle of a row of terraced houses. Has double glazing on most windows. Small back garden. Near bus stop and railway station. £99,950
4
fully furnished
Read these adverts from an estate agent (1-6) and match them to the pictures (a-f).
23
3
en suite bathroom
d
5
e
f
Match the types of property (1-6) to the description (a-f). 1 bungalow 2 thatched cottage 3 semi-detached house
4 houseboat 5 terraced house 6 apartment
a a series of houses connected to each other b a home that is in a building with more than one floor and many separate residences c a house with two residences separated by a wall d an independent house with a roof made of straw e a small, one-floor independent house f a house that floats on water
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
3
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 24
2
In spoken English we pause (//) after groups of words when we want to add information or change ideas. Listen and repeat the sentences. 1 We’re looking for a big house // with a back garden // that’s close to the city centre. 2 It has a fitted kitchen // and double glazing on most windows. 3 The other day // while I was in London // I saw a houseboat for sale. 4 It has gas central heating // and a garage. Mark natural pauses (//) in the following sentences and practise them. 1 We’d like to buy a flat in a building with more than one floor and many separate residences. 2 This is a great opportunity to buy a wellproportioned three-bedroom semi-detached family residence. 3 This apartment is fully furnished and both bedrooms have fitted wardrobes. 4 It’s situated in the middle of a row of terraced houses and has a small back garden.
25
Now listen and repeat.
3
Write the ordinal numbers in words. 1 My (2nd) child was born on the (27th) of June. My second child was born on the twentyseventh of June. 2 I went to a (250th) anniversary concert of Handel’s Messiah, composed in the (18th) century. 3 Mr Green celebrates his (50th) birthday on the (12th) of next month. 4 The year 2018 is the (100th) anniversary of the end of the (1st) World War. 5 Central Harlem in New York goes from (110th) Street to (5th) Avenue.
4
Write the numbers in words. a 217 b 548
5 26
c 8,396 d 64,927
e 71,084 f 0.61
Listen to the dialogues and complete the table with the missing information. Context
Number
temperature
-7º
year phone number credit card kilometres 6
Listen again and write the numbers in words.
26
It’s seven degrees below zero. Expressing quantity Para expresar cantidades aproximadas en plural se usan: - a couple of, dozen(s), hundred(s), thousand(s). There were a dozen people interested in the flat. We have seen dozens of apartments this month. There are thousands of houses for sale in London. A couple of flats are for sale in this building. Fíjate: No se puede decir, couples of. - approximately, around, about, roughly, (just) over, (just) under. The house was roughly € 250,000. It costs just under € 300,000. (€ 290,000) see page 119
7
Choose the correct option and rewrite the sentences. 1 The wardrobe cost £7,100. (just over / just under) The wardrobe cost just over £7,000.
How to read large numbers
2 The house has 12 double-glazed windows. (a dozen / dozens of)
250 = Two hundred and fifty 3,671 = Three thousand, six hundred and seventy-one 38,942 = Thirty-eight thousand, nine hundred and forty-two
3 Fifty homes are for sale in this neighbourhood. (a dozen / dozens of) 4 She owns two houses. (a couple of / roughly)
Spoken forms of 0
5 It will cost £500 to redecorate the apartment. (hundreds of pounds / a hundred pounds)
Zero (temperature): -5ºC = five degrees below zero Oh (years): 1806 = eighteen-oh-six Oh (numbers after decimal points): 1.03 = one point oh-three Nil (results of a football match): 4-0 = four-nil Nought (before decimal points): 0.452 = nought point four-five-two
6 They want £295,000 for the houseboat. (just over £300,000 / roughly £300,000) 8
Ask your partner questions about his/her house. Use the sentences in activity 7. How much does the wardrobe cost?
It costs thousands of pounds.
see page 118
THAT’S ENGLISH!
31
There’s no place like home 12 Look at these pictures. How often do you have
these problems at home?
Expressions for groups of things Utilizamos a pair of, a bunch of, a set of, a row of... para referirnos a grupos de personas o cosas. They planted a row of trees along the high street. I bought a new pair of trousers for work. We need to buy a new set of tools to repair things. see page 119
electrical wiring
low water pressure
a burst water pipe
boiler
insulation
a blown fuse
a blocked drain
a leak
9 Look
at the pictures and complete the sentences.
a block of...
a set of...
a bunch of...
a row of...
1 We need to make a … keys for the house. 2 There’s a very beautiful park behind that … houses. 3 Jerry’s wife gave him a new … tools because he loves DIY (Do It Yourself). 4 We saw a nice place in that … apartments. 5 If I were you, I’d buy a … flowers for your girlfriend on Valentine’s Day. 6 It’s a small theatre. It only has 15 … seats. 10 Listen to a couple talking about buying a house 27
and complete the table. Adjective
Type of house
Price
Year built
House 1 House 2 House 3 11 Listen again and choose the correct option. 27
32
1 The couple has seen twelve / over 30 homes. 2 They think the small apartment is nice / ugly. 3 The semi-detached house was built a long time ago / recently. 4 The semi-detached house has a garden / garage. 5The thatched cottage has been / needs to be modernised. 6 They decide to live in the country / city.
I often have a blown fuse at home when there is a storm. 13 Use the expressions in activity 12 to complete
the letter of complaint.
Dear Sir or Madam, I am writing to complain about the horrible conditions of the flat we rented from you in January. To start with, every week the electricity goes off, and we have to change (1) a blown fuse. It’s very dangerous! The electrical (2) … is terrible! Also, the (3) ... is broken so we don’t have any central heating or hot water! The (4) ... in this house is bad so we lose a lot of heat, especially through the windows. There is really (5) ... , so you never get a very good shower. Last week, the sink was full of water because of a (6) … . Last winter, our neighbours upstairs had a (7) … because the water froze. Then, we had a (8) … on our ceiling. If you cannot fix these problems before the end of this month, we will have to break our contract. Thank you for your attention. Kind regards, Sarah Brown 14 Have you ever had any problems with your flat
or house? Tell your partner.
My house has a problem with low water pressure.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
My home is my castle
B
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
3
Same language, different lives 4
Think about your home or a home you would like to buy. Which of the following factors are important to you? Explain your answer.
Listen to the speakers talking about types of accommodation in their countries and answer the questions. 1 In which country is housing in the cities and suburbs different? 2 In which countries is housing associated with social status? 3 In which country are there houses of all shapes and sizes?
Space and number of rooms Size of garden Natural light Location of property
That’s Britain!
Neighbours
5
Choose the correct option.
That’s Britain! 2
Match the words (1-3) to the pictures (a-c). 1 kitchen
2 fireplace
a
3 baby cot
b
1 South Downs National Park is a rainy / snowy place. 2 There are more than 50 / 15 buildings from different parts of the country. 3 The cottage is from the 13th / 15th century. 4 The Tudor clothes replica shown in the video is made of 3 / 2 natural materials. 5 Vic’s shirt goes down to his ankles / knees.
c
AFTER YOU WATCH
6
a People made beer in this kitchen. b The oldest cottage is made of flint and has a thatched roof. c Traditional Tudor clothes were made of linen and wool. d This is a place where families come to enjoy the sights. e The farmhouse was built in the 15th century.
Documentary 3
Choose the correct option. 1 Paul moved from the city because it was too noisy / expensive. 2 When Paul is tired of his view, he will buy a new houseboat / sail to a new location. 3 Paul can’t buy a lot of shopping / invite people to dinner because of the lack of space on his boat. 4 People who live on houseboats are friendly with each other / rarely talk to one another. 5 Paul describes his lifestyle as simplistic / bohemian. 6 People who have houseboats have many pets / like to have plants.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Put these descriptions in the order they are mentioned in the programme.
1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
NOW YOU! 7
How have houses changed over the years in your country? In my country, houses have changed in the last years, specially in the big cities…
33
There’s no place like home
READING 1
Answer the questions. 1 What has happened to house prices in the last five years? 2 Is now a good time to buy a house?
2 28
Read the article and match the main ideas (1-4) to the paragraphs (a-d). 1 A country with too many houses 2 Welcome to a ghost town 3 No escape 4 One man’s story
The good times have gone! e ... No
rthern Ireland is going to take a long time recovCrescent er from its a ...to Quoile is ho a residential area about 20 miles using mania . However, at least thi coun try’s exthe south sof Belfast, of Northern Ireland. It periecapital nce can teach us one impo rtant lesson:ofho useover consists just family homes; however, only a price30 s ca n go down as well as up. couple of them are occupied. The rest are completely empty. It is a depressing place to visit: the roads are in poor condition, there is rubbish and broken glass everywhere, and there are no shops.
b ... The two families living in Quoile Crescent are desperate to leave. However, they can’t because no one wants to buy their houses. ‘I hate living here. I’ve lost all hope,’ says one of the residents.
d ... Gerald McGrath suffered the full effects of this housing crash. He used to be a wealthy property speculator, but now he has under £1,000 in the bank. In the good times, he bought hundreds of houses and then sold them immediately at a higher price, a practice called ‘flipping’. It seemed like an easy way to make money. And it was, but only for a few years. Mr McGrath wasn’t the only person who made bad decisions during the housing bubble. As he says, ‘The banks went crazy. They were giving thousands of pounds to people who didn’t even have jobs. You know, £400,000 was not a high price for a house in those days. Now you could buy a palace with that money!’ 3
Answer the questions. 1 Why isn’t Quoile Crescent a pleasant area to visit? 2 What do the residents of Quoile Crescent want to do? Why can’t they do it? 3 Why is Quoile Crescent sadly typical? 4 Why was ‘flipping’ a good idea at first? 5 Why were financial institutions partly responsible for the situation?
4
Match the highlighted words from the text to the definitions. 1 a sudden devaluation in the price of homes 2 a person who buys and sells houses to make money quickly 3 to explode suddenly 4 a building with people living in it 5 real estate (land and houses) 6 a time when the value of homes increases very quickly
34
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
c ... Unfortunately, Quoile Crescent is not the only black spot on the Northern Ireland housing market. There are currently over 5,000 empty properties in the country. Like many other places in Europe, Northern Ireland had a very big housing bubble at the beginning of the twenty-first century. But the bubble suddenly burst a few years ago.
UNIT
3
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 29
Listen and notice how a silent e at the end of a word can change the pronunciation of the previous vowel. No silent e hat pet sit not cut
36 Lynd Street, Bradford, BD2 3HP 12th February 2013
Silent e
Mr Charles Radley, 16 Madison Street, Bradford, BD2 3HP
hate Pete site note cute
Dear Mr Radley, I am writing to complain about the poor condition of the house that we are renting from you.
29
Did you notice the pronunciation of the vowel in the second word was longer? Listen and repeat.
First of all, the boiler is broken. This means that we have no central heating at the moment. Secondly, the wiring is very old, so the fuses are always blowing. Finally, the house is very badly insulated, and cold air comes in through the windows.
2
Practise saying these words.
I would appreciate it if you could repair the defects as soon as possible.
1 ate 2 her 3 bit 30
at here bite
4 hope 5 us
I look forward to hearing from you.
hop use
Yours sincerely, Dawn Taylor
Now listen and repeat.
5
Subject-verb agreement Se usan verbos en singular con los siguientes sujetos: - Con cantidades de dinero y periodos de tiempo. I think £200,000 is too expensive for a car. Twenty-five years is the average time for a loan. - Cuando either, neither o none son sujetos, utilizamos verbos en singular. Neither of them is rich. Either of us is able to buy that house. None of them has much money. - Con neither … nor el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento. Neither he nor his wife likes the flat. Neither he nor his friends are coming to the party.
1 We use / don’t use contractions. 2 After Dear and Yours sincerely we use commas / full stop. 3 The paragraphs are short and direct / long and vague. 4 The tone is polite / aggressive. 6
Your address The date The recipient’s address Formal opening Paragraph 1: Say why you are writing Paragraph 2: Describe the problem in detail Paragraph 3: Ask for action Formal ending
Write the verbs in the correct present tense form. 1 A thousand pounds … (be) the average price for rent in this area. 2 Either my set of keys or your set of keys … (need) to be copied. 3 Neither of the flats … (cost) too much. 4 Either of the properties … (be) perfect for a small family. 5 None of the houses … (have) a garden. 6 I think £5,000 … (be) a good price for new double-glazed windows.
WRITING SECTION 4
Read the letter and find the to… 1 begin the letter: ... 2 express reason for writing: ... 3 list a series of points: ...
THAT’S ENGLISH!
14th March 2013 Ms Sheila Banks, 15 Cartwright Gardens, London WC1H 9EH Dear Madam, I am writing to...
7
expressions used 4 ask for action: ... 5 ask for a reply: ... 6 end the letter: ...
You have just rented a flat and there are several problems with it. Write a letter to the owner to complain and to ask for action. Follow this plan. Writing plan
see page 120
3
Choose the correct answer about writing formal letters.
Read your letter and answer the questions. • Have you used appropriate formal language? • Have you used the full form of the verb? • Have you used appropriate expressions to list the problems? • Have you checked the grammar and the spelling?
35
There’s no place like home
CONSOLIDATION 2
Tick (3) the features you think the houses of the future will have. s transparent TVs s kitchen PC that scans food s floating sofas s water metre on taps Read the first paragraph of the text and complete the sentences. 1 Benefits of new gadgets: … and … .
2 People won’t feel … or … because … .
The house of the future What will the house of the future be like? First of all, it will be full of gadgets. These electronic devices will be energy-efficient and will offer connectivity between people and machines. The Internet will also be omnipresent. Experts say that people will never feel lonely or bored in the house of the future because new technology will give them instant access to almost everything in the world: news, films, sport and art. In the kitchen of the future, your fridge will tell you what food you need to buy. It might even communicate directly with shops and buy your food for you! But the basic, essential things found in a kitchen: the cooker, the sink, etc., will probably not change a lot. Our living rooms, in contrast, have already seen many changes in the last ten years. For example, a lot of people now interact with their TV, which these days is often a computer screen. In the future, it will also be
3
s illuminated bathtubs s tactile tables
possible to speak to your TV and give it commands. So you’ll never have to ask, ‘Where is the remote control?’ The bathroom of the future will be full of technology that saves energy and water. Showers will be programmable, and each member of the family will be able to set their own programme. You will also be able to change the temperature in the bathroom by using your mobile phone; it will have an application that connects to a digital thermostat in the bathroom. There won’t only be changes inside your house. Outside, you’ll have your own electric car, and you’ll also have a fuel cell to charge it when the battery is low. One thing that won’t change, however, is the garden. Technology can never replace the pleasure of looking at flowers and listening to birds.
(online source)
1
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Dozens of things in the kitchen will change. 2 We can already see signs of the future in our living rooms. 3 People will watch programmes in their bathrooms. 4 People will appreciate their gardens more.
4
Find five examples of future connectivity in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4.
5
What are the most important points to consider when you buy a house? Listen to a property expert and put his ideas in the correct order.
31
a the price of the house b be sure you want to buy the house c study the housing market d number of years you want to live in the house 1…
2…
3…
4…
6
Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.
31
1 People are happier when they have their own house. 2 Burst water pipes are very common. 3 If you buy a house, you should live there for a minimum of five years. 4 You should buy a very cheap house. 5 A house four times your annual salary is too expensive. 6 You must talk to an expert about house prices in the area where you want to buy.
36
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 7
3
Your partner wants to rent a flat. Give him or her some advice. You should have central heating in your house. You shouldn’t pay more than... If I were you...
8
Complete the letter with the words in the box. 20, Russell Square appreciate complain 21st February Finally First of all forward sincerely Secondly
Dear
(2) ... (1) ... (3) ... Ms Burton, I am writing to (4) ... about the condition of the flat that we are renting from you. (5) ... , the water pressure is very low, so we can’t have a good shower. (6) ... , the toilet leaks and there is always water on the bathroom floor. (7) ... , the TV is very old and the picture quality is very poor. I would (8) ... it if you could solve these problems as soon as possible. I look (9) ... to hearing from you. Yours (10) ... , Graham White 9
You are not happy with the new flat you are renting. Make a list of the problems using the pictures below.
My house is so cold because the boiler is broken,… 10 Now write a short letter to the owner to complain and to ask for action. Follow the writing plan and use
the letter in activity 8 as a model.
Writing plan Your address and the date The owner’s name and address Formal opening Paragraph 1: Say why you are writing Paragraph 2: Describe the problem in detail Paragraph 3: Ask for action Formal ending
THAT’S ENGLISH!
2nd August Ms Rose Mitchell, 17 Trafalgar Square, London W1J 9HS Dear Ms Mitchell, I am writing to…
37
SELF TEST 1
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. en suite
fitted heating
6
7 32
8
This top quality flat is fully (4) ... with beds, sofa, tables and chairs. It also has an (5) ... kitchen, so there is a lot of space to cook. The bedroom comes with an (6) ... bathroom. 3
Match the problem (1-5) to the cause (a-e). 1 There’s water on the kitchen floor. 2 Cold air enters the house. 3 There’s no hot water. 4 The water in the kitchen sink is stuck. 5 The electricity is always going out. a The house has poor insulation. b The pipe has a leak. c It has a blocked drain. d There’s a blown fuse. e You have a broken boiler.
4
5
Complete the sentences. 1 The dining room has a table and a … of six chairs.
38
b 278
c 9,450
d 18,296
e 302
How do we say the number ‘0’ in the sentences below? Listen and check. 1 She was born in 1909. 2 It measures 0.921 centimetres. 3 It’s -4ºC outside. 4 Chelsea beat Manchester 3-0. 5 The walls are exactly 3.05 metres high. 6 My phone number is 603-0095. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The Royal Palace is over 100 square metres. 2 A dozen is roughly 12. 3 Under one million people live in Spain. 4 Twenty-five is around two dozen.
9
Write the figures as ordinal numbers. 1 Today is the (12) ... of May. 2 Our flat is on the (7) ... floor. 3 This year is the (1000) ... anniversary of the town. 4 A second is a (60) ... of a minute.
10 Write the verbs in brackets in the correct form.
1 None of the boys … (like) ice cream. 2 Neither Paul nor Sarah … (have) a thatched cottage. 3 Neither of the lifts … (work). 4 None of our houses … (have) double-glazing windows. 5 Neither Steve nor his brothers … (speak) Spanish.
Choose the correct answers. 1 Have you got a couple of / a dozen minutes? I need to talk to you. 2 Millions of / Millions people around the world watched the football match on TV. 3 We’ve seen dozens of / hundreds of houses. I think that we have probably visited over fifty. 4 Can you pick about a dozen / a dozen of flowers from the garden? 5 Man has lived in cities for thousands of / some thousands years.
Write the numbers in words. a 145,000
furnished glazing open-plan
This lovely semi-detached house has double (1) ... on windows. There are (2) ... wardrobes in each bedroom and gas central (3) ... in all rooms.
3
2 We need to make a copy of this ... of keys. 3 There is a long ... of houses, and we live in the last one. 4 I’m going to give my mother this beautiful ... of flowers. 5 I need a new ... of glasses. I can’t see very well with these.
Read the definitions and complete the words. 1 a series of houses connected to each other t _ _ _ _ _ _d 2 a house with two residences connected by a wall s _ _ _ - d _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 a floating house _ _ _ _ e_ _ _ t 4 an independent house with a roof made of straw. ‘Thatched ...’ c_ tt_ _ _ 5 a small, one-floor independent house b_ _ _a _ _ w 6 a home that is in a building with more than one floor and many separate residences a_ar_ _ _ _ _
2
UNIT
11 Listen to the dialogue and choose the correct 33
option.
1 The house was built in 1908 / 1980. 2 The kitchen and windows are old / new. 3 They paid less / more than 25,000 pounds to modernise the house. 4 The house needs / doesn’t need new electrical installation. 5 They bought the house for a good price thanks to the housing crash / the old boiler.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
4
Books, books, books! OBJECTIVES
UNIT
Fact or fiction?
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To talk about books ·To express emotions
4
1 This term, students will learn how to write … . a poetry b scripts for theatre 2 Veronica is having difficulties with … . a the story plot b the character in her novel 3 Bradley doesn’t know … . a what his book is about b which audience he is writing for 4 The class agree that Ellen’s story is … . a frightening b sad 5 Bradley advised Ellen to write … . a how the character feels b what the character looks like 6 The teacher thinks Ellen should contact … . a a short story publisher b a magazine agency 7 Veronica is happy because … . a she has finished her story b she likes the male character in her story
Match the book covers (1-6) to the genres (a-f). 1
3
2
5
4
a horror b thriller
6
c science fiction d historical fiction
e fantasy f adventure
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Answer the questions.
5
2 Is Ellen’s story autobiographical?
AFTER YOU WATCH Match (1-3) to the genre they are writing (a-c). 1
2
Veronica a horror
3
Bradley
b fantasy
THAT’S ENGLISH!
c romance
NOW YOU! 6
Ellen
Listen to the speaker’s answers and complete the sentences with one word. 1 I don’t like … . 2 I hope greatly that paper books will not … . 3 I think that all books eventually are going to move … . 4 My son’s the gadget, the … one in the house. 5 I’ve never read a whole book on a Kindle or a … . 6 A lot of people still like to have a book in their … . 7 I think it’s easier for people to … them. 8 I still think there’s a … for paper.
1 What does Bradley think of Ellen’s story?
3
Choose the correct option.
Think about your reading habits. How do you decide which book to read? Do you read reviews or take advice from friends? Does the front cover image or back cover synopsis influence your decision? It depends, sometimes I follow my friends’ or family’s advice. Other times…
39
Books, books, books!
READING 1
Answer the questions. 1 What sort of books do you enjoy reading? 2 Have you ever read anything written by Haruki Murakami?
2
Read the following text about Murakami and put the paragraphs in the correct order.
34
1…
2…
3…
4…
a … With the trilogy 1Q84, Murakami’s position as a master storyteller is confirmed. Despite its length of almost a thousand pages, the novel was an instant success. In Japan, it sold over a million copies in two months. It enjoyed the same success when translations came out around the world. As with Murakami’s other books, 1Q84 isn’t easy to classify. The plot is original, and the characters, including a young female contract killer and a timid writer, are memorable. There are elements of fantasy, magic realism, philosophy and science fiction. The setting is Tokyo, both real and imagined. b … Murakami is one of the most admired authors in the world today. He writes in many different genres. He writes fiction: novels, short-stories and non-fiction, which includes news reports and a diary which tells us about his experiences as a marathon runner and essays. His work has been translated into more than fifty languages, and he is a writer whose popularity continues to grow. Murakami became popular outside his native Japan with the publication of Norwegian Wood. He has won numerous literary prizes and been nominated for many others, including the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2012. c … Murakami’s fans will be happy to see his usual themes in the book: parallel worlds, characters from the past appearing in the present, characters who are never quite what they seem, as well as themes of murder, history, religion, violence, family ties and love. I would recommend 1Q84 to existing Murakami fans and any reader who is looking for ‘something a bit different’.
3
(online source)
d … These days it is easy to read literature by contemporary writers from all around the world. When a writer finishes a book, and in some cases sooner, translators start writing versions in English and other languages. Readers can access books by best-selling authors from every continent. The latest best-selling author that has become famous all around the world is Haruki Murakami, from Japan.
Answer the questions. 1 Where does Murakami come from? 2 Which book made Murakami world famous? 3 What types of genre does Murakami write? 4 What are Murakami’s main themes? 5 What is the writer’s opinion of 1Q84?
4
40
Complete the table about Murakami’s 1Q84 with information from the text. Author’s name
(1) ...
Title of book
(2) ...
Genre
(3) ...
Setting
(4) ...
Main characters
(5) ...
Themes
(6) ...
5
Match the highlighted words from the text to the definitions. 1 the time and place where a story happens 2 a book where you write down your experiences 3 the things that happen in a story 4 a person or animal in a book or film 5 the author 6 the main idea or topic of a story 7 stories not as long as a novel 8 short and analytical writing
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
4
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 35
Homographs are words which are spelled the same, but have a different pronunciation and meaning. Listen and repeat. 1 a row /raʊ/ I was furious with my husband last night, and we had a huge row. b row /rəʊ/ We sat in the front row of the theatre. 2 a close /kləʊz/ Close the door when you leave. b close /kləʊs/ The park is close to our house. 3 a present /’prezənt/ I always try to live in the present. b present /prɪ’zent/ I’d like to present our guest speaker. 4 a live /lɪv/ They live in the countryside. b live /laɪv/ We went to a live concert. 5 a read /ri:d/ I always read a good book on holidays. b read /red/ I read a good book last month.
2
Defining relative clauses: who, which and that Sirven para identificar personas o cosas. - who / that: personas I’d recommend 1Q84 to any readers who / that are looking for something different. - which / that: cosas The books which / that are on the shelves are mine. see page 120
3
1 An author is a person... 2 An e-book is a book... 3 An editor is a person... 4 A dictionary is a book... a suggests changes in the text of a book. b writes books. c has definitions for words. d is published in digital form. An author is a person who writes books.
Omission of relative pronoun - Who, which y that pueden omitirse cuando actúan como objeto de la oración de relativo. The book is very good. You read it yesterday. The book (which / that) you read yesterday is very good. - Cuando hay preposiciones, se ponen al final. This is the best-seller. I told you about it. This is the best-seller (that / which) I told you about.
Read the sentences aloud. Tick (3) how the word in blue is used in each sentence. Verb Present Past tense tense
Adj. Noun
Ted and Alice had a terrible row /raʊ/ about the housecleaning.
see page 120
At the cinema, I always prefer to sit in the sixth row /rəʊ/. Would you please close / kləʊz/ the window? The library is close /kləʊs/ to the school. I always try to live in the present /’prezənt/. They will present /pre’zent/ the award at the ceremony. They live /lɪv/ in Japan. The news was on live /laɪv/ TV. I’d like to read /ri:d/ Murakami’s new novel. I read /red/ the news about the fire in yesterday’s newspaper. 36
Now listen and repeat.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Match the sentences (1-4) to (a-d). Join them using who, which or that.
4
Join the sentences using who or which. Omit the relative pronoun if possible. 1 A librarian is a person. He works in a library. A librarian is a person who works in a library. 2 A textbook is a book. You use it in class. A textbook is a book you use in class. 3 That’s the writer. John is interested in her. 4 An e-reader is a device. It is used to read digital books. 5 That’s the author. I told you about him. 6 I met a girl. She comes from the same town as me. 7 We saw two films last week. We really liked them. 8 I don’t know the singer. You’re listening to him.
41
Books, books, books! 5
Put the reading genres below in your order of preference: 1 your favourite, 9 your least favourite. short story biography autobiography sci-fi novel film script crime novel horror story poetry essays
6 37
Listen to five writers talking about the genres they write in. Identify the genres. 1…
7 37
2…
3…
4…
5…
Listen again and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Speaker one has written lots of frightening stories. 2 Speaker two thinks it is important to capture the murderer at the end of a story. 3 Speaker three thinks novels are more popular than poetry. 4 Speaker four thinks it is easy to write a book about oneself. 5 Speaker five is describing a plot about time travel.
Relative clauses: whose, when and where - whose: posesión Murakami is a writer whose popularity continues to grow. - when: tiempo December is the month when sales should increase. - where: lugar This is the bookshop where I bought my first book. see page 120
8
Join the two sentences using where, when or whose. Make any other necessary changes. 1 This is the place. You can exchange books. This is the place where you can exchange books. 2 That was the day. I decided to write my autobiography. 3 She’s an author. Her books are popular with teenagers. 4 We bought the book in the second hand shop. John works there. 5 I’m looking for a quiet place. We can sit and read for a while. 6 It was a few years later. They made a film of the book. 7 He’s the writer. His books have sold millions.
42
9
Write about the beginning of Moby Dick, connecting the ideas below. 1 Moby Dick is a book. It is all about the sea. 2 The story is told by a character. His name is Ishmael. 3 The main character is a ship captain. He is obsessed with capturing a particular whale. He hates it. 4 Moby Dick is the name of the whale. The captain hates it because it took his leg years ago.
(1) Moby Dick is a book (2) ... is all about (3) ... . The story is told by (4) ... is Ishmael. The main character is (5) ... with capturing a particular whale (6) ... hates. Moby Dick is the name of the whale (7) … hates because it (8) … .
10 Complete the following sentences about your
reading preferences. 1 My favourite book … . 2 My favourite author … . 3 The last book I read … . 4 A book I’ve seen the film of … . 5 A book I didn’t like … . 6 A book I’d recommend … . 7 The place where I usually read … . 11 Ask your partner about his or her reading
preferences.
s What is your favourite book / the last book you read? Who is your favourite author? s s Which book would you recommend for a reading club? s Where do you usually read? s ...
What’s your favourite book?
My favourite book is A Hundred Years of Solitude. I love magical realism…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
Generation e-reader 6 What is Stacey’s opinion about the next generation? a Everyone will be using e-readers. b E-readers will only be popular with younger readers. c There will still be a desire for printed books.
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
Read the sentences below. Tick (3) the one you agree with. 1 In 25 years’ time, it won’t be possible to buy paper books. All books will be electronic. 2 There will also be a need for paper books, and publishers will never stop printing new publications.
Same language, different lives 4
Look at the book titles. Have you read either of these books? Can you name any other books by the same author?
Oliver Twist
Great Expectations
Documentary Choose the correct option. 1 What is bad news for bookshops? a Fewer people read nowadays. b More people are buying books online. c Both of the above. 2 How has online technology affected the publishing industry? a It is a lot cheaper to publish books. b It is more expensive to publish books. c Writers can publish their own work. 3 In what way is E. L. James, author of Fifty Shades of Grey, different to other selfpublishing writers? a She earned a lot of money publishing her own work. b She didn’t print any paper versions of her book. c She won a prize for her book. 4 Why should publishers make their products available online? a E-reader technology is here to stay. b It is cheaper to publish books online. c Paper books will soon be obsolete. 5 What role do social media play in the publishing industry? a Young people share books through Facebook. b Social media are used to promote new books. c People use social media to criticise books.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 USA ... 6 Scotland ... 7 Australia ...
a The young generation read most of their books online. b TV is more popular than reading. c E-book technology isn’t used that much. d People read a lot because there is an excellent library service. e Harry Potter has helped to get more young people reading books. f Young people like reading books and magazines. g Audio books are becoming more popular.
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Match the speakers (1-7) to the opinions (a-g). 1 England ... 2 New Zealand ... 3 England ... 4 Jamaica ...
That’s Britain! 2
4
That’s Britain! 5
Correct the sentences by replacing the words in bold. 1 Ships were bought at the docks for hundreds of years. 2 Charles Dickens worked on the docks. 3 The woman’s character is Little Dorrit from Oliver Twist. 4 The docks were used by foreign traders. 5 Charles Dickens lived in Chatham until he was 14 years old. 6 Dickens World is a museum close to Chatham.
NOW YOU! 6
Answer the following questions about reading habits in your country. Are bookshops still popular? Do people take out books from the library? Do people buy books online? Yes, bookshops are still popular, though many people own e-readers. I think…
43
Books, books, books!
READING 1
Look at these gadgets and tick (3) the ones you use to read.
2
Read the text and tick (3) the sentence that best expresses the writer’s opinion.
38
1 Paper books will not exist for much longer. 3 Everyone should have an e-reader. 2 E-books give more people the opportunity to read more books.
Changing habits. E-books Last weekend I visited an interesting festival in Wales; a festival to celebrate the e-book. It was the first festival of its kind in the UK and I think it won’t be the last. I went there to speak to people about the e-book revolution that is changing our reading habits so quickly. It has transformed both the way we access reading material and the way we read it. The idea behind this was to celebrate what people are now calling the democratisation of reading.
Last week’s festival was about promoting literature to everyone in a digital age. But while many are excited about having a new medium for books, some publishers are concerned about the changes they need to make in their industry. Initial worries about ‘the disappearance of the book in its paper form’ have been replaced with a more optimistic approach as there are so many advantages to electronic reading. For example, production costs for e-books are much cheaper and there are no storage costs, since around 3,000 books fit in an e-reader. One local bookshop owner I met at the festival was delighted at the opportunity to provide Welsh language literature for a new wave of e-book readers all around the world with zero delivery costs.
Almost everybody at the festival had some sort of e-reading device. I was interested to see so many people engrossed in their iPads and smartphones, Kindles, netbooks, laptops and all kinds of other electronic devices. I wasn’t surprised to read recently that figures show a Britain where e-books are growing in popularity with people reading fiction, non-fiction and everything in between. According to Welsh author and festival organiser Julian Ruck, the festival officially recognises and celebrates the most innovative, exciting and surprising medium to hit the publishing world since Caxton and Gutenberg.
3
1 Why did the writer go to the festival? a to speak to a publisher about changes in the industry b to learn how e-readers work c to learn about the growth of e-reading 2 What does Julian Ruck think about e-books? a E-books will encourage more people to read. b E-books are as important as the invention of the printing press. c iPads are more innovative than conventional e-readers. 3 What does recent research tell us about e-books? a Younger and older readers like e-readers. b Younger readers prefer using iPads to Kindles. c Older readers prefer using iPads to Kindles.
44
4 What advantages do electronic books offer publishers? a Storage costs for books will increase. b Production and delivery costs will be low. c There will be extra production costs in creating e-books.
Choose the correct option.
4
Complete the sentences with the highlighted words in the text. 1 I was so … in this book that I read it in one day. 2 The first popular … device entered the market in 2004. 3 Most new novels are available in three formats: paper, audio and … . 4 I think … are more convenient than paper books because they take up less space. 5 By downloading books on Amazon, you don’t have to pay for … . 6 Digital technology helps publishers to save money because they don’t have to pay for … .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Unlike other areas of technology, the use of e-books is increasing among all age groups. The latest research shows that older readers are just as keen on e-books as younger ones. In fact, according to a recent survey, 6% of over 55s own an e-reader, compared with 5% of 18-24s. The preferred e-readers are the Amazon Kindle (47%), iPads (31%) and Sony Readers (14%). The appeal of an e-reader – to be able to access an enormous collection of reading material plus reference libraries with online encyclopedias, at the click of a button – is easy to understand.
UNIT
4
LANGUAGE STUDY Describing feelings and opinions
›
39
We use rising intonation ( ) to express surprise and falling intonation ( ) to express disbelief. Listen to the dialogues and practise them.
›
1
- Cuando los adjetivos terminan en -ing, describen nuestra opinión sobre cosas o personas. The story is confusing. That song is so depressing! - Cuando terminan en -ed, describen cómo nos hacen sentir las personas o las cosas. I am confused by her attitude. I don’t understand it. She feels depressed when she listens to that song. - Otros adjetivos para expresar opinión son: keen (interested), brilliant, fabulous, sad y superb. I am keen on reading her new novel. It’s a brilliant story.
›
›
›
Expressing surprise: rising intonation 1 A: I met Barack Obama last week. B: Really? 2 A: I’ve got tickets for next week’s match. B: That’s exciting! 3 A: I earn £ 1,000,000 a year. B: You’re joking!
›
Expressing disbelief: falling intonation 1 A: I met Barack Obama last week. B: Really. 2 A: I’ve got tickets for next week’s match. B:That’s exciting. 3 A: I earn £ 1,000,000 a year. B: You’re joking.
see page 121
›
4
1 I’m boring / bored without my book, and the TV isn’t really very exciting / excited tonight. 2 It was a thrilling / thrilled experience, and she was amazing / amazed by the whole thing. 3 It was an embarrassing / embarrassed situation! I was so annoying / annoyed with that man!
›
2 40
Listen and decide if the speakers are expressing surprise (S) or disbelief (D). Listen again and repeat. 1 A: B: 2 A: B: 3 A: B: 4 A: B:
I’ve bought a Ferrari. That’s nice. I went to school with George Clooney. Really! We’re getting married tomorrow. You’re joking. My grandmother’s learning English. That’s amazing!
5
see page 121
6
1 I read two books a week.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
41
Are you serious?
2 I’ve decided to quit my job and write a novel. 3 My neighbours found a poisonous snake in their bedroom. 4 My grandmother wants to go parachuting for her 90th birthday. 5 Hollywood wants to make a movie about my life.
fabulous frightening keen sad scared
A: I’ve just finished reading Frankenstein. It’s a (1) … book, really clever. B: I can see you’re really (2) … , but isn’t it a bit (3) … ? This kind of stories make me feel (4) … . A: No, not at all. I was a bit (5) … when I saw the film years ago, but the book is totally different. B: Really? Isn’t it a bit (6) … ? A: Yes. The ending made me feel a bit (7) … .
Are you serious?, How strange!, No way!, Good heavens!, You’re kidding!, How awful!, You must be joking!
React to the statements using expressions from the chart above.
Complete the dialogue with the words in the box. depressing frightened
Expressions to show surprise and disbelief
3
Choose the correct option.
Listen to these short clips from radio dramas and match each clip (1-5) to a feeling (a-e). a surprise b sadness
c fear d disbelief
e happiness
7
Listen again and choose the correct option.
41
1 The woman was hiding from / looking for someone. 2 The man may be reading a newspaper / novel. 3 The woman feels her dog was nothing special / part of the family. 4 The two men have met in their hometown / another country. 5 The woman has / hasn’t been waiting for a long time to be a grandmother.
45
Books, books, books!
CONSOLIDATION 1
Look at the pictures and tick (3) the genres these two writers write about. 1 science fiction 2 novel
2
3 historical novel 4 biography
5 poetry 6 short stories
Read the two texts and complete the sentences below. Write MA (Margaret Atwood) or HM (Hilary Mantel).
Margaret Atwood
Hilary Mantel Hilary Mantel is best known for historical fiction and biographies. Born in England in 1954, she has won many awards including the Booker Prize in 2009 for Wolf Hall, the first in a set of three books about the court of Henry VIII, and again in 2012 for its sequel Bring up the Bodies. She was awarded a CBE (Commander of the British Empire) in 2006 for her contribution to British Literature.
Margaret Atwood is an international best-selling author, with her poetry, short stories and novels translated into 30 languages. Atwood was born in 1939 in Canada and started writing at six. By the time she was sixteen she knew that she wanted to be a professional writer.
Mantel studied Law at the London School of Economics and then worked as a social worker. She spent a decade travelling before settling in the UK in the 1980s where she started her successful writing career.
Atwood’s futuristic novel The Handmaid’s Tale (1985) was shortlisted for the Booker Prize and was made into a film. She was shortlisted for the prize five more times Other prize winning novels include A Place of and finally won it in 2000 with The Blind Assassin. She Greater Safety (1992), an account of the French was also awarded the Príncipe de Asturias Prize for revolution, and Giving Up the Ghost: A Memoir Literature in 2008 for her contribution to highlighting (2003) - an autobiography in fiction and non-fiction. many of the problems that women face in today’s Hilary Mantel is currently working on The Mirror and society. Today she still continues to write, do book the Light, the last part of the Wolf Hall collection. tours and promote political causes such as green environmental issues. shortlisted = to be amongst the people considered for a prize
1 She became a writer after spending many years abroad. 4 Her most successful novels are part of a trilogy. 2 She became a writer when she was a child. 5 She has won the Booker Prize once. 3 She studied English when she left school. 6 She has won the Booker Prize twice. 3 42
4
Tick (3) the things you expect to hear talked about in a dialogue about the effect of technology on our reading habits. 1 book clubs
2 e-readers
3 newspapers
4 libraries
5 book shops
6 mobiles
Now listen to the dialogue. Did your answers to activity 3 coincide with what the speakers talked about?
42
46
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Atwood studied English and French at the University of Toronto and Radcliffe College USA where she later became a lecturer in English Literature. Her first work to get published was a collection of poetry called The Circle Game (1966) but she is best known as a novelist.
UNIT 5 42
6
Listen again and choose the correct options.
Title: … Author: … Type of book: … Plot: … Setting: … Recommended for: …
1 Paul’s mum was … to hear that you can change the text size on an e-reader. a surprised b pleased 2 Paul is convinced that traditional books will … . a always exist b disappear one day 3 Paul’s mum thinks we should be … when it comes to technology. a open-minded b cautious 4 Paul’s mum feels … about libraries closing. a sad b surprised 5 Paul thinks online newspapers are … traditional newspapers. a superior to b the same as Think about the following questions. Give your opinion and react to your partner’s. s Which is better; an e-book or a traditional book? s How have e-books changed reading habits over the last five years? s How will the book industry change in the future? s What will happen to bookshops and libraries in the future? There will always be bookshops.
7
4
8
No way! They’ll disappear one day because they won’t be able to make any money.
Think of a book you’d like to recommend to your Book Club. Make some notes about the book and complete the chart below. Title: … Author: … Type of book: … Plot: … Setting: … Recommended for: …
Read Sue’s letter to the secretary of a Book Club recommending her favourite book and complete the chart with information from the letter. Dear Secretary, I’m writing to recommend one of my favourite books for this year’s Book Club readers. It is a fantasy novel called Life of Pi, written by Canadian author Yann Martel. I read the book when it first came out in 2001, and I loved it. The plot is quite unique. It is a story about a young Tamil boy, Pi, who survives for 227 days on a boat. Pi is the main character who shares his boat with a Bengal tiger named Richard Parker and a few other animals. The story is mainly set in the Pacific Ocean with Pi thinking back to the home he left behind in India.
9
Write a letter to the secretary of the Book Club recommending your favourite book. Use your notes and the model in activity 7 to help you. Dear Secretary, I’m writing to recommend…
I would recommend this book to anyone who loves adventures and especially to people who are looking for something a bit different. Kind regards, Sue
THAT’S ENGLISH!
47
SELF TEST 1
heavens kidding
If so, why not join ‘More than just a Reading Club’ who members organise all kinds of book-related activities for all ages. Come along next Saturday where we have an open day for new members. Meet old members that their lifestyles have changed after joining the club. Listen to reports of past events and help us to plan activities for the year ahead. 7 43
Choose the correct option. 1 An e-reader is a gadget which / who is used to read e-books. 2 She’s an author which / who knows how to keep the suspense. 3 This is the place which / where I grew up. 4 He’s the playwright whose / who play won the MAX prize last year.
4
Join the sentences using a relative clause. Omit the relative pronoun if possible. 1 A trilogy is a book. It has got three parts. 2 That’s the man. I met him at the book festival. 3 This is the book of poems. He bought it for you. 4 This is the village. I was born there. 5 That is the author. I’m very interested in her books.
5
Complete the sentences using the words in brackets. Use an adjective with an -ed or an -ing ending. 1 That is the most … story I’ve ever read! (depress) 2 She was … when she read the last chapter. (amaze) 3 She was … at the idea of a biography about her life. (thrill)
48
Correct the errors highlighted in the text. Are you the kind of person what loves everything about books and reading? Are you interesting in making new friends, sharing your reading experiences and learning more about books and authors? Do you sometimes find the weekends too long and bored?
must serious strange
1 How … ! The last page of the book is missing. 2 Are you … ? Is he really the author? 3 … way! He’s at least fifty! 4 What? He wants to make a film of my book? You are … ! 5 Good … ! It says here that you’ve been nominated for a Nobel Prize! 6 You … be joking! It’s an awful book! 3
6
Complete the sentences using the words in the box. no
4
4 Films about ghosts are never very … because we know they don’t exist. (frighten) 5 She is so … in reading the latest Atwood story that she can’t put it down. (engross)
Choose the correct option. 1 I don’t like reading … . I prefer to read things that are factual. a fiction b non-fiction 2 I like reading … because I can read a whole one on the bus to work. a novels b short stories 3 The … of the story is an island in the Caribbean. a plot b setting 4 You shouldn’t read another person’s … . They are private! a essays b diaries
2
UNIT
8
Listen to an interview with a poetry writer and choose the correct option. 1 She became interested in poetry … . a when she was very young b when she was a university student 2 She thinks Jane Christie is a ... . a fantastic poet b terrible poet 3 Jane Christie’s poems were … . a complicated b inspiring 4 She wrote A Poem for All Seasons while living with … . a her friends b her aunt 5 The poem Cherry Trees makes the reader think of … . a their mothers b spring 6 She knew she could be a writer when … . a she saw her book in the shops b when her mother said she liked the poems Write your own blog post about a book you like. Include the information in the box. s title s author s genre s plot
s setting s main characters s who you’d recommend the book to
I recommend The House of the Spirits, written by Isabel Allende. It was first published in 1982.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
A
5
Going places OBJECTIVES
UNIT
around in the city ·To describe different options for a short city break
Getting around the city
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To talk about different ways of getting
4
Look at the photo of a London tour bus. Which places do you think it will visit? Would you like to explore London on a tour bus?
1 There won’t be much traffic from the airport to the hotel. 2 Michelle would prefer to take a taxi into London. 3 The hotel doesn’t have a car park. 4 There is an underground station at Kilburn. 5 Lee wants to travel to Exeter by bus. 6 There are discounts if you buy train tickets through the Internet. 7 Lee and Michelle are not returning to London. 8 Lee and Michelle are going to visit family in Exeter. 5
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
Listen to the speakers and match them (1-6) to the ideas (a-f) for improving city transport. 1
3
5
2
4
6
Answer the questions.
1 How do Michelle and Lee get from the airport to their hotel?
a improvements to an old network b congestion zone c more cycle zones d improvements to public transport e sharing cars f expansion of train network
2 What time does their train arrive in Exeter?
1 ...
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
6 ...
NOW YOU!
Tick (3) five places or attractions that are mentioned in the video. 1 Tower of London 2 The Shard 3 Tate Modern 4 St Paul’s Cathedral 5 Covent Garden
2 ...
6 Southbank 7 London Eye 8 The British Museum 9 Buckingham Palace 10 Tower Bridge
6
Imagine that you have friends and family visiting your town or city. Suggest places to visit and advise on how to travel around. I recommend going shopping in Las Ramblas. It’s best to walk because it gets very busy.
49
Going places
READING 1
Match the words in the box (1-4) to the types of transportation in the pictures (a-d). 1 a black cab a
2
2 the Tube
3 a double-decker bus
b
c
4 municipal bikes d
Answer the questions. 1 Which of these types of transportation do you think is the best for a tourist? And for a worker? Why? 2 What different types of transportation are available in your town?
44
Read the text quickly. What means of transport are mentioned?
Getting around London
Tourists enjoy seeing this picturesque city travelling on London’s world-famous red double-decker buses! Buses are also quite convenient if you are travelling at night, when the underground is closed. Special night buses run every hour. London doesn’t have many hills, which is why cycling is such a pleasant and convenient way to get around – when it isn’t raining! Everyone is welcome to use the municipal ‘Boris bikes’, which are public bicycles for hire at more than 570 locations across London. How do you rent one? Well, that’s easy! Just swipe your credit card, get on a bike, and go! The first 30 minutes are free! You can’t reserve a Boris bike, so whenever you come across a bike, take advantage and rent one. Finally, why don’t you complete your London experience with a ride in one of the city’s iconic black cabs? However, make sure you have enough money before getting into a taxi because London taxis charge about £7.00 for a mile, with a minimum fare of £2.40. So, if your destination is far away, you may want to think twice before saying, ‘I’ll take a cab’. London is an absolutely fascinating city to visit. As the famous writer Samuel Johnson said, ‘When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life’.
London is one of the most popular destinations for European travellers. But before you arrive in this great city, you should plan how to get around. If you come to London by plane, most airports have trains into central London that leave every 15 minutes. If you arrive at Heathrow, you should get on the Heathrow Express. Heathrow is 32 miles away, but this train takes only 15 minutes. Return tickets cost under £40. Walking is a perfect way to see the sights, and London’s pedestrian areas have improved greatly over the last few years. But what is the fastest way to get to your destination when you get tired of strolling the busy streets? The London Underground, or ‘the Tube’, is the best way to avoid traffic jams. It runs between 5 a.m. and midnight from Monday to Saturday, but on Sunday the Tube and train services start later and finish earlier. There are some 270 Tube stations in London, so there’s always a station close by. However, the Tube can be rather expensive, so you shouldn’t go to the Tube station and think, ‘I’ll buy a single ticket’. If you’re going to make several journeys, you should get an Oyster Card. An Oyster Card is a reusable transport pass which is much cheaper than an individual ticket. 4
Answer the questions. 1 How long does it take to get from Heathrow to London by Heathrow Express? 2 What’s the quickest form of transport in London? 3 What time does the Tube usually open and close? 4 What should you buy if you are going to travel a lot on the Tube? 5 What are two advantages of taking a bus? 6 What are ‘Boris bikes’?
50
5
Complete the sentences with the words highlighted in the text. 1 I think a bike is the best way to … the city. 2 The bus … is £3. Unbelievable! They don’t … so much in my town. 3 … are closed to cars, so they’re fantastic for walking and shopping. 4 Once you … the train, you should put your bags in the luggage area and sit down. 5 If you buy a … , you will have unlimited transport for one week. 6 If you come to London, I recommend you take a … on a double-decker bus. 7 I always enjoy … the shopping district of London whenever I feel like taking a walk.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
3
UNIT
5
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 45
In spoken English when we say two words together, the sounds at the end of the first word change.
that person that boy that ball
/d/ fi /b/ before /p/ or /b/
/t/ fi /k/ before /k/ or /g/
/t/ fi /p/ before /p/ or /b/
that cat that girl
third person third boy
Asking for and giving information - Para pedir información general se usan preguntas con what, who, when, where... Where’s the nearest Tube station? When does the next train leave? - Para pedir información sobre distancias, duración frecuencia… se usan preguntas con how. How far is Oxford from London? About 50 miles. How long does the trip last? About 20 minutes.
/d/ fi /g/ before /k/ or /g/ third cat third girl
45
Listen and repeat.
2
Listen and identify the sounds that change.
46
1 I ate cake. 2 We need groceries. 3 I had pizza for dinner. 4 It’s time to get going.
see page 121
6
How long How far How often How big How tall
5 I add cream to my tea. 6 I can’t believe it. 7 They made biscuits. 8 I hate Paul.
1 A: ... is London Bridge from here? B: It’s just a kilometre away. 2 A: ... is Hyde Park? B: It’s one of the largest parks in London. 3 A: ... does it take to get to Oxford from London? B: About an hour and 20 minutes. 4 A: ... does the bus come? B: About every 10 minutes. 5 A: … is St. Paul’s Cathedral? B: It’s 111 metres tall.
Spontaneous decisions : will + verb Se usa will para expresar decisiones espontáneas. It’s getting late. I’ll take a taxi. I’m feeling ill. I won’t go to work today. see page 121
3
Match the situations (1-5) to the spontaneous decisions (a-e). 1 I’m going to arrive late. 2 It’s a sunny day. 3 I need to change money. 4 The Tube is closed.
4
Modifying adverbs
a I’ll go to the bank. b I’ll get a night bus. c I’ll go by taxi. d We’ll go to Hyde Park.
Adverbios como away, down, by, up… modifican verbos u otros adverbios. Heathrow is 32 miles away. (= 32 miles from here) There’s always a station close by. (= very near) Your destination is far away. (= far from here) We’ll take the train up to Liverpool. (= north direction) We’ll drive down to London. (= south direction)
Choose the correct option. 1 Look! It’s starting to rain. I take / I’ll take an umbrella. 2 Whenever it rains, I take / I’ll take an umbrella. 3 I travel a lot, so I usually go / I’ll go to the bank to exchange money. 4 Oh no! I need to buy dollars for my trip tomorrow. I go / I’ll go to the bank. 5 My downstairs neighbour is old, so I help / I’ll help her with her bags. 6 Those bags look heavy. Come on. I help / I’ll help you.
You are going to listen to a dialogue. Tick (3) the actions that are spontaneous decisions. 47 1 taking a taxi 2 taking an umbrella 3 meeting Dan and Linda 4 getting money out of a cashpoint 5 answering the phone 6 giving Geoff the message 5
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Complete the questions with the words in the box.
see page 122
7
Choose the correct option. S c o t l a nNorth d
We live in London. For our next holiday, we’ve decided to take a trip (1) up to / down to East Scotland. It’s (2) close Northern Ireland by / far away, so we will take a plane to West Edinburgh. We’ll stay in Edinburgh for three England days, and then we’ll Wales visit Glasgow. We can London drive there because it’s (3) close by / far South away. We’ve decided to take a train back (4) up to / down to London so we can see the beautiful countryside. Edinburgh Glasgow
51
Going places 8
Match the nouns to the pictures.
How often do trains leave from London to Brighton?
pedestrian area bike lane bus lane taxi rank rush hour 1
2
4
9 48
3
How long does it take to get to Brighton from London?
We arrived in England at 4 p.m. and arrived at our hotel one hour later. To get to central London, we got on the train at Gatwick Airport and we got off at Victoria station. Then we got into a taxi. The next day a special hotel car picked us up and took us to Covent Garden. Then we got out of the car and walked around.
Listen to two dialogues of people talking about transport. Write the nouns from activity 8 mentioned in each dialogue. Dialogue 2: …
1 We say arrive in / at before countries and cities. 2 We say arrive in / at before small places. 3To get to means arrive / leave. 4 To get on a train means enter / leave. 5 To get off a train means enter / leave. 6 To get into a taxi means enter / leave. 7 To get out of a car means enter / leave. 8 To pick someone up means help / collect someone.
10 Listen again and tick true (3) or false (7). Correct 48
the false sentences.
Dialogue 1 1 The National Theatre is quite far. 2 The taxi rank is not very close. 3 There isn’t much traffic now. 4 It’s more convenient to take the Underground. Dialogue 2 5 He’s going to take a bus into London. 6 It’s quite sunny today. 7 He always uses the bike lane. 8 It takes a lot longer than 30 minutes to ride a bike into London.
13 Complete with the prepositions in the box.
at
Se usa present simple para hablar de actividades programadas, como horarios de transportes, cines… Trains leave every 15 minutes. The night bus runs every hour. My flight arrives at 11 a.m. The Tube opens 364 days a year. A train runs every 15 minutes. see page 122
11 Prepare a dialogue with a partner.
Student B: Answer your partner’s questions using this information. Frequency of trains London – Brighton 30 minutes Departure time from London
10 a.m.
Arrival time in London
11 a.m.
Duration
One hour
Price of ticket
£16.00
into
to
off
on
out
up
14 Listen to an interview with Jan, who lives in 49
Student A: You want information to go to Brighton. Ask about: frequency of trains, departure and arrival times, duration of trip and ticket price.
in
Our flight arrived (1) … Madrid at 8 a.m. Our hotel was in the Puerta del Sol, so we had to get (2) … the centre. We got (3) … the metro at Barajas Airport, and 20 minutes later we got (4) … at Nuevos Ministerios. We went to the taxi rank and got (5) … a cab. We arrived (6) … our hotel at 9.30 a.m. The taxi driver was very nice. When we got (7) … of the taxi, he helped us with our luggage. After lunch, a special tour bus picked us (8) … , and we spent the entire afternoon visiting the city.
Present simple for timetables
52
It…
12 Read the text and choose the correct option.
5
Dialogue 1: …
They leave every thirty minutes.
Barley. Choose the correct option.
1 Barley is a stressful / quiet village. 2 Jan lives in a small village / big city. 3 Everything is close by / far away. 4 Bike lanes and pedestrian areas unnecessary / necessary. 5 Barley is 100 / 200 miles from London.
are
15 Talk about the place where you live (size, distance
from the city centre, public transport,…).
I live in a (small town / big city) called… It’s very quiet / noisy because…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
How far is it?
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
Same language, different lives 5
The man in the photo needs his bike for his job. What job do you think he does? Why do you think his bike is important?
What advice or warnings would you give to someone visiting your country? Think about the following ideas. 1 personal safety 2 time of year to visit 3 clothing 4 going out at night
6
4
3
5
2
4
6
Answer the questions. 1 How does Nigel arrive in Brighton? 2 What time of year is Brighton beach busiest? 3 How long does it take Sarah to cycle to the next town? 4 How is Nigel going to Brighton Pier? 5 What food can you eat at Brighton Pier? 6 What does Nigel decide to do at the Lanes?
Documentary Choose the correct option. 1 For businesses, bike couriers are … . a reliable b cost-effective c both 2 Bike couriering is a good way to … . a keep fit b get to know a city c both 3 Bike couriers are paid … . a a daily wage b each time they deliver a package c both 4 Couriers typically carry … . a legal documents b machine parts c both
1
That’s Britain!
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Complete the warnings or advice about each country.
1 Don’t have … on show. 2 Visit the Highlands in late … . 3 Be … 4 Don’t … too late. 5 Avoid going into the … . 6 Shake out your … before you put them on.
Same language, different lives 2
5
NOW YOU! 7
Think about a popular seaside town in your country. Describe what you can do there and why it is popular. Many people go to Marbella on the Costa del Sol for their holidays. The weather is good all year round.
Tick (3) the things that you need to be a bike courier. 1 live close to the city 2 good fitness level 3 knowledge of the city 4 a cycling licence 5 a love for riding a bike
THAT’S ENGLISH!
53
Going places
READING 1
Answer the questions. 1 Have you ever travelled abroad? What countries or cities have you visited? 2 Which cities would you like to visit? Have you been to these cities? Match them to the pictures. 1 Paris a
3 50
2 Barcelona
b
c
4 Stockholm d
Read the text and match the cities (1-4) from the activity 2 to each paragraph (a-d).
The best city breaks in Europe Are you bored at work and tired of the bad weather? Do you want to get away for a long weekend? Well, Europe is the best continent in the world for a short city break! Here are my top four destinations. a ... This has to be number one on the list of places to go! It is simply one of the most beautiful cities in the world. The French capital really has it all: stunning architecture, amazing food, some of the most fashionable shops anywhere, and world-famous museums. And when you’re there, take a stroll along the river Seine - it’s the best way to get a feel for the city. One word of advice: this is one of the most expensive cities in Europe; so don’t be surprised if you pay five euros for a bottle of water. b ... Since the Olympic Games of 1992, this city has been one of the most popular European city break destinations. Situated on the Mediterranean Sea and surrounded by hills, it is an intoxicating combination of the old and the new, perfect for sightseeing! Highlights include the many Gaudi buildings, the incredible La Boqueria market and the beach! It is a safe city, but always use common sense and never walk the streets alone late at night.
4
3 Venice
Complete the table with the features of each city. P 1 famous for good food 2 safer in the daytime 3 good for visiting museums 4 located on a number of islands 5 near the mountains 6 very different at night 7 particularly expensive 8 great for shopping
3
B
V
S
c ... This is without doubt one of the most romantic cities in the world. Situated in a lagoon in North East Italy, it has 177 canals, 400 bridges and 118 islands full of history, art and charm. The city is best at night – once the tourists have gone and the streets become a romantic and magical place. If you plan to go to Carnival during the month of February, remember to book your hotel well in advance; the city is packed with tourists. d ... First, an important piece of information: Be prepared. The capital of this country is not cheap. This beautiful city extends over 14 different islands in the south-east. Highlights include the stunning old town of Gamla Stan, and world-class attractions such as the Vasa Museum. You can even go on an ABBA walking tour to see the key places in this musical group’s history. I wouldn’t go in the winter, it is usually too cold. And now for one last safety tip: no matter what big city you are visiting, watch out for pickpockets and be careful with your bags and cameras.
5
Match the highlighted words or expressions from the text to the definitions. 1 most attractive points 2 relaxing walk 3 escape 4 crowded 5 begin to understand 6 short holiday in a city 7 magnificent 8 thieves who steal from your bag or pockets
9 connected to ‘70s pop music 10 hard to find accommodation during a festival
54
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
2
UNIT
5
LANGUAGE STUDY 51
When we express a warning we use rising intonation. Listen and pay attention to the intonation.
53
›
When we express an order we use falling intonation. Listen and pay attention to the intonation. 4 Don’t come late! 5 Show me your passport! 6 Listen to my advice!
›
›
›
4 What is the most attractive part of the city? a the bay b the museums c the pickpockets 5 What does the speaker recommend doing along the Spaccanopoli? a driving b riding a bike c going for a walk
Practise the warnings using rising intonation. 1 Don’t be surprised to pay five euros for a bottle of water! 2 Remember to book your hotel well in advance! 3 I’d buy my tickets early.
6 What will you find on the main street of the city? a lots of people b a shopping mall c not much
Practise these orders using falling intonation. 4 Don’t close the window! 5 Listen to me! 6 Don’t swim in the river! 52
Now listen and repeat.
7 What should you be careful with in Naples? a the weather b traffic c thieves 6
Se usa el imperativo o would para expresar una advertencia o una recomendación. Take a stroll by the river Seine! Don’t go alone! I wouldn’t go there in the winter. I’d go in spring. see page 122
1 Don’t swim there! 2 I wouldn’t go to England by boat. 3 Don’t carry a lot of money! 4 I’d reserve early.
4 53
3 ...
4 ...
Listen to a radio programme about Naples and answer the question. What warning do they give us about the city?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 6 7 8
the weather best sights location advice
One of the most popular sights is the Marine Palace and Pier, where you can spend an afternoon at the funfair and arcade hall. It also has amazing restaurants. Brighton is known for its theatres and museums. Many people say that Brighton has the best nightlife in England, so if you enjoy going to bars and clubs, this is the place for you! Many streets in the city centre have been turned into pedestrian areas. This makes Brighton a great city for taking a stroll and shopping!
a It takes a long time. b Last-minute flights are very expensive. c It’s very dangerous. d There are lots of pickpockets. 2 ...
time needed to visit distance from London transportation where to take a stroll
Brighton is a great place for a weekend break. This popular resort town is only 45 miles down from London. If you go by car, it takes less than an hour, but buses and trains run all day. Even though it has nice beaches, the weather there never gets too hot. I wouldn’t go there in winter though, because it rains a lot.
Match the advice or warnings (1-4) to the situation (a-d).
1 ...
Read the description of Brighton, England. Find the information in the box included in the text. 1 2 3 4
Expressing warnings
3
1 How long should you stay in Naples? a several days b a long time c two hours
3 What is Naples famous for? a its hot and dry winters b its people c its pizza
Practise saying the sentences. 2
Listen an choose the correct option.
2 How is Naples compared to Florence? a It’s similar. b There aren’t so many museums. c Both cities are museums.
›
1 Go there in the summer! 2 I’d reserve early. 3 I wouldn’t swim there.
5
›
1
7
Write a blog entry about a city you like. Use activity 6 as a model. Munich is a wonderful place for a short city break. It’s only… hours from…
55
Going places
CONSOLIDATION 1
Tick (3) the sentences that are true about where you live. 1 I often get stuck in traffic jams. 2 There isn’t much pollution.
2
3 I drive everywhere. 4 I spend over an hour in my car every day.
Read the headlines (1-3) and match them to the pictures (a-c). 1 Air pollution getting worse in China 2 The world’s worst traffic jam! a
3
3 Chinese car production 10 times higher than in 2000
b
c
Read the text and match the topics (1-5) to the correct paragraph (a-e). 1 Traffic in Beijing 2 A massive traffic jam
3 Your visit to Beijing 4 Actions to solve the problem
5 Car production in China
The mother of all traffic jams a … Arriving in China by airplane may take a long time, but arriving at your hotel from the airport may take even longer! Beijing’s number one tourist sight, the Forbidden City, is located in the city centre. However, if you want to visit this amazing palace, try going before or after rush hour. b … Many experts say that China will be the country of the 21st century. It’s clear that the country has shown incredible progress in the last ten years. Look at car production, for example. Ten years ago, China produced two million cars a year. Now it produces over 18 million, more than the United States and Japan combined. This sounds like good news, but it comes with huge social costs: traffic jams. c … In 2010, the country’s traffic crisis became global news when the ‘mother of all traffic jams’ formed on a road going into Beijing. The traffic jam was over 60 miles long and lasted for 12 days. The average speed of cars was two miles per day! Many drivers spent the time playing cards or sleeping. However, the jam wasn’t bad news for everyone. Local people took the opportunity to sell food and water to the trapped drivers at very inflated prices.
e … The local authorities have taken action to reduce the city’s chronic traffic problems. There is a limit on the number of new cars that can be registered each month, and cars from outside Beijing cannot enter some areas of the city during the rush hour. Beijing also has a large underground, which sells over 2.5 billion tickets a year. However, the traffic problems continue. So, the next time you’re stuck in a traffic jam, say to yourself, ‘It could be worse. I could be in Beijing!’
4
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The change in car production in China has been slow. 2 The IBM study showed that people drive badly in Beijing. 3 The Beijing underground is solving the city’s problems. 4 The authorities have taken some action. 5 The traffic jam in 2010 caused some deaths.
56
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
d … Three years ago, the computer company IBM asked motorists around the world about traffic in their city. Beijing, the capital of China, emerged as the worst place to drive. It’s not surprising. Traffic jams are common at all times of day, and not just during rush hour. The situation has become really terrible. Someone who works in Beijing typically spends two or three hours per day in traffic! The number of cars packed on the road also means that the air quality in China’s capital is very poor. In fact, health experts claim that air pollution throughout China is responsible for over a million deaths every year.
UNIT 5
3 How does Michael usually get to work? a by car b by bike c on foot
Answer the questions. 1 How many cars are produced in China every year? 2 How long do drivers usually spend in their cars every day in Beijing? 3 How big was Beijing’s worst traffic jam? 4 How long did the worst traffic jam last?
6
4 How did he teach himself about Beijing? a his wife taught him b going to the university c mostly by reading 5 How many days a week does he work? a two b three c four 6 When would Michael like to retire? a never b at 67 c next month
Read the information about visiting the Forbidden City in Beijing, China. Ask and answer questions with your partner. 9
Beijing Forbidden City Sightseeing times and prices Open daily all year. Hours:
Monday to Sunday 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Entrance:
£6 approximately (60 Renmibi)
Guided tours:
Beijing Tours offers guided tours in English at the following times: 9 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m., 2 p.m.
Duration:
three hours
Price:
£20
5
Interview your partner. Use the following prompts to write the questions.
1 place of birth 2 time working 3 reason for deciding on profession 4 things you like about your job 5 how you learned about your job 6 amount of money you earn 7 days you work a week 8 age now 9 when you will retire
Where were you born?
I was born in…
How long have you been working as a… I’ve been working… When does the Forbidden City open?
It opens at 8:30 a.m. 10 Write a blog post about your partner using the
7 54
Listen to a radio programme interview with Michael Johnson, a tourist guide living in Beijing, and answer the questions. 1 Why did Michael move from London to Beijing? 2 Is he happy with his job in Beijing?
8
Listen again and choose the correct option.
54
1 How long has Michael been working in Beijing? a four years b 28 years c all his life
information from your interview.
My blog Michael was born in London. He has been working as a… for… . He decided to become a… because…
2 What doesn’t Michael like about his life in Beijing? a his job b talking to people c the traffic jams
THAT’S ENGLISH!
57
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
5
3 A: It’s much safer now to ride on this part of the street. B: Maybe so, but please wear a helmet anyway.
Complete the text with the words below.
4 A: This street has been closed off to traffic. B: It’s nice to walk around the city without worrying about cars.
highlight stroll break stunning packed sightseeing Marseilles is a great place for a short (1) ... ! It’s a beautiful port with great places for (2) ... . The (3) ... for me is the Marché des Capucins, a large market for the local Arab community. It’s absolutely (4) ... with people!. You should also take a (5) ... around the fascinating Le Panier area, a (6) ... combination of artisan shops and terraced houses. 2
Complete the sentences with the verb in the present or future tense. 1 The regular bus service … (start) at 6 a.m. 2 Someone’s knocking at the door. I … (get) it. 3 It’s sunny, so I ... (take) a stroll along the beach. 4 What time … the plane ... (leave)? Do we have time for a coffee? 5 The journey only ... (last) 10 minutes. It’s very short. 6 Don’t worry, I ... you … (pick up) tomorrow in my car. 7 Trains ... (run) on Christmas day. There’s no service.
3
Match each compound noun in the box to the dialogues. pedestrian area rush hour single ticket bike lane transport pass 1 A: What’s the worst time to drive your car in the city? B: In the early morning and in the late afternoon. 2 A: Are you taking the Tube to just one destination? B: Yes, I am.
58
5
Complete the sentences using the correct questions words. 1 … do you get to work, by bus or by underground? 2 … is the best way to get to the train station? 3 How … does the journey take? 4 How … is Marble Arch from here? I’d like to walk if it’s close by. 5 How … do you go to London? At least once a year.
6
Write two sentences to express warnings or advice using the imperative or would. 1 You should be careful at night. 2 It’s not a good idea to go there in the summer. 3 Hiring a guide is recommendable. 4 Rush hour is not a good time to drive. 5 You shouldn’t take a taxi!
7
Rewrite the sentences using the adverbs in the box. down to up to away close by far away
Choose the correct option. We arrived (1) in / to Dover early in the morning. We wanted to get (2) to / in London, so we got (3) on / in the train. After an hour we got (4) off / out at St. Pancras station. Our friends picked us (5) up / over there. We arrived (6) at / in their house half an hour later, and we got (7) out of / off the car. After that, we walked (8) around / up their large garden.
4
5 A: What’s the cheapest way to get around the city? B: Buy an Oyster Card so you can have unlimited journeys.
1 The hotel is a long distance from here. 2 Charles Bridge is a short distance from here. 3 Walk south to the Vitara River. 4 Take a taxi north to the museum. 5 The airport is 10 kilometres from here. 8 55
Listen to the radio programme and choose the correct answer. 1 Laura has / hasn’t been to Prague before. 2 Laura will be in Prague for two days / a week. 3 The announcer says Prague is picturesque / small. 4 The airport is 10 kilometres / 20 kilometres from the city centre. 5 The speaker says that people from Prague speak / don’t speak English in the tourist areas. 6 KD recommends using bicycles / the Underground. 7 Johnny says there is a problem with the traffic jams in the historical district / the crowds at the tourist sights.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
A
6
First impressions OBJECTIVES
UNIT
·To talk about different ways of relating to people ·To express your opinion about others ·To describe people’s personality
What do you think of him? 4 What advice does Susan give Gary? a Stay calm. b Call Ms Walsh to apologise. c Do a different kind of job.
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Read the sentences below. Tick (3) the ones you agree with.
5 What does Ms Walsh think of the house? a It’s a mess. b It has good rooms. c It isn’t built very well.
1 The customer is always right. 2 You never get a second chance to make a good first impression. 3 You can disagree without being disagreeable.
6 Ms Walsh wants to buy the property because … . a she wants it for her children b she wants to move further away from students c she wants to construct student accommodation
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Answer the questions.
1 What does Faisal think of Gary?
7 How does Susan try to calm Ms Walsh? a She offers to show her another house. b She lowers the price. c She promises to give Gary a final warning.
2 What does Susan think of Ms Walsh?
8 Why doesn’t Gary like Ms Walsh? a She broke his friend’s furniture. b She refused to return his friend’s deposit. c She increased his friend’s rent.
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Complete the sentences to explain relationships between the people.
the
5
1 Faisal is Gary’s … . 2 Susan is Gary’s … . 3 Ms Walsh is Gary’s … . 4 Gary’s friend is Mrs Walsh’s … . 4
Match the speakers (1-5) to the words they use to talk about first impressions (a-e). 1
2
3
4
5
Choose the correct option. a sixth sense b gut instinct c first instincts
1 What does Susan say about Gary? a They are good friends. b He is ambitious and hardworking. c He’s untidy and unreliable. 2 Why does Ms Walsh think the house is too expensive? a It’s very small. b It’s in a bad area. c It’s not in good condition. 3 In the cafe, Susan talks to Gary about … . a his untidy desk b his attitude towards colleagues c his attitude towards a client
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
d judging people‘s character e intuition 4 ...
5 ...
NOW YOU! 6
What impression do you think is important to make at work? What do you do to create this impression of yourself? I like to look professional, so I always wear smart clothes to the office.
59
First impressions
READING 1
Look at the photos. Which photo shows someone who is ...? 1
a friendly
3
2
b aggressive c nervous 2
In your experience, when someone talks to you, what makes an impression on you? 1 their voice
3
2 their body language
3 what they say
Read the article. Does it confirm your answer?
56
The art of communicating In the opinion of communication experts, our body language is the main factor that influences how other people react to us. It represents 55% of the overall general impression that we make. Our voice is responsible for 38% of the impact, while what we actually say has very little effect. It is clear, then, that if we want to make a good impression, we need to have the right body language. But how good is yours? One fundamental element of body language is eye contact. When we look people in the eye, we are showing them respect and that we are interested in what they are saying. It also shows that you are an open person and have nothing to hide. A good general rule is to maintain eye contact two-thirds of the time. If you have much more eye contact than this, you can be too intense. On the contrary, if you avoid eye contact, people may think that you’re not interested in them, or that you are not a sensitive person. And you don’t want to give that impression, do you?
Finally, your ears also play a vital role in communicating. Now, a friend of mine can move her ears, but I’m not talking about that! I’m talking about how you use your ears! All of us have two ears and only one mouth, and we should try to use them in that proportion. If you listen twice as much as you talk, you will be excellent company. And we all love someone who listens to us, don’t we?
4
Answer the questions. 1 What are three things you should do to make a good impression on other people? 2 What sort of impression do we give to others when we don’t maintain eye contact? 3 How will you feel if your posture isn’t good? 4 Which is more important in a conversation, speaking or listening?
5
4 A: Whenever I speak to Brian, he always crosses his arms. B: His … implies that he’s not interested in what I’m saying. 5 A: How can I get people to admire and respect me more? B: If you show you are a good listener, you will … .
Complete the dialogues with the words and expressions highlighted in the text.
6 A: What is involved in Paul’s decision to buy a house? B: His children … in the decision. They influence Paul a lot.
1 A: What causes an impression on other people when we meet them? B: Our body language is … the impact we make on people.
7 A: Mary understands how other people are feeling. B: She’s always been a … person.
2 A: Why is Roger feeling depressed? B: He’s … because he lost his job.
8 A: Why is it so important to look someone in the eye during a conversation? B: Because … shows you are listening.
3 A: What should I buy with my money? B: I think you should be … and put it in a savings account.
60
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
You should think about your posture too. If your posture is good, you’ll automatically start feeling better. So, the next time you’re feeling down, look at how you’re standing or sitting. Your back probably won’t be straight and you will be looking down. Poor posture inhibits breathing and can make you feel nervous or sad. It will also give a negative impression. Improving your posture is sensible. Not only will it improve your breathing and ability to concentrate, it will help you avoid back problems in the future.
UNIT
6
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 57
2
Listen and repeat. /æ/ language /ɑ:/ partial /ʌ/ fundamental
6
contact argument nothing
stand art much
Practise saying these words and complete the table below. 1 judge 6 harder 11 automatic 2 star 7 that 12 us 3 impact 8 car 13 pardon 4 function 9 back 14 argue 5 wonderful 10 ugly 15 factor /æ/
/ɑ:/
/ʌ/
impact
star
judge
58
Now listen and repeat.
3
Match the sound (1-3) to the spelling (a-c). 1 /æ/ a words spelled with a, an, ar, ear 2 /ʌ/ b words spelled with a 3 /ɑ:/ c words spelled with u, ou, o
4
7 59
3 moody 6 sensible
a
c
e
b
d
f
Listen again and tick (3) the adjectives that correspond to the descriptions. Claire
Beryl
Jane
easy-going moody outgoing reserved sensitive sensible
Asking for and giving opinions - Para pedir opiniones, se utilizan expresiones como: What do you think about / of the new boss? How do you feel about what Bill said? - Para dar opiniones, se utilizan expresiones como: I (don’t) think that she’s a good listener. I feel / believe / suppose / reckon that we should (not) give him an opportunity.
Match the adjectives (1-6) to the pictures (a-f). 1 sensitive 2 outgoing 4 reserved 5 easy-going
5
59
Listen to someone describe three of his classmates. Answer the questions. 1 Do you think they are close friends? 2 Who do you think the speaker prefers?
see page 124
8
Write questions to ask your partner’s opinion about the topics below. s your neighbours s your best friend
s your boss s your colleagues at work
What do you think of your neighbours?
I think they are very open.
What do you think about your best friend?
I think he’s…
Complete the sentences using words from activity 4. 1 Jack’s a … person. Five minutes ago he was laughing, and now he’s angry. 2 Our teacher never gets upset. She’s always … . 3 Pete is so friendly and … . He speaks to everyone at parties even if he doesn’t know them. 4 My dad always cries at movies. He’s very … . 5 Ellen is a … person. She never shows her feelings or thoughts to other people. 6 If you have an exam next week, you should be … and start studying now.
Asking for confirmation : question tags - Se usan question tags (auxiliar + sujeto pronombre) para comprobar si una persona está de acuerdo con lo que se dice. You agree with me, don’t you? - En frases afirmativas el verbo auxiliar es negativo. We all love someone who listens to us, don’t we? My brothers ate all the chocolates, didn’t they? - En frase negativas el verbo auxiliar es afirmativo. Mary isn’t very quiet, is she? You don’t have any children, do you? see page 122
THAT’S ENGLISH!
61
First impressions 9
Match the question tags to the sentences. 1 She was your best friend, a will she? 2 She didn’t have any children, b isn’t she? 3 She speaks well, c doesn’t she? 4 She won’t come late, d wasn’t she? 5 She hasn’t answered you, e did she? 6 She’s going to say no, f has she?
13 Rewrite the sentences with a double genitive.
Her family always comes first. That family of hers always comes first. 1 Mary’s flatmate phoned me yesterday. A flatmate… 2 Martin’s brother is a professional footballer. One… 3 My dad’s friend was on the news last night. A friend… 4 Our neighbours have complained again. Those neighbours… 5 Her client behaves very rudely. A client… 6 My boss can be very understanding.That boss…
10 Complete the sentences with the appropriate
question tag.
1 You haven’t lost your keys, ...? 2 We’ll see you tonight, ...? 3 He’s gone to Scotland, ...? 4 She didn’t accept the job, ...? 5 They’re having a bad time, ...? 6 I’m very expressive, ...?
14 Match the expressions connected to body
language to the pictures.
11 When we use question tags, the intonation can
rise or fall. Intonation falls ( ) when we ask for confirmation and rises ( ) when we express surprise or we are not sure about something. Listen.
shake hands shake your head roll your eyes cross your legs
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
›
›
60
look someone in the eye nod your head shrug your shoulders fold your arms
›
1 You’re not listening to me, are you? 2 It’s expensive, isn’t it? 3 They didn’t buy that house, did they? 4 He’s not 50, is he?
›
›
›
60
Listen again and repeat.
12 Read the dialogues. Decide if the intonation in
›
) or falls (
›
the question tags rises (
).
15 Match the body language (1-8) to the meaning
(a-h). a I agree. f I’m defensive. b I disagree. g It’s not important. c I’m pleased to meet you. h I’m worried / I d I’m impatient / frustrated. don´t know. e I’m open and interested.
1 A: I have to work tomorrow. B: So, you’re not going to the party, are you? 2 A: Mark has seen this film five times. B: He likes it, doesn’t he? 3 A: I didn’t see Jim at work today. B: He’s not sick again, is he?
1b
4 A: Did you try the cake? It’s homemade. B: You didn’t make this yourself, did you? 5 A: Je m’appelle Christopher. B: You can’t really speak French, can you? 61
Now listen and repeat the sentences.
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
6 ...
7 ...
8 ...
16 Listen to an interview with a body language 62
expert. What types of body language from activity 14 does he talk about?
17 Listen again and answer the questions. 62
Expressing possession: double genitive - of + (possessive adjective) + noun ’s He is a friend of Mike’s. (He’s Mike’s friend.) They are colleagues of her sister’s. (They’re her sister’s colleagues.) - of + possessive pronoun She is a friend of yours. (She’s your friend.) We are neighbours of his. (We’re his neighbours.) see page 123
62
2 ...
1 How do you say ‘no’ in Albania? 2 Is it a good idea to shrug your shoulders in China? 3 When shouldn’t you cross your legs in Japan? 4 When can you fold your arms in Pakistan?
18 Give a short description about body language
in your country.
In Spain, it’s not polite to hold your hands behind your head.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
More than words
B
BEFORE YOU WATCH
Same language, different lives
Documentary 1
6
4
Look at the photos. Match the people’s body language to their meaning. a feeling comfortable c being uninterested
b being confident
1
2
Listen to the speakers and tick (3) the rude gestures they talk about. 1 holding up your middle finger 2 sticking your tongue out 3 spitting 4 holding up two fingers 5 throwing your hands up 6 holding up the back of your hand 7 picking your nose
That’s Britain! 5
1 The Royal Standard is the … pub in England. 2 In British pubs, you pay at the bar when you … your drink. 3 The pub used to be called … . 4 The pub opens at … each day. 5 There’s no music or … at this pub. 6 The pub is full of people on … day. 7 The bell rings when it’s time for everyone to … the pub.
3
Same language, different lives 2
Which actions or gestures are considered rude in your country?
AFTER YOU WATCH Documentary 3
Match the body language (1-6) to its meanings (a-f).
Complete the sentences with words from the programme.
NOW YOU! 6
Think about the following questions. s What places do families spend time at in Spain? s Are there any traditions or customs at these places? s What is the ‘normal’ way of behaving?
1 not sitting up straight 2 overuse of hands 3 crossed arms or legs 4 leaning back 5 looking someone in the eye 6 copying someone else’s actions a shows someone they are important b stressed c makes someone else feel comfortable d uninterested e lack of confidence f unimpressed
THAT’S ENGLISH!
In Spain, families and children spend time at restaurants. People order large dishes of food, like paella, that they can share with each other.
63
First impressions
READING 1
Look at the photos. How would you describe the people? Use the words in the box. positive
negative
1
2
materialistic
natural
modern
2
3
traditional
alternative
interesting
4
Which of these statements is true for you? When I’m going to meet someone for the first time... 1 I try not to judge them too quickly.
2 I always look at what they are wearing. 3 I always think about what I’m going to wear.
3
What kind of person do people think you are when they meet you for the first time? Why?
4
Read the first paragraph. What’s the meaning of ‘there usually isn’t an opportunity to make a second impression?’
63
1 You only meet a person once. 2 It’s hard to change people’s first impressions of us.
3 Our second impression can be important.
First impressions Most of us form an impression immediately when we meet someone for the first time. What’s more, our opinion of people often doesn’t change, so there usually isn’t an opportunity to make a second impression. This is why it is critical to make a good first impression. If you follow these five simple steps, it will be easy. First of all, you need to think about the image that you want to convey. This is especially important before a big event, such as a job interview. It’s not enough to think, ‘I’ll just be myself’. It’s a good idea to spend some time thinking about your appearance. Consider the clothes and shoes that you are going to wear, your hairstyle, etc. Men need to carefully select the watch that they’re going to wear, while for women it’s vital to go with the right handbag. You also might want to get a friend’s or colleague’s opinion on your outfit. Above all, you need to make sure that your appearance communicates what you want to say about yourself.
If possible, avoid important events when you’ve just had a row with someone, or you’re feeling moody. Other people will immediately see how you are feeling, and you won’t come across well. Finally, show interest in people. Listen carefully, ask intelligent questions, and nod your head in agreement. If you give the impression that you want to speak to people, they will want to speak to you.
5
Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 You should be completely natural when you go to an important job interview. 2 It’s usually better to wear a nice watch. 3 Friends can help you with your image. 4 You can learn a lot about body language if you watch videos by experts. 5 It’s better to go to important events when you’re feeling positive and outgoing.
64
6
Match the highlighted words and expressions in the text with the following meanings. 1 transmit 2 clothes that go together 3 move your head up and down 4 to create an opinion or idea of someone or something 5 ‘to project an image’ has the same meaning as: … , ... and … . 6 ‘it is important to’ has the same meaning as: … , ... and … .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Body language is another crucial area. You should think about your posture and how you move. It’s often a good idea to make a video of yourself as you walk around a room. This can reveal a lot of things that you didn’t know about yourself! When you meet someone for the first time, be sure to shake hands firmly and to maintain eye contact.
UNIT
6
LANGUAGE STUDY 4
Read the text again and put it in the correct order.
Showing approval and disapproval The pros and cons of a good impression
- Para indicar que aprobamos algo decimos: You’re right, That’s a good idea, That’s great!, What a great idea! Look people in the eye. -That’s a good idea. I’m trying to improve my posture. -That’s great! - Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo decimos: That’s a bad idea, That’s not a good idea, I wouldn’t do that, You shouldn’t do that. I never shake hands. - That’s a bad idea. I’ll just be myself at the interview. - I wouldn’t do that.
a On the other hand, we might concentrate too much on our appearance. We can become obsessed with it and, as a result, we may forget who we are. b In conclusion, in modern society we all need to try to make a good impression. Even so, we must not lose contact with who we are. c On the one hand, people’s final opinion of us often depends on their first impression. Moreover, in today’s competitive world, everyone needs to make a good impression.
see page 124
1 64
Listen to two people discussing how to make a good first impression at a job interview. Tick (3) approve (A) or disapprove (D). A
d People today devote a lot of time and money to their appearance: they go to the gym, they spend a lot of money on clothes, etc. However, is it essential to make a good first impression?
D
1 Drink wine before the interview 2 Stay up all night practising
Key language
3 Relax and be yourself
Expressing contrast On the one hand, On the other hand, But, Although, However, Even so
4 Wear a conservative outfit
Developing an argument Besides, What’s more, Moreover, In addition, As a result, In the end
5 Make a video to practice 64
Listen again and write the expressions the speakers use to show approval or disapproval. 1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
Expressing a conclusion In conclusion / To sum up
5 ...
see page 134
5 2
React positively or negatively to what your partner says.
on the other hand what’s more although as a result to sum up on the one hand
1 I’m going to wear a pink and green tie. 2 I’m going to buy a new dress for the wedding. 3 I’m going to stop smoking. 4 I’m not going to drink a lot at the party. 5 I’m going to dye my hair orange. 6 I’m going to be completely honest with my boss. I’m going to wear a pink and green tie.
3
6
Read a ‘for and against’ text about trying to make a good impression. Match the ideas (1-4) to the four paragraphs (a-d). 1 Arguments against (cons) 2 Arguments for (pros)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
It’s too early to say if I like my new boss or not. (1) … , he’s a good dresser and looks very professional. He’s also a hard-worker. (2) … , he’s not a very good listener. (3) … , he’s always talking about himself. (4) … everybody says he’s a sensitive person, I disagree because he avoids eye contact when he’s speaking to you. (5) … , I get the impression he isn’t really interested in what I have to say. (6) … , my boss has both good and bad qualities, so maybe I shouldn’t be so quick to judge him.
I wouldn’t do that.
WRITING SECTION
3 Conclusion 4 Introduction
Complete the paragraph with the words below.
Write a ‘for and against’ text on this topic: ‘It’s very important to be physically attractive’. Use key language and follow this planning. s Paragraph s Paragraph s Paragraph s Paragraph
1: Introduction 2: The advantages of being attractive 3: Being attractive is not everything 4: Conclusion
Today, a lot of people spend time to be physically attractive…
65
First impressions
CONSOLIDATION 1
Answer the questions. 1 How do you feel when someone criticises you? a sad c aggressive b defensive d indifferent 2 Do you think it’s a good idea to criticise other people? a sometimes c it depends on the situation b it depends on the person d never
2
Read the first paragraph and list three reasons why criticism is not good.
How to Win Friends and Influence People As a young man, I often used to criticise people when I did not agree with them. However, when I was around 30 years old, I began to understand that criticism is useless because it makes people defensive and angry. Moreover, it is completely ineffective: when you criticise someone, they don’t think that they are wrong. On the contrary, they try to justify themselves. Criticism is also dangerous because it can make people feel stupid and unimportant which can result in aggressive behaviour. B. F. Skinner, the world-famous psychologist, showed in experiments that animals respond much better to positive stimuli than to negative ones. He demonstrated that it is more effective to give them food when they do something well than to punish them when they do something badly. The principle of positive reinforcement has many advantages in humans too. It makes people feel more motivated and enthusiastic about correcting their mistakes. What’s more, it improves our relationships with others.
3
There are a few basic rules for using positive reinforcement. First of all, it doesn’t have to be big. A simple, ‘Thank you!’ or ‘Well done!’ can be as effective as something material. Also, we need to be enthusiastic and sincere. Most importantly, we have to be consistent so that we feel more and more motivated. In the end, it’s much better to try to understand people than to condemn them, isn’t it? Our objective should be to discover why people do what they do. That’s a lot more positive and interesting than criticism; and it creates empathy, tolerance and understanding. To sum up, we all probably know someone who we would like to change: our husband, our wife, our children. But why don’t we begin with ourselves? It will do us a lot of good, and it will be much more effective than trying to change someone else. As Confucius said 2,500 years ago, ‘Don’t complain about the snow on your neighbour’s roof when your own doorstep is dirty’.
Read the rest of the text. Choose the correct answers. 1 People respond better ... . a when you give them food b when you punish them c when they receive positive stimuli 2 When we understand people, we become more … . a critical b tolerant c interesting 3 First, we should try to change … . a ourselves b other people c no one 4 The author thinks that ... . a criticism will change people b people should understand others’ behaviour c people shouldn’t tolerate others’ criticism
66
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
Mark the ideas that best describe you. Then ask your partner and discover what type of personality he or she has. 1 I am a sensitive person, and I don’t criticise others. 2 I am sometimes distant and reserved. 3 I can be quite moody. 4 I often try to change people. 5 Other people think that I am sensible and practical. 6 I look people in the eye when I talk to them.
5 65
6 65
1 Mr Hardy is generally a nervous person. 2 Mr Hardy likes his mother. 3 Mr Hardy’s father doesn’t speak to him. 4 Mr Hardy is popular at work. 5 Mr Hardy doesn’t want to look directly at the psychologist. Listen again and match the people (1-3) to the adjectives (a-g). 1 Mr Hardy 2 ...
2 his mother
3 his father
a cold
c easy-going e distant g outgoing b friendly d warm f critical
3 ...
Exchange your impressions about each other’s personality with your partner. You’re a sensitive person, aren’t you?
8
Are you a sensitive person? Do you criticise other people? Are you sometimes ... ?
Listen to an interview between Mr Hardy, a patient, and a psychologist. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 ... 7
6
I suppose so.
You look people in the eye when you speak to them, don’t you?
Absolutely.
You seem very practical.
Actually, I’m not.
Read the blog post and answer the questions.
My blog Recently, my brother introduced me to a colleague of his named Martha. She made a good first impression for several reasons. Martha has a great personality. She’s outgoing and talkative, and she has a great sense of humour. I think Martha’s a good listener because she looks you in the eye during a conversation. Martha pays attention to her personal appearance too. She was wearing a nice blue outfit with a grey jacket. My brother says Martha’s a hard worker, but she’s not very sensible with money – she often spends too much money on clothes instead of saving it. We’ve only met once, but I think Martha and I can become good friends.
1 What kind of impression did Martha make? 2 What is Martha’s personality like? 3 Why is Martha a good listener? 9
4 Was Martha well dressed? 5 What is one of Martha’s negative qualities?
Write your own blog post (100-120 words) about a person you have met recently. Make sure you include the following information. • First impression • His or her personality • Body language • Personal appearance
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Recently, I met...
Send
67
SELF TEST 1
2
UNIT
Choose the correct option. 1 Sally’s always smiling and likes to talk to people. She is warm / distant. 2 James can be very difficult when he’s having a bad day. He is reserved / moody. 3 Vanessa cries a lot and is very emotional. She is sensitive / sensible. 4 Georgia’s relaxed and doesn’t worry about anything. She is easy-going / moody. 5 Tom’s very open and is very popular. He is reserved / outgoing. Complete the expressions with the missing verbs.
c That’s a good idea! d I’m going to see a psychologist. 1… 6
7
4
Complete the dialogue with the words in the box. critical early opinion suppose sure think
5
Put the dialogue in the correct order. a OK, I’ll talk to a friend about my problems. b I wouldn’t do that. They’re expensive, and I don’t think they help.
68
4…
Rewrite the sentences expressing possession.
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Moreover To sum up On the other hand
Here’s some advice on what to do at a job interview. Firstly, you should prepare well for it. At the beginning of the interview, shake the interviewer’s hand. (1) … , if you shake it too much, you will seem aggressive. Always look the interviewer in the eye. (2) … , nod your head to show you are listening. (3) … , it’s always a good idea to show interest and ask questions. (4) … , you shouldn’t speak too much or you may come across as being too nervous. Some people feel uncomfortable wearing a suit and tie. (5) … , men should always wear one. (6) … , prepare well for your interview and practice. 8 66
outgoing think of
1 A: What do you all (1) ... our new French teacher? B: It’s too (2) ... to say. 2 A: In my (3) ... , she’s (4) … and friendly! B: I (5) ... that she’s OK. 3 A: I (6) … she’s very (7) … . She gets angry if you make a mistake. B: I’m not (8) ... . Maybe you’re right.
3…
Even so However On the one hand
Complete the question tags. 1 You’re not criticising me, ... ? 2 I haven’t offended you, ... ? 3 He didn’t tell her, ... ? 4 You’ve been living here a long time, ... ? 5 They’d like to come with us, ... ? 6 You really can’t like him, ... ?
2…
1 Robert’s mother is too expressive.The mother… 2 He is their boss. He is… 3 My mother’s friend has got a job. A friend… 4 She is my client. She is a… 5 They are my brother’s classmates. They are…
1 When you agree, you ... your head. 2 When you meet someone for the first time, you ... hands. 3 When you want to show interest in what the other person is saying, you … the other person in the eye. 4 When you don’t know an answer, you ... your shoulders. 5 When you don’t agree or are frustrated, you ... your eyes. 6 When you are feeling defensive, you ... your arms. 3
6
9 66
Listen to someone talking about criticising people. Choose the correct option. 1 What happens when we criticise people? a They usually like it. b They become aggressive. c They feel upset. 2 When should we criticise people? a when we think they need to know how we feel b only when they ask c never 3 Which word best describes how we should criticise? a rudely b respectfully c aggressively Listen again and decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 We should be quiet when someone does something wrong. 2 Some people feel offended when we criticise them. 3 Choose the right words before criticising someone.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
7
Play time! OBJECTIVES
UNIT
of games ·To talk about typical behaviour
The games people play
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To describe how to play different types
4
Look at the images (1-3) and match them to the names of the games (a-c). Can you describe what happens in each game using the words in brackets? 1
2
competitive winning team player tag childish cheating team work blindfolds 1 The children were playing a game of … . 2 Dan is so … ! If he doesn’t win, he thinks it’s unfair. 3 He always tells the truth. If Dan says Ivan was … , then I believe him. 4 The purpose of this exercise is to demonstrate the importance of … . 5 Excellent! Please put the rope down and take off your … . 6 I’ve got proper work to do. I don’t want to play these … games. 7 Paul is only happy if he’s … . 8 He’s definitely not a … !
3
a charades (mime, guess) b tag (chase, touch) c pin the donkey (a blindfold, a tail)
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Answer the questions.
1 Why do Dan and Ivan argue while playing musical chairs?
Complete the dialogue from the video with the words in the box.
5
Listen to the speakers and write the name of one game that each of them talks about. 1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
2 What do the team have to do with the rope?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Choose the correct option. 1 In the cafe, … . a Natasha and Paul are planning a birthday party b Natasha and Paul are discussing their children’s behaviour c Natasha and Paul are discussing children’s games they enjoy playing 2 At the birthday party, … . a Dan says that Ivan is cheating b Ivan says that Dan is cheating c both Ivan and Dan say that each other is cheating 3 At the office, Paul says the game is … . a a waste of time c boring b too difficult
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
8…
NOW YOU! 6
Is it important for you to win games? How do you react when you lose? Describe your attitude to playing games. I am very competitive and I don’t like losing. If I lose, I want to continue playing until…
69
Play time!
READING 1
What games did you play as a child? Which were your favourite ones?
2
Read the article. Match the pictures (1-6) to the paragraphs (a-c).
67
1
2
3
4
5
6
Let’s play! All around the world, children have one thing in common: they love to play games! Here, people from different countries talk about their favourite children’s games. a … I want to tell you about a simple skipping game. What are the instructions? First, find a rope! Hold one end of the rope in one hand and the other end in the other hand. Now, swing the rope around in circles. When the rope touches the ground, jump! Don’t stand on the rope! Go on jumping for a few minutes. Stop jumping when you are tired. You can also play this game with three people: two move the rope and one jumps. Hasanuddin Rachman, Indonesia
c … In China, many children play a game called Caught you! How do you play? With 15–20 other people, go to a place where there is a large open area, e.g. a park. You will need a small ball and a blindfold. Form a large circle. One person stands outside the circle with the blindfold on. The people in the circle start passing the ball. The person with the blindfold says ‘Stop!’ when he or she wants. When you hear the word Stop!, the person with the ball stands up and sings a song or tells a story. I loved playing this game, but my sister was always cheating. She was always looking when she had the blindfold on, and she said, ‘Stop!’ every time that I had the ball! I used to get very angry with her! Cheng Limin, China
3
Description
Skip rope
Oba
Caught you!
It uses a ball. It uses a rope. It is individual. It can include singing. 4
4 No one really wins or loses when they play Caught you! 5 Cheng Limin wasn’t happy with her sister.
Read the text again and tick (3) the information about each game.
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
5
Match the highlighted words from the text to the definitions. 1 playing dishonestly 2 a cloth used to cover your eyes 3 jumping over a rope 4 move your arm to project an object through the air 5 continue 6 keep something in your hand 7 a cord made of fibre
1 Skipping involves moving your arms and legs at the same time. 2 You always stand on one leg when you play Oba. 3 It’s a good idea to try to play Caught you! in your bedroom.
70
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
b … When I was a child, my friends and I were always very happy when we played a game called Oba. I’ll tell you how to play. The basic idea of the game is simple. First, get a small ball. Throw the ball against the wall and catch it. However, you can introduce variations, and that’s the fun part! For example: sing a song and throw the ball; start laughing and throw the ball; stand on one leg and keep throwing the ball until you fall. Etilvia Peña, Colombia
UNIT
7
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 68
Homophones are words that are pronounced the same but are spelled differently. Listen to these sentences and pay attention to the words in blue.
d
1 No, I don’t know the answer. 2 I have two dogs too. 3 Our flight leaves in one hour. 4 The boy ate eight biscuits. 5 I have an eye exam tomorrow.
Underline sentence.
the
two
homophones
in
each
1 We went to the sea to see the waves. 2 I’m going to write a letter right now. 3 You’re not listening to your mum, are you? 4 Where are you going to wear that Hawaiian shirt? 5 Their car is over there. 6 The team has won the tournament one more time. 69
Now match the sentences (1-6) to the pictures (a-f). 1… 2… 3… 4… 5… 6… 4
Complete the text using the verbs in the imperative or -ing form.
Question: How do you play musical chairs? Answer: You’ll need fun music, a group of children, and chairs – one less chair than the number of players. First, (1) … (place) the chairs in a circle. (2) … (stand) in a circle around the chairs. Then start (3) … (play) the music. (4) … (move) in a circle around the chairs. When the music stops (5) … (play), everyone sits down. (6) … (eliminate) the person standing and one chair. Go on (7) … (play). The winner is the last person standing.
Listen and repeat. Asking and giving instructions and orders - Para pedir instrucciones se usan expresiones como: How do you play Caught you? What do you do next? What’s the next step? - Para dar instrucciones se usa el imperativo. Move the rope rhythmically! Don’t stand on the rope! - Start, stop, finish y go on van seguidos de un verbo terminanado en -ing. Start playing and throw the ball. Go on jumping until you land on the rope. Stop jumping when you are tired.
f
1 ... a round table to play on. 2 … the cards properly. 3 ... three cards. 4 … at other people’s cards! 5 ... one card to the person on your left. 6 … the other players know you are nervous.
Practise saying the sentences. 2
e
5
Match the verbs to the pictures. cheat
drop
hold
kick
1
4
2
5
3
6
let go
pick up
see page 125
3
Use the imperative form of the verbs from the box to complete the instructions. find
let
a
THAT’S ENGLISH!
look b
pass
shuffle
take
c
71
Play time! 6
Complete the descriptions of the games using the correct form of the verbs from activity 5. I love playing this game. First of all, find a rope. (1) ... the rope in both hands! Now, jump up and down but don’t move the rope! For this game you need a ball and a group of friends. First, form a large circle and sit down. Then close your eyes. After that, pass the ball to the person on your right. If someone (2) ... the ball, they must stand up. They also stand up if they (3) ... and open their eyes. This game is also played with a lot of friends. First, (4) … the ball as hard as you can with your foot. The first player who can (5) … the ball with their hands has to start running. The other players try to take away the ball. If one player (6) … the ball ... , he is eliminated from the game.
7
Write a short paragraph giving instructions to play a game you like. I enjoy playing board games. I’m going to tell you how to play Monopoly. First,… Describing annoying habits Se usa always con un verbo en forma continua para describir situaciones o hábitos que no nos gustan. You’re always shouting at me. My sister was always cheating when she played games as a child.
4 The woman thinks two of their friends sometimes cheat. 5 They are going to tell Jack and Emily to come 30 minutes early so they can have some pizza. 6 They will probably play the game in teams. 11 Match the dialogues (1-3) to the pictures (a-c).
1 A: Do you want to play cards? B: I suppose so. A: Are you sure? B: If you insist. But I don’t know the rules. Can you teach me? A: Yes, of course. 2 A: Would you like to watch the new James Bond film? B: That’s a great idea. I’m dying to see it. Why don’t you invite some friends over to watch it with us? A: I don’t really want to. It’s difficult to watch a film when too many people are here. 3 A: Why don’t we play musical chairs at the party? B: No way! A: Why not? It’ll be fun. B: You must be joking. Musical chairs is for children! A: You’ve got a great CD collection. So why don’t you choose the music? B: I’d love to! a
b
c
see page 125
8
Match the sentences beginnings (1-5) to endings (a-e) . 1 The handball team aren’t happy with Pam because... 2 Jess has three sets of keys because... 3 I never have anything to eat because... 4 I’m angry with Clara because... a she is always losing them. b she’s always arriving late. c she’s always dropping the ball. d you’re always taking my food from the fridge. 1…
9
2…
3…
4…
Listen to two people talking about what they want to do. What do they decide to do in the end?
70
10 Listen again and tick true (3) or false (7). Correct 70
72
the false sentences.
1 They don’t want to go out because it’s boring. 2 The man is good at drawing. 3 They decide to invite four friends over.
Now practise the dialogues. 12 Find six expressions in the dialogues to say: yes enthusiastically
yes unenthusiastically
no emphatically
I’d love to.
I don’t mind.
No way.
13 Act out the following dialogue with a partner.
Student A: Play Monopoly? Student B: Emphatic no! Student A: Play poker? Student B: Yes without enthusiasm. Student A: Play a video game? Student B: Emphatic yes! Do you want to play Monopoly?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
7
Fun for all the family
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
How did you spend your school holidays as a child? What activities did you enjoy doing?
That’s Britain! 2
marbles
hide and seek
Look at the photos. Which of these places do you think are a good day out for the whole family? Explain your ideas.
hopscotch
That’s Britain! 6
AFTER YOU WATCH
A great day out! Autolib’ : une drôle de voiture
Documentary 3
4
Come to Windsor and enjoy an historic day by the river (1) … .
Tick (3) six activities that are shown in the video. 1 swimming 2 sensory trails 3 archery 4 giant swing 5 computer games 6 horse riding
7 8 9 10 11 12
Eton College Visit the famous school, where many British (2) … were educated. After the students go home, take a guided tour around the college.
climbing skating drama canoeing tennis arts & crafts
The Queen’s Guards Do some shopping and watch the Queen’s guards march up and down the high street. The ceremony takes place on select days of the week, just before (3) … am.
Answer the questions. 1 Is it possible to stay overnight at a holiday camp? 2 Are holiday camps run throughout the year or just in summer? 3 What did Daisy and Alice think about the camp before they arrived? 4 Apart from children, who else benefits from holiday camps?
Same language, different lives 5
Listen to the speakers and tick (3) the games you hear. hopscotch flash hide and seek marbles baseball tig skipping cricket cowboys and indians polo
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Complete the leaflet about Windsor.
Windsor Castle You can visit Windsor castle, which is the (4) … castle in the world and where the (5) … family spend private weekends. Windsor Great Park Bring a picnic and enjoy a day in the park. You’ll be surrounded by deer and other wildlife. There is around (6) … square km of parkland to enjoy.
NOW YOU! 7
Think about activities children do in their free time in your country. Do they spend time at community centres, parks or day camps? In Spain, there are a lot of parks, so children can spend time there with their friends.
73
Play time!
READING 1
Where did you go on holiday as a child? What activities did you do and enjoy most?
2
Read the article and match the opening sentence (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e).
71
1 After all the money that we’ve spent on expensive holidays abroad, 2 Last month, our middle son came home from football practice. 3 Our first impression when we arrived was much better than we expected. 4 Butlin’s is a well-known British tourist company 5 Max and I always have a problem when the summer holidays arrive: where to take the children!
The perfect family holiday? a … that has been operating a chain of affordable holiday resorts for over 80 years. In the ’80s and ’90s, however, Butlin’s started getting a reputation for being old-fashioned. Since 2003, owners have spent over £100,000 on modernising their installations and facilities.. As a result, Butlin’s resorts have been enjoying a revival as more and more British families are deciding not to take their holidays abroad. Here one person talks about her experience there. b … It’s not easy. We have four children aged from five to sixteen, and it’s very difficult to find something that everyone will like. Every year we spend a fortune on exotic islands, theme parks, city holidays and even camping. And every year we get the same reaction ‘I won’t go there again! No way!’
d … We were greeted with a warm welcome. ‘I’ll help you with your bag, Madam,’ said a porter at the reception desk. The accommodation was all new and fashionable, and our room had a flat-screen TV and high-speed Wi-Fi! Over the next two days, we all had a great time. There was something for everyone. The younger kids really liked the arts and crafts activities. They made some great models! And we all enjoyed swimming in the waterpark and visiting the fairground and circus. They even had a go-carts track! e … we now know that we can book an amazing and affordable holiday getaway for the family. The best part is that there are two more Butlin’s in England. We’re going to try the one in Lincolnshire next!
3
Answer the questions. 1 How long has Butlin’s been operating? 2 Why has Butlin’s become popular again? 3 How much money does this family usually spend on their holidays? 4 Who recommended Butlin’s to the family? 5 What was the family’s first impression of the hotel? 6 What sort of activities does Butlin’s offer?
4
Complete the sentences with the highlighted words in the text. 1 Next weekend, we’re going to Paris for a holiday … .
74
2 The students at my children’s school spend a week at one of the ski … in the Pyrenees. 3 Disneyland and PortAventura are two important … in Europe. 4 My children enjoy making masks and drawings in their … class. 5 Many people nowadays prefer planning … to going to the countryside. 6 The carousel and trampoline are popular attractions at the … . 7 This chain of hotels is very … . It’s not at all expensive. 8 This water park has good installations and … for people in wheelchairs.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
c … He was really excited and said that his friend’s family had spent their holidays at Butlin’s and thought it was an incredible place. Our son asked us if we had heard of it. Max and I were surprised. Yes, of course we had heard of Butlin’s, but it always had the reputation of being an old-fashioned resort. However, our son finally convinced us to try it, but when we decided to go for the weekend to a Butlin’s holiday camp near us, we were apprehensive.
UNIT
7
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 72
When we want to accept or refuse to do something, we can stress the auxiliary verb or both the auxiliary and main verb. Listen to the sentences. 1 I won’t play that game! 2 I don’t want to go to the park! 3 OK. I’ll explain the instructions. 4 Fine. I’ll make the reservations.
72
Listen again and repeat.
2
Read the words and predict the stress. 1 I won’t clean my room! 2 I’ll call everybody now. 3 Don’t worry. We’ll play in teams. 4 I don’t want to see that film! 5 I won’t embarrass myself in front of my friends. 6 All right. I’ll do it. 7 I won’t go there again. 8 I don’t want to go anywhere else.
73
5
- Se usa will + verb para aceptar hacer algo. OK, I’ll help you with your bag. ‘Please, first check your emails.’ ‘OK, I’ll start with that straightaway.’ - Se usa won’t o will never + verb para negarse a hacer algo. I won’t go there again! No way! You’re horrible! I’ll never play with you again!
74
see page 126
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs from the box. Make the verb negative if necessary. find never come help answer see play 1 ‘There’s someone at the door.’ ‘Don’t get up, I ... who’s there.’ 2 The food here is terrible! I ... again! 3 No, I ... musical chairs! I hate it! 4 OK, I ... you with your homework. 5 ‘Has anyone got a ball?’ ‘I ... one.’ 6 Daniel ... the phone. He’s angry with me.
4
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
Now listen and repeat. Accepting and refusing
3
1
Match the words in the box to the pictures. arts and crafts circus crazy golf fairground pony ride puppet show soft-play area treasure hunt
THAT’S ENGLISH!
6
Listen to two friends talking about where to spend their holidays. Choose the correct answer. 1 Why does the man say his family can’t go to France? a It’s too far. b It’s too expensive. 2 What impression did the man have of Butlin’s when he was younger? a He thought it was old-fashioned. b He enjoyed it. 3 What did the woman think of the accommodation? a It was great. b It was dirty. 4 What kind of activities are offered at night? a a water park b clubs and discos 5 Why is it a good idea to book a hotel room in advance? a It is cheaper. b The hotel is usually full. Imagine a friend wants to go on a weekend getaway with his children. Recommend and describe a place you know. Talk about the activities you can do there. Can you recommend a place for a weekend getaway?
Why don’t you go to …? I went there last year and thought it was amazing.
75
Play time!
CONSOLIDATION 1
Answer the question. Do you think that it’s necessary for adults to play games? Why?
2
Read the text and match the titles (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e). 1 Why play is good for you intellectually and emotionally 2 Adults need playtime too 3 The general importance of play 4 Everyone should find the time to play 5 Playing with other people and at work
Play: it’s not just for kids! ‘Play is the highest form of research.’ - Albert Einstein a ... Everyone enjoys playing. When we play something we like, we feel more alive and stimulated. Even so, many adults think that playing takes too much time, so they don’t take it seriously. However, many experts believe that play should be a part of our everyday lives, for both children and adults. b ... Play is essential to our physical and mental health. In fact, it’s just as important as nutrition, exercise and a good night’s sleep. The problem is that as we get older, many of us stop playing because we think that work and adult responsibilities are more important. And when we have some free time, we prefer to watch TV or explore the Internet. This is a serious mistake.
d ... Play is also a perfect way to keep our relationships fresh. When we play, we learn to trust people. Playing together is a perfect way to resolve conflicts. Play also helps us to improve our social relations in general. When we play, we learn how to cooperate and work in teams. We also become better communicators and learn how to understand things from another perspective. This is why many companies use games as part of their training programmes. e ... So, the next time your children ask you to play with them, don’t say that you don’t have time. It’s a very important activity – for them and for you.
3
Read the text again. Choose the correct option. 1 Play ... . a is more important than physical exercise b is less important than physical exercise c has the same importance as physical exercise 2 In our free time, we should ... . a play more b relax in front of the computer c think like children
76
3 Play stimulates ... . a anxiety b sleep c creativity 4 Many companies use play in training because …. a employees don’t get ill very often b employees don’t need to take drugs c it helps people learn how to work together
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
c ... Play has many benefits. First of all, it is important for learning. It stimulates our creativity and imagination, and this helps us to develop our problem-solving skills. It also stimulates our sense of curiosity, which leads to discovery. Play is also one of the best cures for anxiety, and depression. Studies show that when we play, our body produces a chemical called endorphin, which makes us feel better. So, play really is the best type of medicine!
UNIT 4
Put the dialogue in the correct order.
7
75
a OK, do you want to play chess? b If you insist! What do you want to play? c Well, why don’t we play Hangman! d Yes, I’d love to! I’ll be white! e Hangman? You must be joking! It’s so boring! f Would you like to play a game?
76
1 ..
2…
3…
4…
5…
Jim is giving Jane the instructions for two simple games. Put the pictures in the correct order for each game. a
c
e
b
d
f
6 ..
1… 5
Listen and check.
75
6
7
B: You want to play a ball game. Use the ideas below to act out your dialogue: - Refuse your friend’s suggestion to play cards. Say no emphatically. Then, suggest playing a video game. - Ask your friend if he / she wants to play something else. - Say yes enthusiastically. - Tell your friend you have never played before. - Tell your friend what you think of the game.
3…
4…
5…
6…
8
Listen again. Choose the correct option.
76
1 How does Jane feel about playing games? a enthusiastic b a bit ridiculous c neutral 2 At first, what does Jane think of the game? a It’s easy. b It’s complicated. c It’s fun. 3 What does Jane think about playing a third game? a She doesn’t mind. b She accepts. c She refuses.
9
Read and answer the questions about games.
You and your partner have to agree on a game to play. Read the role cards and choose a role each.
A: You want to play a game of cards. - Tell your friend you’d like to play cards. - Say yes without enthusiasm to your friend’s suggestion. - Recommend your favourite game. - Ask your friend if he or she knows how to play. - Explain the rules of the game to your friend.
2…
1 What type of games do you enjoy playing? 2 How often do you play every week? 3 How do you feel after you play a game? 4 Which do you do more, watch TV or play? 5 Do you prefer physical or mental games? 6 Do your friends and family enjoy playing the same games as you do? 10 Now use the information in activity 9 and write
a blog entry about the importance of games / play in your life.
My blog I really enjoy playing games such as…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
77
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the box. catch
This is how you play charades. (1) … (play) in two teams. On pieces of paper, (2) … (write down) the titles of books, movies or TV shows, and (3) … (put) them into two bowls. Taking turns, (4) … (choose) a piece of paper from the other team’s bowl. First, start (5) … (act out) the title, but (6) … (no speak). You have to go on (7) … (use) gestures until your team guesses the title. If time runs out, you have to stop (8) … (play) and sit down. Then, the other team chooses a piece of paper. When everyone finishes (9) … (do) the first round, you can change categories.
stand up (not) drop (not) cheat hold pass throw jump
1 I’ll ... the ball to you. You need to ... it. 2 ... me three cards – and don’t look at my cards! You must … . 3 First, sit down. Then everyone ... ! When I say go, ... as high as you can. 4 ... the glass in your hand. ... it or it will break. 2
Match the expressions (1-4) to the similar expressions (a-d). 1 No way! 2 If you insist. 3 I’d love to. 4 You must be joking!
3
6
5__R_U_ 6C____/G__F 7 S _ _ _ / _ _ _Y / A R _ _ 8___RG___ND
7
8
Choose the correct option. 1 The holiday was terrible! It was so boring / bored. 2 I’m passing / having / taking a great time on this holiday. 3 I’ve been on four rides / fairgrounds / attractions already. 4 This place is fantastic! It’s really awful / cool / old-fashioned! 5 The park is very scary / scared / scaring at night.
5
78
Complete the sentences using the imperative or -ing form of the verb.
cry
cheat
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets to accept or refuse. 1 A: These bags are very heavy. Could you help me, please? B: Of course. I ... (carry) them for you. 2 A: Why don’t we go back to camp this year? B: I hated the holiday camp. I ... (not go) there again! No way! 3 A: Can anyone pick up the phone for me, please? I’m busy. B: ‘OK, I ... (answer) it.’ 4 A: Say that you’re sorry, or I ... (never / speak) to you again! B: All right. I … (say) it.
77
4
eat
1 My brother is fat. He ... . 2 I’m not going to play with you. You ... . 3 Mabel can’t be quiet for a minute. She ... . 4 My baby makes a lot of noise. She ... .
1 activities where children make models and draw and paint 2 a game where you look for a special prize 3 you can sit on an animal who walks around 4 a type of theatre for young children 5 a show with acrobats, clowns and animals 6 you try to hit a small ball into a hole in this game 7 a safe area where young children can play 8 an area with lots of different attractions 1 A _ T _ / _ _ _ / _ _ _ FT _ 2T_______E/H___ 3 P _ _Y / R _ _ _ 4 P _ _ _ _T / S _ _ W
Complete the sentences with always and the verb in the correct form. talk
a Are you serious? b That’s a great idea. c I refuse to do it. d I’ll only do it because you want to.
Read the definitions and complete the words.
7
Listen to a conversation between two friends talking about their holidays. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The children didn’t like the holiday. 2 Jamie is younger than Helen. 3 Jamie went on a treasure hunt. 4 Helen likes horses. 5 The fairground was too scary for Helen. 6 It wasn’t a great holiday for the parents.
9 77
Complete Mark’s description of the holiday. Listen again and check. The children (1) ... a great (2) ... at the holiday camp. Jamie liked the (3) ... activities and the soft (4) ... . Helen went (5) ... riding. We also took her to the (6) ... but some of the rides were too (7) ... for her. The holiday was a bit (8) ... for me and Madeleine, but we really went there for the (9) ... .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
A
8
The art world OBJECTIVES
UNIT
·To express opinions about different types
of art ·To understand a description of a piece of art ·To show interest
A picture says a thousand words
BEFORE YOU WATCH
5
1
Do you enjoy going to art galleries or art exhibitions? Why?
2
What type of art do you like the most?
1 Bill and Laura have different opinions about the paintings in the cafe. 2 Laura invites Ben for a drink at the Royal Oak Pub. 3 Pollock and Velázquez were both classical painters. 4 Laura is impressed by Christian’s work. 5 Christian invites Laura to see another art exhibition. 6 Declan Myers is currently studying Art.
WHILE YOU WATCH 3
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.
Answer the questions. 6
1 How do Laura and Christian know each other?
Complete with the type of art that each speaker likes. modern art classical art music architecture
photography sculpture
2 Why did Declan Myers give Bill the paintings? 1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
AFTER YOU WATCH 4
Complete the sentences with Ben, Laura, Bill, Christian or Ellen. 6…
7…
8…
9…
NOW YOU! Ben
Laura
Bill
Christian
Ellen
1 … finds modern art really exciting and very expressive. 2 … has just finished painting a work of art. 3 ... , … and … like the paintings by Declan Myers. 4 … prefers pictures that are classical and traditional. 5 … recognises the paintings in the cafe. 6 … doesn’t understand art.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
7
Think about an artist that you like (painter, photographer, musician, etc.). Describe their style of work and say why you like them. I really like Roy Lichtenstein. He painted a lot of modern pop art. His paintings are really fun and colourful.
79
The art world
READING 1
Look at the four works of art and say what you think of them. 1
2
2
3
4
Read the text. Match the photos (1-4) to the artists in the text.
78
New directions in art Before, when people went to exhibitions, they could always identify what type of work they were looking at. When they were contemplating a beautiful painting, for example, they said, ‘What a stunning picture! How lovely!’ Or if they saw a sculpture that didn’t make a big impression on them, they might have said, ‘This sculpture leaves me cold’. But they always knew what kind of work they were looking at.
Gerhard Richter and Marina Abramovic have also broken down the barriers between what is and isn’t traditionally considered art. Richter’s early work consisted of paintings that were based on black-and-white photographs. Richter first carefully drew over the photo to reproduce the exact shape. After that, paint was applied. Richter creates different effects with the paint in order to make the image personal and striking. But what is it, a painting or a photo? Marina Abramovic, from Serbia, is a very different type of artist. She is a performance artist and her art is created live in front of spectators. In 2010 Abramovic performed The Artist is Present at the Museum of Modern Art in New York. Every day for two and a half months, she sat still while spectators were invited to sit opposite her. It’s difficult to know what directions will be taken by artists in the future. Will we go back to more traditional styles? Or will artists continue to produce new and complex works that make us say, ‘How confusing!’, or even, ‘I just don’t get it’? to perform = to act in / show 3
1 Bourgeois’ work ... . a creates a sense of space b is contemplated passively by exhibition visitors c has offended many people 2 Bourgeois and Hirst ... . a have created similar types of work b have created works that escape traditional classifications c have sometimes worked together 3 Richter ... . a started his career as a photographer b has produced work that is so realistic that it appears to be a photo c has produced some pictures where photos are an important element 4 Abramovic ... . a is more like an actress than a traditional artist b prefers to work alone c is a very special kind of painter
80
5 Art in the future ... . a will become more conventional b will continue to break down barriers c will take a direction that is impossible to predict
Read the text again and choose the correct option.
4
Look at the highlighted words and expressions. Identify the expression(s) that mean: 1 I feel indifferent 4 I don’t understand it 2 didn’t move 5 horrible 3 interesting and unusual 6 beautiful
5
Complete the sentences with the appropriate highlighted expression in the correct form. 1 Your tie is horrible! It really ... me ... . 2 It’s a mystery why Maria isn’t speaking to me. I ... . 3 The Internet could ... between people and politicians. 4 I was a different person after seeing that film. It ... me. 5 I watched the match ... on TV.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Now, however, things are not so clear. When you see work that has been created by Louise Bourgeois, for example, you might think that you are in a home decoration store. She created works in the form of rooms that are explored by visitors to the exhibition. Damien Hirst, a contemporary British artist, has produced works based on animals that are preserved in chemical fluid. Some people think that this is disgusting and it makes them feel ill. In a word, it really turns them off! But even if you like his work, it’s certainly not traditional art.
UNIT
8
LANGUAGE STUDY 1
less common spelling
usual spelling
79
Vowel sounds can be long (/:/) or short. The sounds in the table usually occur in stressed syllables. Listen and repeat. /ʌ/
/æ/
cut stunning sculpture luck sun
cat that have barrier
lovely son honey country
/a:/
4
1 She is a famous artist. They have exhibited her pictures in many countries. Her pictures have been exhibited in many countries. 2 She is very talented. People round the world buy her sculptures. 3 I’m so happy! I’ve just bought a great poster! 4 What’s the news? Have they sold all my photos yet? 5 How’s Rachel? You saw her yesterday, didn’t you? 6 She’s extremely popular. Hundreds of spectators watched her performance yesterday.
/ɜ:/
/e/
artist park are arm
met went lent fed
personal Serbia bird dirty further
glasses half guard heart
weather ready said friend
work* word* learn journalist
*after w- and followed by -r + consonant 2
Decide how the words are pronounced. 1 surf 2 dark 3 wet 4 hut 5 fact
80
6 treasure 7 shark 8 nurse 9 thirsty 10 cab
11 servant 12 feather 13 girl 14 colour 15 world
16 again 17 touch 18 handsome 19 earth 20 come
Rewrite the sentences in italics in the passive only when it is appropriate. Do not mention the agent when it is not important.
5 81
6
Listen to the descriptions (a-d) and match them to the pictures on the Reading page 80. a…
b…
c…
d…
Listen again. Tick (3) the correct boxes.
81
a
b
c
d
He likes it.
Listen and check.
He doesn’t like it. He hates it.
The passive - Se utiliza para incidir más en la acción que en quién la realiza. Different effects with the paint are created. After that, paint was applied. Exhibition visitors were invited to sit opposite Abramovic. - Si se quiere mencionar quién realiza la acción se utiliza by. This work of art has been created by Louise Bourgeois. We don’t know what directions will be taken by artists in the future.
7
1 This picture is very confusing. What’s the point? 2 This is really depressing. 3 This is a stunning painting. 4 I think this is very simplistic. 5 This is quite ugly. a I like something more complex. b In fact, I find it disgusting; it really turns me off. c It’s very dark and pessimistic. d I don’t get it; it leaves me cold. e It’s so expressive and colourful! It’s very striking.
see page 126
3
Put the verbs in brackets in the active or passive as appropriate. The Prado (1) ... (consider) one of the best art museums in the world. Thousands of people (2) ... (visit) it every year. In 2008, the special Goya exhibition (3) ... (see) by over 400,000 people. Last February, the price of tickets (4) ... (increase) by the Museum. It now (5) ... (cost) 14 euros to enter. This decision has not been popular and (6) ... (criticise) by many people; as a result, it (7) … (announce) that discounts (8) … (offer) from the beginning of next year.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Match the opinions (1-5) to (a-e).
1… 8
2…
3…
4…
5…
What do you think of the works of art on page 80? Do you like them? Use expressions from activity 7 to give your opinion about these works of art. I really like Richter’s paintings. I think they´re very expressive.
81
The art world 9 82
Vowel sounds can be long (/:/) or short. The sounds in the table usually occur in stressed syllables. Listen and repeat.
less common spelling
usual spelling
/ɪ/1
1 2 3 4
/i:/
seen win feet sister seat kick cream mystery complete3 village these3 legal before2 decide2 pretty busy build
receive even people machine
/ɒ/
/ɔ:/
form boring hot floor bottle call what always wash awful author cause talk warm board course bought taught
/ʊ/
school food new 4 review4 produce4 use4 move
could would good put sugar
rule grew soup juice blue who
10 Decide how the words are pronounced.
83
6 lawn 7 neat 8 mean 9 give 10 tool
11 normal 12 pity 13 promise 14 draw 15 tweet
84
six differences.
/u:/
book took foot full pull bush push
/ɪ/ can go in stressed and unstressed syllables e- before stressed syllable followed by one consonant + final silent -e often /ju:/: -ew or u + one consonant + final silent -e
1 wore 2 hook 3 clue 4 wheel 5 tin
12 Listen to the description of the painting. Find
16 watch 17 daughter 18 walk 19 mute 20 suitcase
Listen and check. Position of adverbs in a sentence El orden habitual de los adverbios es: frequency, manner, place, time. They often chatted happily in the garden during summer afternoons. Algunos adverbios pueden cambiar de lugar: - Time Last year, I went to the art fair. They didn’t come to the party last Sunday. - Manner The artist carefully created his work of art. He copied the painting carefully. - Place In the background we can see a blue desk. There are some chairs by the window.
Matisse – Woman seated in an armchair (1940)
13 Listen to the correct description of the painting 85
now and fill in the blanks with the correct words. Let me see. There’s a woman in an (1) … in the foreground of the picture. She is probably at (2) … . She’s wearing a (3) … and a (4) … . In the background there’s a (5) … . We can clearly see some flowers (6) … . They’re in a (7) … vase. I honestly think this is one of Matisse’s best paintings. I find it very relaxing looking at it.
14 Complete the sentences with the words in the
box.
top focal in skill
colourful foreground right background bottom left
1 There’s a woman in an armchair in the ... and a green cupboard next to a door in the ... . 2 There’s a red table at the ... on the ... . 3 At the ... on the ... we can see a painting. 4 He’s chosen the colours with great ... . 5 The woman ... the middle is the ... point of the picture. 6 I find this painting very … . 15 Write a description of this picture.
see page 127
11 Put the words in the correct order.
1 with John / the exhibition / I / yesterday / saw 2 often / he / in the afternoon / paints 3 so early / she / doesn’t / to / usually / bed / go 4 she / last night / took / with great difficulty / that photo 5 I / yesterday afternoon / at the art gallery / met / Janet 6 I / three days ago / didn’t / very well / in the exam / speak English
82
Edward Hopper – Chop Suey (1929)
There are two women sitting at a table in the foreground. They are quietly talking in…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
The buildings around us
B
BEFORE YOU WATCH
That’s Britain! 4
Documentary 1
Have you ever been to ARCO or any other art fairs? What do you think of art fairs?
Which city can you see in this picture?
1 Bath
2 Liverpool
3 Oxford
Same language, different lives 5
AFTER YOU WATCH Match the places (1-4) to the descriptions (a-g). 1
3
Tate Modern
Museum of Modern Art
2
1…
3…
5…
2…
4…
6…
4
Sotheby’s
Affordable Art Fair
a It exists in both London and New York. b It orders artwork according to theme rather than time. c It houses the largest collection of contemporary art in the world. d You can buy art for as low as £40 here. e Edvard Munch’s The Scream was sold at this place. f Each year, 5 million visitors come here. g Most influential modern art museum in the world. 1…
Listen to the speakers. Which artist or artwork does each speaker talk about? a Jackson Pollock d Goldie b Andy Warhol e Charles Rennie Mackintosh c temples f ice sculpting
Documentary 3
Complete the descriptions about architecture in Oxford. 1 The Sheldonian Theatre was built by Sir … in 1668. 2 The University uses the Sheldonian theatre for …. 3 The Radcliffe Camera was originally built as a …. 4 The first university buildings were built more than … years ago. 5 Kebel College was built in the … hundreds. 6 Students removed bricks from Kebel College to become part of a secret … . 7 The Said … School is a very modern building.
That’s Britain! 2
8
2…
3…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
NOW YOU! 6
Think of a building that you like in your town or city. Say who built it, when it was built and what it was used for. Explain why you like this building. La Sagrada Familia is a cathedral that began construction in 1882 by Gaudi. I think this building is very beautiful and very dramatic.
4…
83
The art world
READING 1
Match the pictures (1-5) to the names (a-e). 1
2
3
a frame 2 86
b canvas
4
c oil paints
d brush
5
e watercolours
Read the article and match the opening sentence (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e). 1 When he arrived there, he discovered that he had a great ability to imitate the style of famous artists. 2 De Hory did not stop after this incident. 3 In 1947 de Hory went to the United States to continue his ‘business’ there. 4 When Perls first looked at the works of art, he was very impressed. 5 Elmyr de Hory was born in Hungary in 1906, the younger of two brothers.
The world’s greatest forger
b ... His copies were so good that people thought that they were authentic. He was especially good at doing portraits - pictures of people. However, he could also copy other types of work, such as landscapes (pictures of nature) and still lifes (pictures of objects). He always used the same materials as the originals — he usually did oil paintings on canvas, but sometimes he painted watercolours on paper too. In the end, he decided that he would rather work as a forger and use his brush skills to copy other people’s work because he could make much more money. c ... Things went well for a few years. In 1952 he had a meeting with Frank Perls, the owner of an art gallery in 3
Complete with the appropriate word. oil
portrait watercolours frame canvas landscape still life art gallery exhibition
1 The Mona Lisa is a(n) ... . 2 A(n) … is a building where works of visual art are displayed.
84
d ... However, when he examined them more carefully, he became worried. Finally, he returned all the pictures and shouted, ‘Get out or I will call the police!’ e ... He continued to sell his imitations for the next twentyfive years. However, his agent stole most of his money and he died a poor man. After his death, people began to appreciate his work, and his paintings have been exhibited in many museums. Even so, most very rich people would rather pay millions for an original than thousands for a good imitation.
3 A picture of fruit or food is a(n) ... . 4 At school, young children usually paint ... . 5 A picture of mountains is a(n) ... . 6 ... paintings are done on a(n) ... . 7 The outside of a painting is called the ... . 8 A fantastic … of the major works of Impressionism is opening next week.
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Elmyr de Hory had no family in 1945. 2 De Hory always wanted to be a forger. 3 Life in America was good for de Hory at the start. 4 De Hory lied to Perls about his pictures. 5 Perls didn’t believe de Hory from the beginning. 6 De Hory always had a good reputation as an artist.
4
Beverly Hills. De Hory brought a large portfolio of his work. However, he told Perls that it contained unknown drawings, without frames, by famous artists. When Perls asked him where the drawings came from, he replied, ‘I received them when someone in my family died’. ‘Did you?’ replied Perls, very surprised.
5
Match the beginnings (1-5) to the ends (a-e) based on expressions in the text. 1 good at 2 work as 3 make 4 a painting 5 examine something 1…
2…
3…
4…
a a lot of money b carefully c drawing landscapes d by van Gogh e a sculptor 5…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
a ... In 1945 he was thirty-nine and life was hard: he had no money, no job, and both his parents were dead. To improve his situation, he decided to go to Paris to work as an artist.
UNIT
8
LANGUAGE STUDY Expressing interest: echo questions
Expressing preferences
- Estas preguntas cortas se usan para mostrar interés, desinterés o sorpresa al interlocutor. ‘When my dad died, I inherited his paintings.’ ‘Did you?’ - Se forman con el auxiliar de la oración anterior y el pronombre correspondiente. ‘Your work is excellent.’ ‘Is it?’ ‘I have inherited these portraits.’ ‘Have you?’ ‘I don’t really like her installation.’ ‘Don’t you?’
Expressing preferences: prefer, would prefer, would rather prefer + to + verb / + verb-ing I prefer to go / going to exhibitions. would prefer / ’d prefer + to + verb I would prefer to go if you don’t mind. I’d prefer not to give my opinion. We would prefer not to go out.
see page 127
1
2
Match the sentences (1-5) to the echo questions (a-e). 1 I’ve been here before. a Hasn’t she? 2 We want to be artists. b Are you? 3 I’m tired. c Have you? 4 She hasn’t got any money. d Will you? 5 I’ll tell him tomorrow. e Do you?
6
Choose the correct option. 1 I’d rather go / to go to the museum. 2 He’d prefer speak / to speak to you later. 3 Would / Did you rather have tea or coffee? 4 I prefer get / getting up late on Sundays. 5 I’d rather not / don’t answer that question. 6 Wouldn’t / Didn’t you prefer be / to be an artist?
7
Complete the text with the words in the box. make by landscape art gallery exhibitions portrait good at
We use rising intonation ( ) to show surprise or interest and falling intonation ( ) to show no interest. Listen and repeat.
as
›
I love art! My favourite paintings are a (1) ... by Vermeer called Girl with a Pearl Earring and a (2) ... painting of Toledo (3) ... El Greco. When I was younger, I wanted to work (4) ... an artist. I’m (5) ... drawing, and I even had a couple of (6) ... at a local (7) ... . However, they weren’t very successful and I didn’t (8) ... much money.
›
87
see page 128
Answer with the correct echo question. 1 I don’t like him. 2 They replied yesterday. 3 I’ve told you this before. 4 She’s going to buy your painting. 5 Jack used to draw very well. 6 Jan won’t answer my emails.
3
would rather / ’d rather + verb He would rather work as a forger. I’d rather not study art at Cambridge.
› ›
1 ‘You’re a very good painter!’ ‘Am I?’ 2 ‘He isn’t speaking to me.’ ‘Isn’t he?’ 3 ‘Pete’s gone to bed’ ‘Has he?’ 4 ‘I’m a very underrated artist.’ ‘Are you?’ 5 ‘He finished the painting yesterday’ ‘Did he?’ 6 ‘Dave works at the museum.’ ‘Does he?’
›
›
›
›
Expressing reactions: admiration and disgust
4 88
1… 5
a /an + adjective + noun (sing.)! How + adjective! What adjective + noun (plural)!
Listen to the dialogues. Decide if the person answering is (a) interested / surprised or (b) sceptical / uninterested. 2…
3…
4…
5…
How disgusting! How delightful! How interesting!
6…
see page 126
Practise saying the echo questions as indicated. 8
› ›
1 ‘You’re a very good painter!’ ‘Am I?’ 2 ‘He isn’t speaking to me.’ ‘Isn’t he?’ 3 ‘Pete’s gone to bed’ ‘Has he?’ 4 ‘I’m a very underrated artist.’ ‘Are you?’ 5 ‘He finished the painting yesterday’ ‘Did he?’ 6 ‘Dave works at the museum.’ ‘Does he?’
›
›
›
What a stunning picture! What striking portraits! What great painters!
Look at the works of art in the unit and express your reaction. Use the adjectives in the box. lovely stunning disgusting striking ugly strange expressive complex confusing simplistic colourful
›
87
Now listen and check.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
How lovely!
What a strange work of art!
85
The art world
CONSOLIDATION 1
Read the opinions. Decide if you agree or disagree. 1 I would like to be more creative. 2 Women are more creative than men. 3 We are all more creative when we are children. 4 Schools should teach pupils to be more creative.
2
Read the article quickly. Match the headings (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e). 1 Explore the world! 2 Think about your life! 3 Creativity is a natural ability.
4 You’ve got nothing to lose! 5 Habits are important!
How to be more creative a ... All of us have the potential to be creative — it’s part of who we are. The problem is that many people often don’t realise this. They tell themselves, ‘I’m not a creative person’. These people would rather have a false image of themselves than get in touch with their true potential. b ... If you want to be more creative, there are no quick magical formulas. Nevertheless, you can do certain things that will help you. Creativity is stimulated by some habits and blocked by others. You need to identify these habits, and to cultivate them. Here are some of the most important ones...
d ... Another very good habit is to write a personal diary — and when I say write, I mean write. Use a pen — don’t just type on your computer. You will find that you are much more reflective and perceptive when you write in the traditional way. As you write your diary, you will gradually understand yourself and other people better; and this will make you more sensitive and creative. e ... Of course, I can’t guarantee that you will become the next Leonardo da Vinci if you start doing these things! But you will certainly be more open to the creativity in you, and you will enjoy life more, too. And that must be good, mustn’t it?
3
5 Writing a personal diary helps to ... . a stimulate creativity b write better c consider problems more clearly
Choose the correct option. 1 Everyone ... . a is more creative than they think b can be creative c should be more creative 2 If you want to be creative ... . a you need to have the right habits b you mustn’t be obsessed with habits c your habits aren’t important
4
What three practical ideas does the writer give in the article? Which do you think is the most interesting and why?
3 Television ... . a can give us a lot of inspiration b helps us feel more alive c limits our creative potential
5
Where could you find this text?
4 When you go for a walk, ... . a you need to walk quickly b it’s important to walk for 20 minutes c you should fully live the experience
86
1 in a textbook about psychology 2 in a review of a book 3 in a psychology magazine
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
c ... First of all, you must stop watching television. Even better, sell your TV! Watching TV makes us passive and stops us thinking. Once you say goodbye to your TV, you’ll find that you are much more alive and awake. You will also have much more free time to do new things. For example, why not start taking a 20 minute walk every day? I’m sure you’d rather do that than watch TV, wouldn’t you? As you walk, take your time and be curious about the world around you. Use all of your senses: look around you, listen to the sounds, feel the texture of objects and plants, and notice different smells.
UNIT 6
Read the magazine article about 10 ways to be more creative. Classify each one as very good, OK, or not very interesting. 10 secrets for greater creativity 1 Go and see something live: a play, a concert, etc. 2 Walk in the rain. 3 Talk to your plants. 4 Get up early and watch the sun rise. 5 Listen to music that you’ve never listened to before. 6 Eat with your hands. 7 Take photos with a non-digital camera. 8 Read poetry aloud. 9 Dance around the house. 10 Write a letter to a friend.
7
Work in pairs.
8
Which paragraph (a-d)… 1 gives details of the picture? 2 gives a conclusion? 3 introduces the subjects? 4 gives the author’s opinion? a This painting by Lowry shows the urban landscape of an industrial town in the north of England in the 1930s. b In the foreground we can see lots of people. In the background, there are many factory chimneys. The focal point is a large factory with a big tower and smoke coming out of the chimney. c The painting has a simplistic style. However, I would say that the scene has been painted by Lowry with great skill. d To sum up, this painting certainly doesn’t leave me cold. However, I’d rather not have it in my living room. It’s too pessimistic for me!
Student A: Make some surprising statements about your habits based on the ten points. Student B: Respond and show your surprise. I often dance around the house at three o’clock in the morning. 8 89
Do you?
Listen to an interview with an artist. Which picture best reflects her work? 1
3
L.S. Lowry – Industrial scene (1965)
11 Identify which paragraphs contain facts and
which contain opinions.
12 Match the highlighted words and phrases from
activity 10 to the function they express.
2
9 89
4
Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones. 1 Judy has been a photographer for fourteen years. 2 She has always done portraits. 3 Taking a good photo isn’t easy. 4 Painting communicates emotions much better than photos. 5 She has to concentrate a lot when she takes photos. 6 Her job hasn’t changed her as a person.
10 Read the description of the painting and answer
the questions.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 contrast 2 preference 3 describing contents 4 opinion 5 conclusion 13 Write a description of this picture. Use the same
paragraph structure in activity 10 as a model and some of the highlighted expressions.
Paul Gauguin – Happiness (1892)
This painting by Gauguin shows…
87
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
2
4 The Scream is a famous painting from / by Edvard Munch. 5 We need to examine this carefully / probably.
Choose the correct option. 1 This painting is really stunning / simplistic. It’s absolutely beautiful. 2 I don’t take / get this sculpture. It’s very confused / confusing. 3 I think Rothko’s paintings are boring. They make / leave me cold. 4 What a horrible picture! It’s turn off / disgusting! 5 I’m not sure if I like this, but it’s very striking / boring. Complete with the words in the box. point
foreground bottom stunning top
left
7
8
1 brush 2 still life 3 canvas 4 landscape 5 frame 6 portrait 4
Last year I (1) ... (take) by some friends to the British Museum. I really (2) ... (not enjoy) it! We (3) ... (try) to see everything and by the end of the day I (4) ... (completely confuse). I (5) ... (not remember) anything! So, the next time you (6) ... (ask) by someone to go to a museum, (7) ... (learn) from my mistakes! 5
Complete the exclamations with How, What or What a(n). 1 ... interesting! 2 ... incredible story! 3 ... strange photos! 4 ... surprise!
6
5 ... ugly picture! 6 ... disgusting! 7 ... striking portraits! 8 … funny!
Choose the correct option. 1 He works like / as a teacher. 2 I’m not good in / at art. 3 My uncle has done / made a lot of money.
88
9
a a picture of the country b you do oil paintings on this material c a picture of a person d the exterior part of a picture e you use this to paint f a painting of objects
Put the verbs in brackets in the active or passive as appropriate.
Complete the dialogue with echo questions. Andy: I’m tired of this exhibition. Isabel: (1) ... ? Why? Andy: Well, we’ve been here for three hours! Isabel: (2) ... ? I’m really enjoying it. Andy: (3) ... ? Well, I didn’t think that we would be here for so long. Isabel: (4) ... ? Andy: No! And to be honest, I can’t stand modern art. Isabel: (5) ... ?
skill
Match the words (1-6) to the descriptions (a-e).
Put the words in the correct order. 1 I / at / six o’clock / get up / every day / usually 2 I / in the garden / last year / a lot / painted 3 he / up / the stairs / very quickly / goes / never 4 often / in the evening / Jane / to work / goes 5 along the road / they / last night / slowly / were walking
1 I find this sculpture really … . 2 We can see some birds in the sky at the ... of the picture. 3 There’s a train in the ... . 4 He’s drawn her face with great ... . 5 The focal ... of this picture is the man’s hand. 6 There’s a cat sleeping at the ... on the ... . 3
8
Choose the correct option. 1 I’d rather go / to go to the gallery tomorrow. 2 We‘d prefer / prefer eating outside. 3 Would / Do you rather eat meat or fish? 4 I’d rather / prefer not to go to an exhibition of abstract art. 5 I’d rather be / being an artist that / than a photographer. 6 Had / Would you prefer have / to have dinner at my place that / or yours?
10 Listen to the dialogue. Choose the correct 90
option.
1 The boy likes to make sculptures / paint. 2 His friend is / isn’t interested in his work.
11 Listen again. Say if the sentences are true (3) or 90
false (7) and correct the false ones.
1 He’s painting a landscape. 2 His family doesn’t think he’s a very good artist. 3 He hasn’t sold any paintings. 4 He prefers painting portraits. 5 The girl has connections in the art world.
12 Imagine you are the girl in the conversation.
Write a short email to your friend in the art gallery recommending the boy’s work. Dear Meg, Last evening I went to…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
9
The world is a stage OBJECTIVES
UNIT
·To talk about theatre and plays ·To understand a critic’s review ·To express different emotions in relation to plays
What a great performance!
A
2 What do the positive reviews say about the stage show? a The play is full of humour. b The stage set is convincing. c The direction is brilliant.
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
2
Match the images (1-2) to the descriptions (a-b). 1
2
a stage performance
b street performance
3 What do the negative reviews say about the stage show? a The acting is over the top. b The play is boring. c Gina is unconvincing. 4 How does Natasha know the lines of a Shakespeare play? a She was in a play. b She performed them at a drama school audition. c She learned them at school.
Which would you prefer to watch?
WHILE YOU WATCH 3
Answer the questions. 1 When are Natasha and Christian going to the theatre?
5 What doesn’t Gina like about the play? a the production and the director b the set design c the director 6
Match the ideas to the speakers. 1
2
3
4
5
2 Why does Gina introduce Natasha to Theo?
AFTER YOU WATCH 4
Put the events in the order they happen. a Theo invites Natasha to audition for his play. b Gina introduces Natasha to a playwright. c Gina invites Natasha and Christian to watch her perform. d Natasha and Christian watch Gina in a street performance. e Natasha and Christian book tickets to the theatre. f Natasha and Christian watch Gina perform on stage. 1 ...
5
a We go to the cinema rather than the theatre. b Cinemas are more accessible than theatre. c We like the theatre. d The theatre is more special. I don’t go that often. e Both mediums have different ways of expressing human thought.
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
6 ...
Choose the correct option. 1 Why does Gina perform on the street? a to earn some extra money b to raise money for charity c to entertain children
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 ...
2 ...
3 ...
4 ...
5 ...
NOW YOU! 7
Do you prefer going to the theatre or the cinema? Explain your answer. I prefer going to the cinema because it is cheaper and more convenient. But I like the theatre because the stories are more thoughtprovoking.
89
The world is a stage
READING 1
Answer the questions. 1 Have you ever been to the theatre to see a musical? Which one? 2 Can you think of any famous musicals?
2
Read the first paragraph from the text and answer the questions.
91
1 What did Rodgers and Hammerstein write? 2 How is the new version different from Rodgers’s and Hammerstein’s? 3 What is the general opinion of the play?
The return of a classic
From the moment we took our seats, we were captivated by the beautiful set. When the orchestra started to play, I almost began to cry because it was so moving. I loved the singing of the main characters, and the performance of the 3
Match the verbs (1-7) to the nouns (a-g). 1 star 2 play 3 get / receive 4 write
90
Boring is how I would describe the show. I usually love Ms Osnes, but she is just a pretty face with a pretty voice here. The music wasn’t great, and the silly jokes ruined a wonderful story. The audience didn’t help either. The mothers near me were explaining the story to their children while the actors were singing on stage! Hopefully, one day people will learn to be quiet in a theatre! Jake, New York I’ve just got back from the theatre with my husband and young daughter. We all had a great time, and I’m sure that kids of all ages will really enjoy this show. I hope that you go and see it with your children. They will be very happy, and you will enjoy it too. At the end of the play, there was a standing ovation. What more can I say? Emily, Brooklyn
5 take e rave reviews 6 sing / perform f a / your seat 7 act g on stage
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 CW was very sad at the beginning of the show. 2 CW’s opinion isn’t 100% positive. 3 Jake didn’t like Laura Osnes, but he liked the music. 4 Jake thought that the people at the theatre enjoyed the musical. 5 Emily thinks that it’s a very good musical for children, but it’s boring for adults.
4
rest of the cast was fantastic, too. My only question is, why change the original story? Even so, it was an amazing show and I hope to see it again soon! CW, New York
a brilliantly / very well / badly b a musical / a play c in the main role / as a character d a part / the main part
5
Complete the text with the highlighted words or expressions from the text. Last night I went to a (1) ... of Jobbers, the new comedy at the Hayward Theatre. Henry Shaw and Olivia Partridge (2) ... as Sam and Sally, the (3) ... in the play. They are fantastic, and the rest of the (4) ... is very good too. The (5) ... , which showed a typical British living room in the fifties, was very realistic. At the end of the play, there was a (6) ... and the (7) ... shouted, ‘Bravo!’. The play has got (8) ... , and I’m not surprised. Normally, I prefer a (9) … drama that makes me cry, but I recommend this show. My congratulations to everyone that was (10) ... last night!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Who doesn’t know the story of Cinderella – the poor girl with the ugly stepsisters who in the end marries a handsome prince? One of the most famous versions of this story is a musical written by Rodgers and Hammerstein over 50 years ago. Last week was the first performance in New York of a new adaptation of the Rodgers and Hammerstein classic. This new version contains some changes to the traditional story: it includes references to current events of today, and has a greater comic element. However, all the essential aspects of the original story are the same. The young actress Laura Osnes, stars in the main role. Theatre critics say that the production is excellent, and it has received rave reviews. What about you? Have you seen this production of Cinderella? What did you think?
UNIT
9
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 92
Notice how the following words are stressed. Suffixes and prefixes are not usually stressed, and most unstressed syllables have the sound /ə/. Listen and repeat.
Adjective prefixes: under, over, super Some actors are underpaid. They get a very low salary. Sorry, I’m a bit overemotional tonight. Anything you say will make me cry. We made a superhuman effort.
famous* musical* orchestra actor* characters performance* audience quiet theatre *It is often helpful to remember how the base word is pronounced: fame, music, act, perform.
2
Underline the stressed syllable and practise saying the words. 1 advertisement 2 aggressive 3 graduate 4 imaginative 5 independent
93
see page 128
5
1 The chicken was ... cooked. It was still pink inside. 2 Donald wore a suit and tie to the cinema. I think he was … dressed. 3 Few people appreciate the director’s work, but I think she did a great job. Her work is … valued. 4 I think this film is ... rated. It’s got rave reviews, but it really isn’t very good. 5 I’ve changed this image on my computer. Your face is now ... imposed on the lion’s! 6 Do you think that some people have ... natural abilities?
6 manipulative 7 organised 8 private 9 references 10 return
Now listen and repeat. Expressing hope Hope se usa para expresar deseos. I hope to see it again! (= Hopefully, I’ll see it again.) I hope (that) you go and see it with your children. I hope (that) she will win / wins the Oscar. ‘Are you going to become an actor?’ ‘I hope so.’ ‘Are the tickets for the play expensive?’ ‘I hope not.’
Congratulating and praising - Para felicitar a alguien se puede usar: Congratulations!, That’s fantastic!, Great!, How wonderful!, I’m so happy for you!... ‘My wife has just had a baby.’ ‘Congratulations!’ - Para elogiar a alguien se usan expresiones como: Well done!, Good job!, Good for you!, That’s a fantastic achievement!... ‘They’ve given me the main role in the play’. ‘Good for you!’ / Well done!
see page 128
3
Complete the sentences with the correct word. hopefully
to
not
so
that
1 I hope ... see that film next week. 2 ‘Has your father bought us good tickets?’ ‘I hope ... .’ 3 We hope ... you can come tomorrow. 4 ... , there won’t be too many people at the cinema. 5 ‘Have you lost your money?’ ‘I hope ... .’ 4
Complete the sentences with the correct prefix.
see page 129
6
Complete the dialogue with words from the box.
Ask and answer with a partner. Use an expression with hope in your answer.
happy done congratulations wonderful achievement what
1 Where do you hope to go next summer? 2 Hopefully, what presents will you get for your next birthday? 3 Do you think you’ll win the lottery one day? 4 Do you think you’ll sleep badly tonight? 5 What will the economic situation in Spain be like next year?
Sue: Hi, Mary! How are things? Mary: Really good! I’ve just won a national music competition! Sue: How (1) ... ! I’m so (2) ... for you! Mary: Thanks! And how are things with you? Sue: Well, I’ve got some good news, too. I’ve got a place at drama school. Mary: Wow! That’s a fantastic (3) ... ! Well (4) ... ! Sue: And I’m also getting married! Mary: Really? (5) ... a surprise! (6) ... ! Who’s the lucky man?
Where do you hope to go next summer?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
I hope to go to Ireland.
91
The world is a stage 10 Listen
Expressing satisfaction and criticising
94
- Para expresar satisfacción usamos: It’s / That was brilliant / great / terrific / outstanding! I’m happy / pleased / satisfied with his performance. What (a / an) great / fantastic / amazing show! - Para expresar críticas se usan: It’s / That was terrible / awful / dreadful / rubbish! I’m disappointed / not happy with her acting. The performance was very disappointing. What a horrible / poor performance! see page 129
7
again and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The actor was disappointed with his performance. 2 The audience thought that the actor was outstanding. 3 The director wasn’t pleased with the actor. 4 The director wasn’t happy with the rest of the cast. 5 The director thought that the set was rubbish.
Choose the correct option. 1 What a load of rubbish / dreadful! I’m never going to the theatre again! 2 What a / What bad film!The acting was terrible! 3 That was really awful / fantastic, wasn’t it? What a / How dreadful concert! 4 What a terrible actors / performance! 5 That was disappointing / terrific! I hated every minute!
8
Replace the highlighted words in the dialogue with the words in the box. disappointed amazing rubbish outstanding brilliant Sally: How did the school play go? Max: Well, in general the performances were dreadful. They did a good job. Sally: Oh good! Tell me more! Max: Well, Gemma and Bob were awful as the two main characters. The audience loved them! But I was a little pleased with the rest of the cast because they weren’t very good. Sally: Really? Why? Max: Their acting was terrific. I don’t think anybody in the audience liked them. Sally: Would you recommend going to see the play? Max: Yes, I think you should see it. It’s terrible!
9 94
Listen to an interview with an actor and a director talking about a play. Put the options in the order you hear them.
11 Answer the questions expressing satisfaction
or criticism.
What do you think of ...? s your English s your physical condition s your job s your diet
I’m happy with my English, but I think I have to continue studying.
12 Ask your partner similar questions.
What do you think of your English?
I’m pleased with my progress.
a the audience’s opinion b the director’s opinion c the actor’s opinion 1…
92
2…
3…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
It’s a full house
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
Same language, different lives 5
What do you know about William Shakespeare? Try to answer the following questions.
That’s Britain! Name three famous theatre festivals in your country. Have you ever been to any of them?
4
Choose the correct option. 1 The Globe Theatre is in London’s theatre district / across the River Thames. 2 The Globe Theatre was built / burned down in 1613. 3 The theatre was used by Shakespeare and other writers / exclusively by Shakespeare. 4 James Garnon has performed in / has seen eleven plays at the Globe Theatre. 5 Stratford-upon-Avon is famous for its theatre district / its connection to Shakespeare. 6 Shakespeare had a big impact on the English language / people’s attitude towards theatre.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3
5
2
4
6
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
That’s Britain! 6
Answer the questions about Chichester with either yes (Y), no (N) or doesn’t say (DS). 1 Does Chichester have a cathedral? 2 Do famous people perform at the Chichester Festival Theatre? 3 Does Chichester hold a theatre festival in winter? 4 Is it free to attend the theatre festival? 5 Do people only perform new plays at the Chichester theatre festival? 6 Was the harbour built in the 1800s? 7 Can you sail to France from Chichester?
Documentary Watch the programme and answer the questions from activity 1.
1
1…
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Listen to the speakers’ opinions about how popular going to the theatre is these days. Match each speaker (1-6) to the sentences (a-f).
a Theatres regularly have full houses. b People are watching more and more film. c Theatre is more popular in the capital. d It is becoming more popular with younger generations. e Theatre isn’t as popular as it used to be. f Local theatres are important.
1 Which Shakespeare plays can you name? 2 Where was Shakespeare born? 3 What is the name of the theatre that he built in London?
2
9
NOW YOU! 7
Think about a film or theatre festival. Talk about when and where it takes place, and describe what you can see or do there. The International Theatre Festival takes place every year in August in Girona. You can see the best theatre shows from all over the world.
93
The world is a stage
READING 1
Match the places (1-5) to the festivals (a-e). 1 Almagro 2 Salzburg 3 Cannes 4 Glastonbury 5 New Orleans
a film festival b jazz festival c classical music festival d theatre festival e pop festival
2
Read the text. Match the topics (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).
95
1 The secret of the festival’s success 2 A good idea for the summer 3 Basic information about the festival
4 A special event for children 5 The origins of the festival
A festival of creativity a ... The Edinburgh Festival Fringe is the largest arts festival in the world. It takes place in Scotland’s capital city for three weeks in August. Every year, thousands of performers come to the city to present shows for all tastes: theatre, comedy, dance, musicals, operas, art exhibitions... The festival is unique because it includes both very big names from the world of show business and completely unknown artists trying to build their careers.
d ... Every year the festival also organises a competition in schools around Scotland to design the poster for the event. In 2012, almost 3,000 pupils took part and the winner was Marc Robb, an eight-year-old boy. e ... If you haven’t got any plans for the summer holidays this year, then why not come to the festival? It will be a fantastic experience that you will never forget.
3
b always changing c a world centre of innovation
Choose the correct option. 1 The Edinburgh Festival Fringe ... . a lasts a month b takes place in the summer c is principally a theatre festival 2 The Festival Fringe ... . a was created to celebrate European cultural life b was organised for the first time in 1947 c became official in 1958 3 If you want to participate in the Festival Fringe ... . a there are very few obstacles b you need to be famous c you must be accepted by the official committee 4 The Festival Fringe is ... . a traditional
94
5 Marc Robb ... . a was the star of the 2012 Festival Fringe b is good at drawing c won a lot of money 4
Rewrite the words in bold with expressions highlighted in the text. 1 This is the principal concept of the festival. 2 They participated in the event. 3 Some artists come to gain experience / become well known. 4 The event happens in Scotland. 5 There are shows for all types of people. 6 More and more performers did the same thing.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
b ... The festival began unofficially in 1947 when eight theatre groups without an invitation came to perform at the Edinburgh International Festival, an initiative created to celebrate and enrich European cultural life after the Second World War. As the years passed, more and more performers followed their example, and in response the Festival Fringe Society was created in 1958. Its constitution, written in the spirit of its origins, says that the Society will not control the festival’s programme or decide who can appear. Today, this is still the main idea behind the event: anyone can take part if they can find somewhere to perform. c ... The Edinburgh Festival Fringe has become so popular because it reinvents itself every year. It is always fresh and offers a platform for new ideas expressed in exciting new ways. In 2011, for example, there was an event called the Dance Marathon. This was a four hour contest in which the audience didn’t just dance. They also had to take part in a race while in the tango position and also answer a series of questions on surreal subjects.
UNIT
9
LANGUAGE STUDY 96
We show contrast by stressing the information we want to emphasise. Listen to the dialogue. Dan: Rosie: Dan: Rosie: Dan: Rosie:
Is the play tonight? No, it’s not tonight, it’s tomorrow! And is it at six o’clock? No, it’s not at six o’clock, it’s at seven. And are you going to buy the tickets? No, I’m not going to buy the tickets. You’re going to get them!
96
Now listen again and repeat.
2
Underline the words that are stressed.
WRITING SECTION 4
1 Details of the performance. 2 Why you recommend it. 3 Basic facts: name, author, director, actors, setting. a ... The musical Once is based on a book by Enda Walsh. It’s directed by John Tiffany, and it’s set in present day Dublin. It’s a simple story about a boy who loses a girl and then meets another one. Declan Bennett and Zrinka Cvitešic star as the main characters.
1 A: Are you going with Mary? B: No, not with Mary, I’m going with John. 2 A: Is Charles a good actor? B: No, he’s a terrible actor, but he’s a fantastic singer. 3 A: Do you want to go to the cinema? B: No, not to the cinema, I’d love to go to the theatre. 97
b ... In Once, all the actors also perform as singers and musicians. The cast is extremely capable in all three roles. The singing is powerful and evocative, and at the end of the show there was a standing ovation. c ... To sum up, I would say that it’s really worth seeing this musical for the quality of the singing. Almost from the first note, the music is extraordinarily moving. In a word... it’s an outstanding show.
Listen and practise the dialogues. 5
Gradable and non-gradable adjectives - Se usan adverbios como extremely, very, quite, rather, a little… para modificar el grado de intensidad de un adjetivo (gradable adjectives). The actress is very / really / quite popular. Their performance was rather poor. She is a bit / a little overrated as an actress. - Para modificar adjetivos que expresan una cualidad en su máximo grado (non-gradable) se usan otros adverbios. The play was absolutely fantastic. We were completely / totally exhausted.
6
Choose the correct option. 1 Her singing is totally / extremely poor. 2 You were a little / completely brilliant! 3 That was a really / rather great performance. 4 That is absolutely / very impossible. 5 I’m so / a bit pleased with my results. 6 Megan was absolutely / very freezing. 7 The comedy was a bit / completely hilarious. 8 The actors were extremely / totally tired.
Read the review again and complete the table with the highlighted words. 1 Basic Information
It’s based on… by… . It’s directed by…
2 Adjectives
...
3 Opinions or recommendation
...
4 Conclusions
...
Complete the text with words from activity 4. The Godfather is one of the greatest films ever. It is (1) ... on the novel (2) ... Mario Puzo and is (3) ... by Coppola. It is (4) ... in the U.S. after the Second World War, and it tells the (5) ... of Michael Corleone, who becomes the Mafia boss. The entire (6) … gives (7) … performances. Although the main characters are criminals, when they die, it’s quite moving. If you haven’t seen the film, it’s really (8) ... .
see page 130
3
Read the review. Match the ideas (1-3) to the paragraphs (a-c).
7
Write a review of a play, book or film you like. s Include basic information, adjectives, your opinion, recommendation and a conclusion. s Use the model in activity 4 to help you. The play... is based on...
THAT’S ENGLISH!
95
(online source)
1
The world is a stage
CONSOLIDATION 1
Answer the questions. 1 Have you seen either of the films in the posters below?
2
2 What do you think of them?
Read the first paragraph of the text. Choose the best title for it. 1 What is method acting? 2 The advantages of method acting compared to traditional acting 3 A completely new way of acting
Extreme acting, extreme quality ‘Method acting’ is a set of techniques that helps actors to internalise the thoughts and feelings of their characters. In essence, method actors use their own emotions and past experiences to improve their performance. They sometimes ‘become’ their character for the duration of a project, even when they are not acting. As a technique, method acting is very different from classical acting, which concentrates on purely external qualities, such as voice and gesture. Of the many method actors in the world today, Daniel Day-Lewis is probably the best known. He is the only actor in history who has won the Oscar for Best Actor three times, most recently for the film Lincoln, in 2013. Day-Lewis was so obsessed with maintaining the persona of Abraham Lincoln that he stayed ‘in character’ even when he wasn’t acting and was back in his hotel. He continued to speak in Lincoln’s American accent, although Day-Lewis was born in London. He even sent text messages using the name of the ex-U.S. president!
In a rare interview, the actor said that Steven Spielberg, the film’s legendary director, allowed him to prepare for the role in his own way. So, when he wasn’t acting, he had very little contact with the rest of the cast. The reason? Lincoln was alone when he was president, and Day-Lewis wanted to live the same experience. Acting is a very intense experience for Daniel Day-Lewis. Perhaps for this reason, he doesn’t accept many roles. In his free time, he loves making shoes and doing carpentry. For him, this is a lot less stressful than acting!
3
Read the rest of the text and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Method acting concentrates on voice and gesture. 2 Daniel Day-Lewis suffered mental problems because he thought that he was Lincoln. 3 In the film Daniel Day-Lewis gives a very realistic performance. 4 Daniel Day-Lewis wasn’t very sociable while he was making the film. 5 Acting is easy for Daniel Day-Lewis. 6 Daniel Day-Lewis likes working with his hands.
96
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
This type of behaviour may seem over the top, but it has produced fantastic results: his performance is outstanding. As you watch the film, you completely forget that you are watching an actor. You are convinced that you are seeing and hearing Lincoln himself! Day-Lewis even appears to be two feet taller and much lighter than he is in reality.
UNIT 4
Put the qualities of a good actor in order of importance for you. Then compare your answers with a partner. 1 hard work and dedication 2 a good voice 3 a good memory for words 4 the ability to improvise 5 the ability to work with other people 6 an expressive face 7 a good body I think an expressive face is the most important quality of a good actor. What do you think?
5 98
2…
3…
6
Listen again. Choose the correct option.
98
1 Ruth feels ... . a disappointed
b delighted
c underrated
2 The cast probably feel ... . a unhappy b fantastic
c optimistic
3 They didn’t win because ... . a they didn’t act very well b there were a lot of other good actors c the judges made a bad decision c future
5 Ruth thinks that the story ... . a is good b could be better c is fantastic 6 Ruth considers that young people ... . a are more interested in video games b think that the cinema is too expensive c will still go to the cinema in the future 7 99
Match the beginning (1-5) to an end (a-e) of five short dialogues. 1 I’ve won the Oscar for best director. 2 They didn’t give you the Oscar? How do you feel? 3 What a load of rubbish. That film was terrible! 4 Can you tell us about your new film? 5 Are you happy with the story?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
99
2…
3…
4…
5…
Listen and check.
8
Prepare six questions to ask a partner about a film he or she has seen recently. Ask about: the title, plot, cast, the director, the main characters, the setting and your opinions. Can you tell me about a film you’ve seen recently?
9
Now interview your partner and compare films.
What’s the story about?
4…
4 The new film is set in the ... . a past b present
1…
Can you tell me about a film you’ve seen recently?
a the cinema today b the Oscar for best film c her new film d the Oscar for best actor / actress
1…
a Do you think so? I thought it was great. b No, it isn’t good enough. c Congratulations!That’s a fantastic achievement! d Yes. It’s set in Spain in the 1950s. e I’m very disappointed.
In my opinion...
Listen to the interview with a famous producer who has just won an Oscar. Put the topics in the order the speakers talk about them.
9
I saw the new Quentin Tarantino film last week. It’s about a man who…
10 Read and complete the review.
based recommend
directed outstanding set superb tells worth
Steven Spielberg’s Lincoln: A review The film Lincoln is (1) ... on the extraordinary life of Abraham Lincoln, the 16th President of the United States. It is (2) ... by Steven Spielberg and is (3) ... in the final years of the American Civil War. The film (4) ... the story of Lincoln’s determination to abolish slavery. Daniel Day-Lewis gives an (5) ... performance as Abraham Lincoln. In addition, the rest of the cast are (6) ... in their roles. Even so, the film lasts two and a half hours and can sometimes be a bit slow. It’s (7) ... seeing this film if you are interested in history and the figure of Lincoln. However, if you like movies with lots of action, I wouldn’t (8) ... it. 11 Write a review of a film or a play you have seen
recently.
Paragraph 1: the plot Paragraph 2: the performances Paragraph 3: your recommendation Last week, I went to the cinema to watch…
97
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
reviews star audience set
I have just been to see a (1) ... of the new musical Two Boys. John Upton and Colin Bell (2) ... as the two main (3) ... , Carl and Jeremy. They’re fantastic. The very realistic (4) ... also helps to create a powerful impression. At the end of the musical, everyone in the (5) ... stood up and gave all the (6) ... a standing (7) ... . I’m sure that the musical will get rave (8) ... tomorrow. 2
a You’re much better now. b Your mother is also very disappointed with you. c We weren’t happy with it either. d I really need to improve. e I’m delighted with them. 1… 6
Complete the sentences with hopefully or an expression with hope. 1 I ... see you at the play. 2 ... , the play will be good. 3 ‘Are the tickets very expensive?’ ‘I ... .’ 4 I ... we won’t be late. 5 ‘Is Daniel Day-Lewis going to come to our school?’ ‘I ... . He’s fantastic!’
3
3 The cast was brilliant. 4 I’m very pleased with your progress. 5 I’m not happy with you.
Complete the text with the words in the box. cast performance characters ovation
7
Choose the correct option. 1 I’ve just seen Daniel Day-Lewis in Lincoln. What / How a great performance! 2 That was a dreadful / wonderful film. It’s the worst film that I’ve seen this year. 3 You were fantastic! Well done! / Well job! 4 Don’t see that play! What a much / load of rubbish! 5 You’re getting married’ I’m so happy with / for you! 6 You’re going to the Edinburgh festival? How / What wonderful!
5
98
Match the sentences 1-5 to a-e. 1 I sang very badly in the musical. 2 He was very disappointed performance.
3…
4…
5…
Say if the combinations are correct or incorrect. Replace the wrong ones with a correct adverb. 4 a little amazing 5 extremely hot 6 a little exhausted
Choose the correct definition. 1 gripping: boring / extremely interesting 2 outstanding: fantastic / very strange 3 moving: moves fast / full of emotion 4 powerful: makes a big impression / comical 5 awful: very bad / very good
8
Put the sentences in the correct order. a I thought that the story was a bit boring. b It tells the story of a boy whose best friend is a bird. c In conclusion, I really wouldn’t recommend this play. d The play Budgie is based on a book by Brian Faith.
1 Diane Felton is a very ... actress. She really isn’t very good. 2 I’ll never be a good actor, even if I make a ... effort. 3 This pasta is ... . It’s still very hard! 4 Daniel Day-Lewis’ face is ... on the poster. 5 I think he is ... in his performances. He’s always laughing or crying too loud. 4
2…
1 really moving 2 very impossible 3 rather difficult
Complete the sentences with the adjectives from the box. overemotional overrated superhuman superimposed undercooked
9
1… 9 100
2…
3…
4…
Listen to two people talking about a film. Tick (3) the topics that they talk about. the story the photography the actors the message the music the director
10 Listen again and complete the table. man’s opinion
100
woman’s opinion
the film in general the story the actors the music
with
our
the main actress
THAT’S ENGLISH!
A
10
Stories and legends OBJECTIVES
UNIT
stories ·To talk about childhood memories and habits
It’s an urban myth, Bill
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
·To tell traditional and present-day
4
1 There used to be an old … at the end of the street from the cafe. a library b hospital c graveyard 2 An elderly couple found some … in their garden. a jewellery b skeletons c archaeologists 3 Guy is playing a concert in the … . a cafe b Town Hall c Nevada desert 4 Laura and … buy tickets to see Guy. a Zack b Chris c Bill 5 Guy dressed up as a … at his concert. a zombie b pirate c druid 6 Guy doesn’t want … to know where he is. a the police b the newspapers c his fans 7 Most of the rumours about his life are created by … . a the press b the public c Guy himself
Read the dictionary definition of legend. Then read the quotation. What do you think the quotation means? Do you agree or disagree with it? legend (n) Stories that people tell about a famous event or person that are not always true. “Legends die hard. They survive as truth rarely does.” Helen Hayes.
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Answer the questions.
1 What are the first two urban myths about the rock star?
5
2 Why does Guy still do concerts?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Listen to the speakers and match them to their favourite stories or authors. There are two speakers who do not name stories or authors. 1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
a Judy Bloom b Red Riding Hood c Of Mice and Men
Read the sentences about Guy. Decide which are true (T) and which are rumours (R). 1 Guy had a successful music record. 2 He had a nervous breakdown. 3 Guy once lived in New Mexico. 4 Guy spent his younger years in the cafe. 5 His father had a mental illness. 6 Guy is currently working as an artist. 7 Guy was married several times. 8 Guy got married thirty years ago.
Choose the correct option.
d Paddington Bear e Roald Dahl f Peter Pan
NOW YOU! 6
What stories have you heard about famous people? Retell that story and say why you think it is true, or not. I heard that Michael Jackson used to sleep in an air tank. I think it could be true, because he was an unusual person.
99
Stories and legends
READING 1
Look at the pictures of a legend. What do you think is the correct order to tell the story? a
b
1… 2
2…
3…
4…
c
Where is Gelert?
d
e
5…
Read the text and check the order of the pictures in activity 1.
101
A tragic mistake Every country has its own traditional stories. One of the best known folk tales in Wales is a story about a brave and loyal dog. A very long time ago, there was a prince called Llywelyn the Great. The prince loved to go hunting, and over the years he had killed all kinds of animals. When he went hunting, his dogs always went with him. He had dozens of them, but there was only one that he really loved, Gelert. One day, as he was getting ready to go hunting, the prince called his dogs. Strangely, Gelert didn’t appear. After he had returned from the hunt, the prince immediately saw Gelert. It was a terrible sight. The dog had blood on his mouth, and he was breathing heavily. The prince was horrified and thought, ‘Where is my young son?’
Llywelyn then realised that he had made a tragic mistake. He sadly carried the body of his faithful dog outside the walls of the castle and buried him. He put a stone there to mark the place so no one would forget Gelert. Today, there is a village in Wales called Beddgelert, which means ‘the tomb of Gelert’ in Welsh. Every year, thousands of tourists go there to remember the brave dog that died tragically saving the prince’s son.
3
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Llywelyn the Great died about a hundred years ago. 2 Gelert always accompanied the prince when he went hunting. 3 The prince had a pleasant surprise when he returned from the hunt. 4The prince found his son immediately. 5 The prince killed Gelert after he had found his son. 6 Thanks to Gelert, the prince’s son didn’t die.
100
4
Complete the sentences with the highlighted adverbs in the text. 1 I was walking along the street when I ... heard an explosion. 2 Claire has a new boyfriend. ... , he’s very goodlooking. 3 The protesters were ... shouting at the politicians. 4 You must answer the phone ... when it rings. 5 I ... need to pass this exam. It’s really important. 6 It was raining … all night long. 7 It was a terrible plane crash. … , all the passengers were killed. 8 They tried to save the injured dog but, … , he died. The children were very upset.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
He ran quickly into his son’s bedroom. He desperately looked for the child, but there was no sign of him. Llywelyn imagined the worst. Apparently, his favourite dog had murdered his son. So the prince angrily took his sword and killed Gelert. However, as he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly heard a baby crying. The sound was coming from under the bed. He looked and saw that his son was alive and well! And next to the child was a dead wolf, which Gelert had killed in order to protect him.
UNIT
10
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 102
2
1 loved 2 every 3 liked
4 killed 5 favourite 6 everyone
7 desperately 8 murdered 9 build
Underline the silent vowels in the words and practise saying them. 1 vegetable 2 secretary 3 chocolate
103
3 He’s angry with me, so oddly / naturally, he doesn’t want to speak. 4 I didn’t prepare for the interview. Obviously / Fortunately, I didn’t get the job. 5 He’s neither rich nor good-looking. However, logically / apparently, he’s very attractive to women.
Vowels are sometimes not pronounced when they are unstressed. Listen and repeat.
4 comfortable 5 medicine 6 secondary
5
7 aspirin 8 biscuit 9 library
quickly
Past simple indica una acción acabada y past continuous una acción en proceso en el pasado. As he was getting ready to go hunting, the prince called his dogs. As he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly heard a baby crying.
calmly
2 The dog was breathing very (4) ... because it was running (5) ... . However, it (6) ... stopped when it saw the cat. 6
see page 130
7
Listen to the story.Tick (3) the elements you hear.
104
a dragon b a prince c a witch
8
Listen again. Put the pictures in order.
Adverbs in narratives Cuando narramos una historia usamos adverbios para indicar: - la manera en que alguien hizo algo. He desperately looked for the child. - cuando ocurrió algo. The prince immediately saw Gelert. - la actitud u opinión del narrador. The prince called his dogs but, strangely, Gelert didn’t appear. see page 131
Look at these expressions. Decide if you find them at the beginning (B) or end (E) of a fairy tale. 1 Once upon a time 2 And they all lived happily ever after. 3 And that, my friends, brings our story to a close. 4 A long time ago 5 There was once 6 And that’s the moral of the story.
Put the verbs in the correct tense. Yesterday, as I (1) ... (walk) along the road, I (2) ... (see) a woman who (3) ... (cry). ‘What’s wrong?’ I (4) ... (ask) her. At first she (5) ... (not answer). Then she (6) … (point) to a dog which (7) … (lie) dead in the middle of the road. I then (8) ... (understand) why she (9) ... (cannot) stop crying.
4
heavily desperately suddenly finally
1 Sue (1) ... wanted to get the job, but when the day of the interview (2) ... came, she wasn’t nervous and answered all the questions very (3) ... .
Now listen and repeat.
Past simple vs past continuous
3
Complete the texts with the adverbs in the box.
104
a
d a princess e a frog f a king
b
g a boat h a pea i a queen
c
d
e
Choose the correct option. 1 Sam said that he would be at home. Surprisingly / Luckily, when I tried to phone him, he didn’t answer. It’s a mystery. 2 He fell 30 metres, but immediately / amazingly, he wasn’t hurt! It’s incredible!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
101
Stories and legends 9
Now tell the story to your partner. Use expressions from activity 6. Once upon a time, there was a prince who wanted to get married. He travelled everywhere looking for a princess.
Past perfect Se usa past perfect para referirnos a una acción que ocurrió antes que otra en el pasado. The prince loved to go hunting, and over the years he had killed all kinds of animals. After he had returned from the hunt, the prince immediately saw Gelert. Past perfect suele usarse con los conectores after, before y when. see page 130
10 Match each sentence (1-3) with its correct
meaning (a-c).
1 When the prince arrived, the servants were preparing a great banquet. 2 When the prince arrived, the servants prepared a great banquet. 3 When the prince arrived, the servants had prepared a great banquet. a The banquet was completely prepared when the prince arrived. b The servants started preparing the banquet when the prince arrived. c The banquet was half-prepared when the prince arrived. 1…
2…
5 I ... (already / leave) when you ... (finally / come). 6 The princess ... (just / wake up) when she ... (see) the pea. 13 Read the text and choose the correct option.
For centuries, Great Britain has had many legends about ancient monsters. Scotland has the Loch Ness Monster, and England has Black Shuck, the ghost dog. I (1) remember / know on my first trip to Ireland, I met a man in a pub who told me about the legend of the Banshee. (2) ‘I suppose / learn you know what a banshee is. If not, buy me a beer and I will tell you the story’, he said. ‘A banshee is a fairy who begins to scream when someone is about to die. They can appear in many forms. They may be an ugly witch, a beautiful woman, or even an animal.’ As he was telling me the story, I (3) realised / noticed a woman sitting at the other end of the bar. She was looking at us very intently, and I (4) sensed / heard something bad was going to happen. Suddenly, I (5) heard / noticed a scream. It was the woman! I was so scared that I (6) learned / imagined that I might die. So, I paid for the beers and quickly went back to my hotel. The next day, I (7) remembered / found out that the old man had been killed in a car accident when he left the bar. It was at that moment when I (8) realised / remembered that the legend might be true.
3…
11 Now answer the questions about the sentences
(1-3) from activity 10 and identify the tenses.
Which one describes an action… a finished in the past? Tense… b in progress at a time in the past? Tense… c that happened before another action in the past? Tense… 12 Complete the sentences using the simple past
or past perfect.
1 When I ... (arrive), the wedding ... (already / start). 2 Sheila ... (not be) at university long when she ... (meet) her future husband. 3 By the time I ... (finish) the book, I ... (fall) in love with the heroine. 4 Derek ... (not see) the film before, and he ... (love) it.
102
14 Now write about a legend you know using the
model in activity 13. In my city, there is a famous legend about a ghost in the cathedral…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
Do you believe in ghosts? 2 Whose ghost is at the cathedral? a the Archbishop b John Hippsley c Sir Thomas Becket 3 Who lived at the 900-year-old cottage? a old priests b Geoffrey Chaucer c no one 4 Where can you see a ghost at the cottage? a in the cellar b at the window c in the garden 5 Why did the man come to Kent? a to learn about ghosts b to visit the cathedral c both a & b 6 What test did people / the priests do to see if a woman was a witch ? a They threw water on her. b They tortured her. c They drowned her.
BEFORE YOU WATCH Documentary 1
10
Choose the correct option.
1 What was Jack the Ripper famous for? a He was the queen´s son. b He was a serial killer. c He had a special gift with animals. 2 Jack the Ripper lived in … . a London b Dublin c Glasgow
Same language, different lives 2
What legends or heroes do you know about from your country? And from other countries? Say who they are and what they are famous for.
AFTER YOU WATCH Documentary 3
5
That’s Britain! Watch the video about Canterbury and answer the questions. 1 What is Canterbury famous for? a its cathedral b It is the setting of stories by Chaucer. c both a & b
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Listen to the speakers and match the heroes or legends to what they are famous for. 1 Jack Frost 2 Cannibal general 3 Martin Luther King
Look at the reasons why Jack the Ripper was never caught. Which of them are mentioned in the programme? a The police didn’t try hard to find him because the victims were working class women. b Forensic science was too basic. c It was easy to get lost in the many streets and alleys. d The Ripper could easily disappear because the streets were dark. e He was a member of the Royal Family. f The dark streets were frightening for women. g The police refused to use fingerprinting technology. h The police didn’t question enough people.
4
Same language, different lives 4 Ghandi 5 Nelson Mandela 6 William Wallace
a He fought for freedom and independence. b He introduced non-violence to the world. c He changed the country for the better. d He eats naughty children. e He covers the grass and trees in white on cold days. f He led the Civil Rights Movement. 1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
NOW YOU! 6
What ghost stories do you know? Retell a ghost story or describe something strange that has happened to you that is hard to believe. I used to live in a house that was haunted. I was always hearing scratching noises in the attic.
103
Stories and legends
READING Look at these headlines. Tick (3) the one you identify as an urban legend. 1 Tourists see ghost of murdered girl while visiting palace. 2 Family of alligators live in a river near Madrid. 2
Read the text and tick (3) what it is about.
105
1 It explains what an urban legend is. 2 It explains an incident with the police.
3 It gives an account of people’s interest in mystery tales.
Urban legends
A guy at work told me this story, which supposedly happened to a friend of his. Anyway, this friend is at a party and he’s drunk too much. When the party comes to an end, everyone tells him that he’s in no condition to drive, but he insists on taking his car. Well, he’s driving along the road – badly – when suddenly he’s stopped by the police. The officer tells him to get out of the car, but then the officer receives an urgent radio message: someone is robbing a bank in the next street. ‘Don’t go away. I’ll be back’, says the officer before he runs quickly to the scene of the crime.
People have always loved telling stories. In the past, before television, on cold, dark winter nights parents would tell their children stories that they had learned from their parents. In fact, storytelling used to be a central part of everyday life. Every evening, families would sit together around the fire and would tell wonderful tales of magic, mystery and terror. Today, it’s still true that everyone loves a good story, but the type of story we enjoy is constantly changing. For example, the last 30 or 40 years have seen the emergence of a phenomenon called urban legends. These are funny, strange, or even frightening stories which often contain a warning for the listener: children who died because they ate poisoned Halloween sweets, or drivers who were murdered because a serial killer hid in their car when they stopped to buy petrol. Usually these urban legends are false, but many people who hear them at first actually believe them. People who tell these stories often claim that they happened to a friend of a friend. Here is an example of one. Do you think it’s true?
3
Read the text and choose the correct option. 1 Before TV was invented parents would tell their children stories that ... . a they invented b they had heard when they were young c they had read d were in a family album 2 Urban legends ... . a are about cities b are often true c have become popular in the twenty-first century d can be quite dark 3 When people tell an urban legend, they usually say it happened to ... . a a family member b themselves c a friend of a friend d a complete stranger
104
3 Fast-food restaurant serves fried rats.
The drunk man can’t believe his luck, so he gets in the car and drives away. When he gets home he parks the car in his garage and immediately goes to bed. It’s been a long day, and he’s very tired and very drunk. Then, a few hours later, someone starts knocking loudly at his front door. So the man goes downstairs, opens the door and sees the police there! ‘Where’s your car?’ they say. He tells them indignantly that it’s in his garage but when he opens the door, he can’t believe his eyes: there is a car there, but it’s not his. It’s a police car and the lights are still flashing!
4
The text is divided in two parts in order to... a talk about urban legends and then tell one. b tell two urban legends. c tell one long story
5
Read the last two paragraphs again and put the events about the drunk man in the correct order. a He has to stop his car. b He arrives home c A man at a party drinks too much. d He has a big surprise e The policeman has to leave. f A policeman calls at his house g The man leaves the party, but he is very drunk. 1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
1
UNIT
10
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 106
2
3 Dan ... . a would often work at home b would play sport c would go to the sea with his father
When we tell a story, we put extra stress on the important words. Listen and repeat. 1 He’s in no condition to drive. 2 He’s stopped by the police. 3 Someone is robbing a bank in the next street. 4 The man can’t believe his luck. 5 He goes downstairs and sees the police there!
5
Underline the key words in each sentence. Then practice saying the sentences.
When I was a child, my grandmother (1) … (love) telling me stories. She (2) … (always / imitate) the characters, which was so funny. One day, while she (3) … (cook) in the kitchen, she (4) … (tell) me a love story I (5) … (never hear) before. It was about how she (6) … (meet) my grandfather.
1 Once upon a time, there was a cat and a dog. 2 A man walked into a bar with a lion. 3 A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away... 4 It was love at first sight. 5 It was the best of times, it was the worst of times. 107
Now listen and repeat.
Narrative present Se usa present simple como presente histórico para dar más realismo a una narración o hacerla más cercana. This friend is at a party and he’s drunk too much. He insists on taking his car.
Would and used to - Se usa would + verb para hablar acciones que se repetían en el pasado. Parents would tell their children stories that they had learned from their parents. When I was young, our family wouldn’t eat meat on Fridays. Would you often go to the theatre when you lived in London? - Se usa used to + verb para hablar de hábitos pasados. Storytelling used to be a central part of everyday life. I didn’t use to like pears, but now I love them. Did your father use to work at this school?
see page 131
6
108
Listen to three people talking about their summer holidays when they were children. Put the places in the correct order. a at home 1…
2…
b on the farm
c on the beach
3… 7
4
Listen again. Choose the correct option.
108
1 Sean ... . a would work on the farm b used to hate the summer holidays c didn’t use to have much time to play 2 Margaret ... . a would visit different places in Britain b used to spend a lot of time on the beach c would sometimes visit castles and museums
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Rewrite the extract about the life of Mahatma Gandhi using the narrative present to make it more immediate. In 1888, Gandhi travelled to London to study law. Gandhi never ate meat or drank alcohol because of his religion. However, he did not like the vegetarian food that was offered by his English landlady. He was frequently hungry until he found a vegetarian restaurant. While he lived in London, he tried to adopt customs that he considered to be typically English, and he even took dancing lessons.
see page 131
3
Choose the correct form of the verbs using past tenses: past simple, past continuous, past perfect, used to, and would.
Write a short story for a contest organised by a local radio. Use the text on page 104 as a model. Write it in the narrative present. A friend of mine just told me this story which supposedly happened to him. Well,…
105
Stories and legends
CONSOLIDATION 1
In your opinion, which of the following points are important for telling a story well? 1 Always stand up. You will make more impact. 2 Make sure that your story is appropriate for the audience. 3 Practise telling the story in front of a mirror. 4 Use body language to reinforce the meaning. 5 Ask the audience to close their eyes so they can visualise the story better. 6 Give detailed descriptions to help the audience imagine the scene better.
2
Read the first paragraph of the article. What is its purpose? 1 to tell us about the author’s grandfather 2 to introduce the topic of storytelling 3 to talk about the author’s childhood
3
Read the rest of the article. Which of the ideas in activity 1 are mentioned?
How to tell a story My grandfather used to be a great storyteller. We would all sit around the fireplace, and he would tell us stories about his childhood. When he had finished one story, we would always insist on hearing another one. He was a natural storyteller. He didn’t have to learn how to do it. However, if you’re not so lucky, you can still become a good storyteller if you follow some simple steps. First of all, you need to get a story that is right for your audience. For example, a fairy tale may be a great story for young kids, but it might not work so well with adults. Ghost stories are ideal for people who are not very nervous, but others could get really frightened and not be able to sleep afterwards. It’s very important to memorise the basic story. If your audience has the impression that you’re not confident with your material, they will turn off immediately. You also need to use gestures to get your audience interested. For example, if you say, ‘He caught a huge fish,’ show how big it was with your hands. Using a variety of facial expressions is also essential, especially when you want to show how the different characters are feeling.
Finally, include lots of details to help your audience see the story. For example, don’t just say ‘a girl’. It‘s much better to say ‘a shy girl with brilliant blue eyes and short blond hair, wearing a long green dress’. If you follow these steps, you will certainly become a better storyteller. So why not give it a try?
4
Write the advice about good and bad storytellers in the correct columns. 1 avoid adjectives 3 2 memorise the story 3 know their audience 4 use body language 5 always use the same tone of voice
106
Good storytellers
Bad storytellers avoid adjectives
THAT’S ENGLISH!
(online source)
Be sure to use your voice to make your story more memorable. For example, in the story of Goldilocks and the Three Bears, each of the characters should speak with clearly identifiable voices. You can also communicate the mood of the story with your voice. For instance, if you’re telling a horror story, low tones are perfect when you are describing the scene.
UNIT 5 109
Listen to the interview with Professor Lomax. Choose the correct option.
8
The interview is mainly about … . 1 lying 2 holidays 3 telling stories 4 how we describe our experiences 6 109
Look at the sentences about stories. Explain what each one means and say which sentences you agree with.
1 ‘True love stories never have endings.’ Richard Bach, author
Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Professor Lomax has just made a film. 2 People don’t like talking about their experiences. 3 We prefer to describe our holidays in a positive way. 4 We like it when others listen to us. 5 People lie a lot. 6 Professor Lomax is very interested in cooking.
7
10
2 ‘Facebook is really about communicating and telling stories.’ Mark Zuckerberg, founder of Facebook
3 ‘Stories have always been the things that entertain me and make me feel happy ... It’s the best thing about being alive.’ Charlie Sheen, actor
Rewrite the description of the holiday. Use the words in the box to replace the underlined words. beautiful Cancun delicious good Mexico patient for everything five-star hotel great he huge swam perfect (is) very rich really like
4 ‘There are perhaps no days of our childhood we lived so fully as those we spent with a favourite book.’ Marcel Proust, author
9
My holiday (1) wasn’t very good. I went to (2) Clacton on the east coast of England with my boyfriend, Jeff. He (4) hasn’t got much money, so (5) I paid (6) most of the time. We stayed in a (7) cheap bed and breakfast. The food was (8 ) mediocre, and our room was (9) rather small. We (10) didn’t swim in the sea because the water was (11) quite cold. The weather (12) wasn’t very warm either. During the holiday, I saw some aspects of Jeff’s character that I (13) didn’t like very much: he’s (14) impatient and is a (15) bad listener.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Choose one of the sentences above that you agree with and explain your choice. Then listen to your partner’s choice. ‘True love stories never have endings.’ I agree with this because true love is eternal… I like what Proust said because I used to love reading stories when I was a child.
107
SELF TEST 1
Complete the sentences with the past perfect or past simple of the verbs in brackets. 1 I ... (not talk) to Jenny for a long time, so I ... (decide) to phone her. 2 Elaine only ... (understand) the book after she ... (read) it three times. 3 By the time that we ... (get) to the cinema, the film ... (already / begin). 4 I ... (just / close) the door when I ... (realise) that I ... (leave) the keys in my bedroom. 5 We ... (not / speak) before but I ... (already / know) that I ... (like) her.
2
5
Rewrite the text in the narrative present.
Choose the correct option. When I entered the room, I (1) sensed / remembered that there was tension in the air. Everyone was looking at each other nervously. Who had killed Lord Scranton? I (2) knew / found out that everyone in the room had a motive because they had all hated him. I suddenly (3) noticed / heard that the window was open. Had the killer escaped through there? I (4) learned / realised that this was going to be a very difficult case. I began to speak to the group, ‘I (5) suppose / find out that you all know why I’m here...’
6 110
Put the verbs in brackets in the past simple, past continuous or past perfect, would and used to. After Marla (1) ... (finish) breakfast, she (2) ... (look) out of the window. The sun (3) ... (not shine) but at least it (4) ... (not rain). She (5) ... (want) to wear her red dress, but she (6) ... (forget) to wash it the day before. She (7) ... (already / start) to feel angry with herself when her brother (8) ... (come) in and (9) ... (say) good morning. He asked his sister, ‘Is that the same dress you (10) … (wear) when we were children?’ She said, ‘Yes it is. Do you remember how we (11) … (go) to the park on Sundays and people (12) … (tell) me how pretty I was?’
10
I was in the school library when this man came in. He seemed nervous and was looking around him. Suddenly he fell to the ground. Then I saw that he was bleeding, and he had a lot of 500 euro notes in his pockets. That was when I remembered that the police were looking for a bank robber.
desperately ever after finally obviously one day suddenly there was time ago
Once upon (1) … , a frog lived by a lake. He was a very unhappy frog because he used to be a handsome prince. Several years before, a witch had changed him into a frog. The poor frog (2) … needed to find a girl to kiss him because this was the only way to become human again. (3) … , when a young girl was walking near the lake, the frog realised he had (4) … found the right person. ‘Kiss me, and you will be my princess.’ (5) … , frogs cannot talk, so the girl closed her eyes and kissed it. (6) … , a beautiful prince appeared. They returned to the prince’s castle and lived happily (7) … . The (8) … of this story is: ‘There is something beautiful inside everyone.’
108
4
Complete with the words and phrases in the box. There are 2 words you don’t need. a time moral
3
UNIT
Listen to the story. Put the pictures in the correct order. a
c
e
b
d
f
1… 7 110
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
Listen again. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 The Happy Prince invites the bird to stop. 2 It is raining. 3 The Happy Prince is sad. 4 The Happy Prince used to live in a castle. 5 The Happy Prince has a different opinion of the world now. 6 The bird starts to cry.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
11
UNIT THAT’S ENGLISH! Revision THAT’S ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
OBJECTIVES
THAT’S ENGLISH!
· To review the contents of module 6 · To prepare for the end of module test B: (12) How long / How far is it from the city? A: It’s about 70 kilometres away. B: That’s quite far! I thought you preferred (13) living / live in the city. A: I used (14) to like / liking city life. But since Oscar and I want to start a family, we’d rather (15) buy / to buy something in the country. B: Have you already moved? A: Not yet. We hope (16) to move / move next month.
GRAMMAR 1
Choose the correct options. 1 This cake is homemade. I made it … . a myself b me c mine 2 The neighbours helped … dig the well. a their b they c each other 3 … Sandra … Carl wants to live in the city because it’s too expensive. a Neither … nor b Either … or c Both … and 4 … has become a major problem in China. a A pollution b Pollution c The pollution
3
5 This is the author … book became a bestseller. a whom b who c whose
I (1) … (live) in the country since 2010, but before that, I (2) … (live) in London. I (3) … (always / go) to clubs, museums and the theatre. Six months ago, my wife and I (4) … (decide) to move out to the country and live off-the-grid. Now, our lives (5) … (be) much less stressful. Now, I (6) … (wake up) every morning and go running for an hour. Since I (7) … (start) doing more exercise, I (8) … (lose) 10 kilos. Yesterday morning, I (9) … (run), when suddenly I (10) … (see) a dog that looked very disorientated. I was sure someone (11) … (abandon) him. So, I (12) ... (take) him home with me and (13) … (give) him some food and water. He (14) … (feel) better immediately. He’s such a nice dog! I think I (15) … (keep) him.
6 … is the theatre from here? More than a kilometre? a How far b How long c How often 7 She didn’t redecorate her house again, … ? a does she b didn’t she c did she 8 She is a friend of … . a Nancy b Nancys
c Nancy’s
9 … amazing show! We loved it. a How b What an c What 10 We’re going to Scotland for our holiday. … , it won’t rain too much while we’re there. a Desperately b Hopefully c Suddenly 2
Complete the conversation. A: How about (1) join / joining me for lunch today? B: I’m afraid I can’t. I (2) have / had an appointment with the hairdresser at 1:30. A: Oh, come on, I have some (3) interested / interesting news to tell you. B: All right then. (4) I cancel / I’ll cancel my appointment. So, what’s the news? A: Oscar and I (5) have just bought / have been buying a new house. B: (6) How / What wonderful! I’m so happy for you. (7) How long / How much time have you and Oscar been looking for a house? A: Just over a year now. We’ve seen (8) dozens / dozens of houses, but last month we (9) saw / have seen a beautiful house in the country and fell in love with it. B: Is it a new house? A: No, it (10) was built / built in the fifties. But (11) it’s been / has completely modernised.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Complete with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
4
Rewrite the sentences using the words in brackets. 1 My brother practises reiki. My sister practises reiki. (both … and) 2 Jerry doesn’t speak Japanese. Karen doesn’t speak Japanese. (neither … nor) 3 You can have pasta. You can also have pizza. (either …or) 4 Yesterday I met a girl. She lives in China. (who) 5 A well is a hole in the ground. It is used to get water. (which) 6 This is the author. His book won the Booker Prize last year. (whose) 7 Prague is the city. I used to live there. (where) 8 Take an aspirin for your cough. (should) 9 Read this book. (If I were you) 10 I’d like to see the new Tarantino film. (how about) 11 You need to make an appointment to see a physiotherapist. (had better)
109
Revision VOCABULARY 1
4
balanced bored easy-going exciting farming grow lost off-grid overweight prevent remarkable tolerant touch
Complete the text with the words in the box. amazing cast character disappointing genre plot reviews roughly actually setting
My aunt Eleanor is the person I admire most. As a child, she was (1) … and had many health problems. After she graduated from university, she left the big city and decided to live (2) … . Once she started (3) … the land to (4) … her own fruit and vegetables, she (5) … a lot of weight. She’s always telling us about the importance of a (6) … diet and getting in (7) … with nature. She believes that natural food is the best way to (8) … illnesses.
The Godfather is (1) … considered one of the greatest films ever made. It is truly an (2) … film, especially if you like the gangster (3) …. It was directed by Francis Ford Coppola in 1972 and won the Oscar for Best Picture. The (4) … is New York City in the 1940s and 1950s, and the (5) … tells the story of the Cortleones, a family who control the Italian mafia. The (6) … is excellent. In fact, Marlon Brando, who played the main (7) … , won the Oscar for Best Actor. The film was a big hit and earned (8) … 250 million dollars. A sequel was made in 1974, and also received rave (9) … . Unfortunately, the third part of the saga, made in 1990, was very (10) … , and not many people went to see it. 2
Match the beginning (1-6) to the ends of the sentences (a-f). 1 We arrived in… 2 We arrived at… 3 They got on…
4 He got into… 5 We got off… 6 We got out…
a the train and walked the rest of the way. b the bus and took their seats. c the taxi. d London. e the theatre. f of the car. 3
110
Everyone says aunt Eleanor is extraordinary, and it’s true – she’s quite a (9) … person. She’s (10) … and never gets angry. She’s warm and loves being around people. I don’t think her lifestyle is very (11) … , but aunt Eleanor says she’s never (12) … . She’s always helping the community and visiting her friends. She’s not a religious person – but she accepts other people’s beliefs. She’s a very (13) … person.
PRONUNCIATION 1 111
2
Choose the word that is different. Listen and check. 1 cat, pat, have, ate 2 their, there, though, they’re 3 incredible, vegetable, everyone, comfortable 4 hate, us, here, cute Match the reasons why the words are different (a-d) to the groups of words (1-4) from activity 1. a different vowel sound b a different number of syllables c no silent e at the end d not a homophone
Choose the correct option. 1 Our team won the football match three nought / nil. 2 Terry saves her money. She’s always been sensible / sensitive. 3 Louise is a moody / outgoing person. You never know if she’s going to be happy or angry with you. 4 My wife and I didn’t enjoy the exhibition. We thought it was terrific / dreadful. 5 I don’t understand these instructions. They are so confusing / confused. 6 Jazz music became popular in the twenty years / the twenties. 7 In order to tell a good story, speak heavily / slowly. 8 The plot / setting is about a man who escapes from prison. 9 There are 25 sets / rows of seats in this theatre. 10 ‘I’ve been feeling depressed lately.’ ‘Oh, dear’ / ‘That’s great’.
Complete the texts with the words in the box.
3 112
4 113
Listen and repeat the sentences. Mark the stressed word in the answers. 1 Who rides their bike to work? I ride my bike to work. 2 Where do you ride your bike to? I ride my bike to work. 3 Whose bike do you ride to work? I ride my bike to work. Listen and repeat the sentences. Indicate if the intonation rises (R) or falls (F). 1 A: Is that a dog crossing the street? B: Watch out! 2 A: See that girl over there? That’s Debbie. B: That’s not Debbie, is it? 3 A: Hello. My name is Pedro. B: You’re not English, are you?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
4 After an introduction, who is responsible for carrying on the conversation? 5 What three things should you do when introduced to another person?
READING COMPREHENSION I Read the text about good manners and match the paragraphs (1-4) to the pictures (a-d). 1 Good manners means knowing how to act in ways that are socially acceptable and respectable. For example, we show basic courtesy when we say ‘please’ or ‘thank you’ when asking for something, or when we offer our seat to an elderly person on public transport. When in doubt, always remember the golden rule: treat others the same way you’d like to be treated. However, sometimes when we have to introduce someone we feel uncomfortable or embarrassed, if you are one of these people then read the tips below: 2 Firstly, the person of lower rank should always be introduced to the person of higher rank. For example, a student is introduced to a professor. ‘Professor Smith, I’d like to introduce my sister, Erica.’ If rank is not always clear, remember that a young person is presented to an older person and men should be presented to women first. 3 After you have introduced people to each other, you can’t just walk away and leave them alone because you are now responsible for helping the conversation along. At this point, you should say something nice about each person. ‘Erica is my best friend’ or ‘Mr. Smith has been my piano teacher for 10 years.’ Just make sure whatever you say is true, and don’t forget to compliment both people. 4 If you are the person being introduced, always look the other person in the eye. Eye contact is particularly important and shows that you are interested in meeting the other person. Then, offer a formal greeting. The two most common expressions are ‘How do you do?’ and ‘It’s a pleasure to meet you.’ Finally, shake hands.
READING COMPREHENSION II 3
Would you like to live to be a hundred years old? Research has shown that many elderly over 95 have terrible healthcare habits: they smoke, drink alcohol, have poor diets, are overweight and don’t get enough exercise. (1) … . Actually, living for a long time is pure chance. According to one study, around one in 4,400 Americans lives to be a 100 and very few of them have ever paid much attention to their doctor’s advice. (2) … . Many doctors believe that longevity is simply due to genetics. However, doctors warn that these kinds of results don’t mean that you should ignore healthcare advice completely. (3) … . People who consume less alcohol, tobacco and meat, generally, live 10 years longer as a result of their healthy lifestyles. Doctors also stress that people who have lived to be over 100 grew up in a society when obesity was less common. There weren’t as many cars and so people walked more. (4) … . However, doctors say that everyone can benefit from exercise no matter how old they are, so stop making excuses and remember it’s never too late to start. Only one thing is certain: everybody gets older. What really matters is to live the kind of life you really want to. Enjoy it to the full and make the most of it.
a Studies have shown that diet and exercise really can prevent or at least delay the start of many diseases. b So what’s their secret? c There weren’t any computers or TVs either and so children did more physical exercise. d In fact, one of the women interviewed was 107 and had smoked regularly for over 90 years.
Nice to meet you. a
c
John is an excellent football player. b
2
Tim, this is Bob. d
Answer the questions. 1 How do we show basic courtesy? 2 How should we treat people? 3 When rank is clear, who should be introduced first?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Complete the article with the sentences (a-d).
4
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones. 1 Everyone who lives to be over 95 has good healthcare habits. 2 Your genes and luck may influence how long you live. 3 People who have a healthy lifestyle often live 10 years longer than people with unhealthy lifestyles. 4 People used to walk more than they do now. 5 It’s not a good idea to start exercising when you are older.
111
(online source)
(online source)
1
11
Revision LISTENING COMPREHENSION I 1 114
4
1 The man didn’t know about the painting by George Seurat before his trip to Chicago.
Listen to Jeremy talking to his friend about his holidays in Chicago. Tick yes (Y), no (N) or not mentioned (NM). Y
N
2 The woman speaker has a degree in Art. 3 Jeremy went to the museum twice.
NM
1 He enjoyed it.
4 Seurat’s painting is not very big.
2 Chicago is his favourite city.
5 Jeremy and his wife didn’t enjoy the show they saw at the theatre.
3 People from Chicago and New York are similar in character. 4 The food was awful.
WRITING I 1
5 Chicago is on the ocean. 6 He saw his first live baseball game.
2
Listen again and answer the questions.
114
1 How long did the flight from Chicago to London take? a 4 hours b 6 hours c 8 hours 2 How long did the man stay in Chicago? a two weeks b one month c eight days 3 How far is Chicago from London? a under 6,000 kilometres b over 6,000 kilometres c exactly 6,000 kilometres 4 How many pictures did he take? a dozens b hundreds c thousands 5 Why hasn’t the woman ever gone to Chicago? a It’s too expensive. b She thinks the flight is too long. c She’s not interested. 6 What is the man’s opinion of the food in Chicago? a There is too much foreign food. b His favourite was pizza. c He liked everything except the pizza.
LISTENING COMPREHENSION II 115
Listen to Jeremy and his friend discuss their cultural excursions in Chicago and answer the questions. 1 Why did the man want to go to Chicago? 2 How long did Seurat take to create his painting “A Sunday Afternoon on the Island of the Grande Jatte”? 3 In what century was the painting made? 4 What kind of show did the man see at the theatre?
112
Read the ‘for’ and ‘against’ composition and separate it into four paragraphs: introduction, arguments for, arguments against, and conclusion. Spain has hundreds of great museums, and tourists come from all over the world to visit them every year. But should public museums be free for everyone? On the one hand, museums are a part of our national history and heritage. So, like education, they should be accessible to everyone. Besides, the government should spend less money on the military and invest more in the arts. On the other hand, nothing is really ‘free.’ Museums cost taxpayers millions of euros every year. Perhaps this money would be better spent on schools. What’s more, people have to pay when they go to a ‘public’ swimming pool or when they use public transport so why shouldn’t they pay a small entrance price for public museums? To sum up, I feel the government should support our public museums, although it’s also a good idea for people to pay a small entrance fee. In the end, we need to make sure all of our great museums remain open for future generations.
7 He and his wife used public transport.
3
Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7 ). Correct the false ones.
2
Now write a for and against composition on one of the following topics. Cities need to create more bicycle lanes. Alternative healthcare should be made free for everyone. Schools should make all textbooks available to students on e-reading devices.
WRITING II 3
Write about one of your favourite books, plays or films (100-150 words). Include the following information. s the performances s the plot s the kind of reviews it s the characters s the actors and director received s what makes it a great s when it was made film s adjectives to describe it In my opinion, Gladiator is one of the best films ever made. It was directed by Ridley Scott in 2000. It is set in Ancient Rome and tells the story of…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
11
ORAL EXPRESSION: MONOLOGUE 1
Speak for 90 seconds about your lifestyle. Use the following questions to guide you. s Describe a typical day in your life. What do you enjoy doing on weekends? s Is your lifestyle conventional or unconventional? Why? s Is your lifestyle healthy or unhealthy? Explain why. s What five other adjectives describe you? s Name one thing you would like to change about your lifestyle.
ORAL EXPRESSION: INTERACTION 2
Select A or B and carry out the role-play with a partner.
A: You want to sell the house you are currently living in. Prepare to discuss the following details. s the type of house
s the type of house s THE PRICE
s the type of windows, kitchens, etc. s the price
s the type of windows, kitchens, etc.
s a description of the neighbourhood
s a description of the neighbourhood
s the type of public transport nearby
s the type of public transport nearby
s the distance to the city centre
s the distance to the city centre
s the condition of the house s what kind of person or family it would be perfect for s advantages and disadvantages of the house
What kind of house is it?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
It’s a three-bedroom apartment.
B: You are interested in buying a house. Your partner has a house for sale. Prepare questions to ask about the following details.
s the condition of the house s what kind of person or family it would be perfect for s advantages and disadvantages of the house
How much does it cost?
We are asking for… euros.
What’s the neighbourhood like?
113
Reference Section GRAMMAR REFERENCE
2 Uso s Los pronombres recíprocos se utilizan para describir acciones en las que el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona o cosa.
Unit 1
Jane and Susan are not talking to each other. The cars hit each other in the accident. The students helped each other to do the exercise. My friends looked after each other’s children.
1 PRONOMBRES REFLEXIVOS 1 Forma Personal Pronouns
Object Pronouns
Reflexive Pronouns
Singular
I you he she it
me you him her it
myself yourself himself herself itself
Plural
we you they
us you them
ourselves yourselves themselves
They love each other. They love one another.
Fíjate Los pronombres recíprocos pueden traducirse como ‘se’, ‘el uno al otro’, ‘entre ellos’, etc. The two award winners congratulated each other.
2 Uso s Los pronombres reflexivos se utilizan para describir acciones en las que el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona o cosa. Yesterday I saw a woman talking to herself. My son did it himself. s En muchas ocasiones tienen valor enfático. ‘Who helped you?’ ‘Nobody, I did it myself’. She insists on talking to the teacher herself. s Pueden acompañar a la mayoría de verbos transitivos: blame, cut, hurt, enjoy, prepare, teach… We enjoyed ourselves a lot. They prepared themselves for the test. s A veces se usan detrás de una preposición. Take care of yourself. My sister bought an ice cream for herself.
(Los dos ganadores se dieron la enhorabuena.)
The children don't really get on well with one another. (Los niños no se llevan muy bien entre ellos.)
3 PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE 1 Forma Afirmativa
I/You/We/They He/She/It
have has
seen seen
Negativa
I/You/We/They He/She/It
haven’t hasn’t
seen seen
Interrogativa
Have Has
I/you/we/they he/she/it
seen? seen?
2 Uso s Este tiempo se emplea para describir una situación que comenzó en el pasado y sigue vigente en el presente.
Fíjate En inglés se utilizan más los pronombres reflexivos que en español. The boy hurt himself. (El niño se hizo daño.) They enjoyed themselves a lot. (Se divirtieron mucho.) Hay que distinguirlos de los pronombres objeto. Ambos funcionan como complemento del verbo pero en el caso de los reflexivos el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona. He bought me some flowers. (Me compró flores.) I bought myself a watch. (Me compré un reloj.)
2 PRONOMBRES RECÍPROCOS
I have lived in Brighton all my life. s Puede referirse a un momento pasado ya terminado pero sin mencionar el momento en el que ha ocurrido. My parents have lived in Germany. s En algunas ocasiones describe acciones ocurridas en el pasado que afectan directamente al presente. My brother has hurt his hand, so he can’t write. He has lost his job. He’s looking for work. s El present perfect puede indicar que la acción comenzó en el pasado y continúa en el momento presente. She has studied a lot for the past two weeks. s Se puede utilizar para referirse a acciones repetidas.
1 Forma dos personas
each other
más de dos personas
one another
114
s Aunque each other se emplea para referirse a dos personas o cosas y one another a más de dos, muchas veces se emplean indistintamente en inglés hablado.
She has come several times this week, but you were never here. We have been to Rome lots of times.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Fíjate Tanto have / has been como have / has gone se usan como present perfect de go pero tienen diferente significado.
1 Forma
She’s been at the doctor’s. (Ha ido al médico y ha
Afirmativa
I/You/We/They He/She/It
have has
been been
eating eating
He’s gone to the dentist. (Ha ido al dentista y sigue allí.)
Negativa
I/You/We/They He/She/It
haven’t hasn’t
been been
eating eating
Interrogativa
Have Has
been been
eating? eating?
vuelto.)
3 Expresiones de tiempo frecuentes con present perfect s Recently, lately, in the last years, several times, lots of times, all my life, etc. We have worked very hard lately. Prices have gone up in recent years. I have tried to contact you several times this morning. My daughter has loved horses all her life.
Fíjate No puede utilizarse present perfect con ago, hay que usar past simple. We have gone to Barcelona a year ago. We went to Barcelona a year ago. s Ever y never − En oraciones interrogativas, ever se utiliza con present perfect para preguntar sobre experiencias vitales pasadas. Have you ever been to Paris? − En oraciones negativas, podemos añadir énfasis a la negación sustituyendo la partícula not por never. I have never been there. s How long?, for y since − How long se usa para preguntar por la duración de una acción o situación. How long has he lived in this country? − For y since sirven para delimitar el tiempo de una acción o situación.
for
(durante / desde hace)
Indica la duración de la acción y se utiliza con periodos de tiempo. My friends have had this problem for several weeks. I’ve had this car for eight years.
I/you/we/they he/she/it
2 Uso Esta forma verbal tiene distintos usos, aunque siempre destaca que la acción es continuada. s Expresa hábitos o acciones desarrolladas a lo largo del tiempo. He’s been seeing her a lot lately. My father has been smoking too much for many years. My friends have been calling me a lot lately. s Se utiliza para describir acciones o actividades recientes de las que podemos ver el resultado. My hair is wet because I have been swimming. Sorry I’m late. I’ve been working all morning. s Describe una acción continua o repetida que se lleva a cabo durante un periodo de tiempo. I’ve been seeing the dentist for the last three months. My friends have been uploading pictures on their web page since their last trip.
5 CONTRASTE DE PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE Y PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS Estas dos formas verbales se utilizan para referirse a acciones pasadas que afectan al momento presente. La diferencia de uso entre ambas suele estar en el énfasis sobre la duración de una acción o en si ha terminado o no. s Se utiliza present perfect para describir una acción que comenzó en el pasado y que ha finalizado o acaba de finalizar. I have done my homework. (Indica que lo he terminado.)
Pero si se usa el verbo en present perfect continuous se expresa un resultado o consecuencia en el presente. I have been doing my homework. I didn’t have time to set the table. s Se utiliza present perfect para indicar que se ha hecho algo recientemente. We have worked together to finish this.
since
(desde)
Señala el comienzo de una acción o un estado. Many people have moved in since 2011. I have lived in London since 2012.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
s Pero se puede utilizar present perfect continuous para enfatizar la duración de lo que se ha hecho. We have been working all this time.
115
Reference Section 6 MOSTRAR INTERÉS Y SOLIDARIDAD s Para expresar interés se pueden utilizar expresiones como: Really? How interesting! s Para mostrar solidaridad y expresar condolencias se puede utilizar:
IMPERATIVO Para dar consejos, podemos utilizar también el imperativo. Try to do more exercise. Don’t start too soon. Stop drinking so much coke. Use the bike to go to work. HOW ABOUT / IF I WERE YOU / IN YOUR POSITION / WHY DON’T YOU
I'm sorry. I’m very sorry. / I’m so sorry. I’m sorry for your loss. (Pésame.)
Las siguientes construcciones gramaticales también sirven para dar consejo.
What a shame! / What a pity! How horrible! / How awful! It’s a pity. It’s a great pity that...
How about + verb -ing
Oh, dear. Too bad.
How about saving some money?
If I were you I would…
If I were you, I would sign up for an English course.
In your position, I would…
In your position, I would apply for that job.
Why don’t you…?
Why don’t you buy this car instead?
7 DAR CONSEJO s Para dar consejo se pueden utilizar: − Los verbos modales should, ought to, had better y could. − El imperativo. − Otras expresiones como How about…, If I were you… s Para suavizar el consejo se pueden anteponer expresiones como: maybe, I think.
Unit 2 1 PRONOMBRES INDEFINIDOS 1 Forma
Maybe you shouldn’t work so much. I think he had better get to school earlier. SHOULD / SHOULDN’T El verbo should (forma negativa shouldn’t) es muy frecuente para dar consejos y expresar sugerencias. You should see a doctor. Your brother shouldn’t get up so late.
HAD BETTER Para consejos más fuertes se puede utilizar la expresión had better. Puede contraerse y utilizarse como ‘d better. La forma negativa es had better not o ‘d better not. We had better leave early. You‘d better not forget to pay. COULD Could se utiliza con frecuencia para dar consejos y expresar sugerencias. You could start with homeopathy. The physiotherapist said you could try this exercise.
116
Para hablar de cosas -thing
Para hablar de lugares -where
somebody someone
something
somewhere
everybody everyone
everything
everywhere
nobody no one
nothing
nowhere
anybody anyone
anything
(alguien)
Oraciones afirmativas
(todos)
(nadie)
OUGHT TO También se puede utilizar ought to para expresar consejo y sugerencia pero no se suele utilizar en las formas negativa e interrogativa. You ought to see a doctor.
Para hablar de personas -body / -one
Oraciones interrogativas y negativas
(alguien, cualquiera)
(algo)
(todo)
(nada)
(algo, cualquier cosa)
(en alguna parte) (en todas partes)
(en ninguna parte)
anywhere
(en cualquier parte)
2 Uso s Los pronombres indefinidos se usan cuando no se especifica de qué cosas, personas o lugares estamos hablando. I waited there for a while until someone came. My sister bought me something nice for my birthday. I couldn’t find him anywhere. Is there anybody home? s Any tiene otro significado (cualquier). En este caso, se puede utilizar también en oraciones afirmativas y con sustantivos en singular o plural. Any problem you have, please ask. Would you like to read any of these books?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
There wasn’t anything new in the report. They couldn’t find him anywhere. s No se utiliza en frases con el verbo en forma afirmativa pero indicando negación. No one was in the party when I arrived. There’s nothing wrong with the dog.
Fíjate Los pronombres indefinidos se utilizan siempre con el verbo en singular. Everyone was ready for the party. Somebody is knocking at the door. s Pueden ir antepuestos a un adjetivo.
3 BOTH … AND / NEITHER … NOR EITHER … OR s Para referirse a personas o cosas relacionadas entre sí se pueden utilizar estos conectores: both … and, neither … nor, either … or … . s Normalmente se utilizan en el lenguaje escrito para evitar repeticiones. I liked both the film and the book. (I liked the film and I liked the book, too.)
Neither Janet nor Valerie attended the meeting. (Janet didn’t attend the meeting and Valerie didn’t attend it, either.) Either Anna or Jim will attend the course (Anna will
attend the course or Jim will attend the course.)
They need to live somewhere cheap. They couldn’t find anything better. s Se usan con else cuando queremos referirnos a otra persona o cosa distinta. Someone else can pay the bill. (otra persona) I have nothing else to say. (ninguna otra cosa) Would you like anything else? (algo más)
BOTH … AND s Añaden información sobre dos personas o cosas. He’s both kind and clever. She can both sing and play the guitar. s Cuando both … and se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va siempre en plural. Both Mary and Sally are working at the moment.
2 USO Y OMISIÓN DEL ARTÍCULO THE 1 Uso del artículo the El artículo determinado the se utiliza para hablar de algo anteriormente mencionado o que se conoce por el contexto. I have three students from Germany and five from Denmark in my class. The German students are really nice. We went to the cinema last night, but the film was a bit boring.
NEITHER… NOR s Tienen un sentido negativo y excluyen a dos personas o cosas. s Cuando neither … nor se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento. Neither my brother nor his wife likes chocolate. Neither him nor his friends are coming to the party. Neither the boy nor the girl was happy with the result. EITHER … OR
2 Omisión de the s El artículo determinado no se utiliza con sustantivos en plural o incontables cuando hacemos generalizaciones. People are not very friendly here. I love romantic movies. Compara: − People are not very friendly here. (personas en general) The people in my English class are really friendly. (Las personas de esta clase)
− I love romantic movies. (películas románticas en general)
s Se usa para expresar una alternativa. You can buy these trousers in either blue or green. I don’t speak either French or German. (I don’t speak French and I don’t speak German.)
s Cuando either … or se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento. Either my brother or my sister visits / visit me once a week. Either John or Peter is / are good for the job.
I love the romantic movies by Ang Lee. (Las de este director en concreto)
− Brown sugar is healthier than white sugar. Could you pass me the sugar, please? − Music is a very special means of expression. I turned off the music when Sam came into the room.
Fíjate Con los conectores neither ... nor, either ... or, el verbo suele ir en plural en el lenguaje hablado. Neither your friends nor John knows / know the answer. Neither you nor your friends know much about it.
s Con cantidades y porcentajes. Fifty per cent of students passed the exam. Most teenagers think this is boring.
4 USO DEL PLURAL 1 Familias Se usa the + plural para referirse a familias: the Smiths.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
117
Reference Section The Browns are from Brighton. I’m a good friend of the Joneses.
s Con números grandes, se utiliza and entre hundred / thousand / million y la decena o unidad. Two hundred and fifty (250) people were invited to the party. We bought a ticket for one hundred and five (105) dollars. There were two thousand and eighty-one (2081) species to classify.
2 Fechas y épocas Para hablar de décadas se utiliza la forma plural. I was born in the ’60s (the sixties). This is great music from the ’90s (the nineties).
3 Nombres colectivos Con algunos nombres que se refieren a un grupo de personas, podemos utilizar el verbo en singular o plural. My family has / have always lived here. The team is / are losing.
1 NÚMEROS CARDINALES Y ORDINALES 1 Forma
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 30 32 40 43 50 54 60 70 80 90 100 250 1,000 10,000 100,000 1,000,000
one two three four five six seven eight nine ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty twenty-one thirty thirty-two forty forty-three fifty fifty-four sixty seventy eighty ninety one hundred two hundred and fifty one thousand ten thousand one hundred thousand one million
ordinal numbers 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 30th 32nd 40th 43rd 50th 54th 60th 70th 80th 90th 100th 250th 1,000th 10,000th 100,000th 1,000,000th
I sold my car for 10,200 euros. This king lived 2,200 years ago.
Fíjate
Unit 3
cardinal numbers
s Al escribir la cifra, los millares llevan una coma como separador (no un punto como en español).
first second third fourth fifth* sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth twenty-first thirtieth thirty-second fortieth forty-third fiftieth fifty-fourth sixtieth seventieth eightieth ninetieth one hundredth two hundred and fiftieth one thousandth ten thousandth one hundred thousandth one millionth
En inglés la palabra billion significa mil millones, mientras que en español (y en la mayoría de países de habla no inglesa) un billón es un millón de millones. The state has invested a billion dollars in this project.
(mil millones)
s Hundred, thousand o million no tienen forma plural. She has two hundred dollars. (No se puede decir: She has two hundreds dollars.)
3 Números ordinales Los números ordinales se usan para indicar el orden de las cosas. I told my story for the second time. She received a video camera for her sixteenth birthday.
Fíjate La forma escrita de los números ordinales suele abreviarse con las dos últimas letras del número, por ejemplo, en fechas, direcciones o capítulos de libros. 1st Chapter: The Origins My daughters were born on September 28th. We live on 14th Clive Road.
4 Formas de decir 0 El número cero se dice de diferentes formas dependiendo del contexto en el que se utiliza. zero
tras Interest rates increased one separador point, oh, nine, per cent last year. decimal (1.09%)
oh /əʊ/
* -th = /θ/
2 Números cardinales s Se añade un guion entre la decena y la unidad a partir de 21. Just twenty-five students passed the exam. Ninety-eight people applied for the job.
118
temperatura 0º C (zero degrees)
nil
direcciones
We live on two, oh, three Paradise Street. (203, Paradise St.)
números de teléfono
My number is two, three, oh, one six, seven, eight.
horarios
The train leaves at thirteen oh five. (13:05)
años
Nineteen oh five (1905)
resultados Manchester City won two nil. deportivos
THAT’S ENGLISH!
medidas nought /nɔ:t/
0.452 l. - nought point four five two litres
ante It would be good to donate separador nought point oh seven per cent decimal to the charities. (0.07%)
2 EXPRESAR CANTIDAD 1 A couple of, (a) dozen(s), hundred(s), thousand(s) A COUPLE OF / A PAIR OF s Se utiliza para referirse a dos cosas en concreto o unas pocas cosas de forma indeterminada. I want to buy a couple of books. He told him he had a couple of questions. s Para hablar de dos cosas que van juntas o son iguales se utiliza a pair of. I bought a new pair of shoes. I need a new pair of jeans. A DOZEN / A THOUSAND / A HUNDRED A dozen se usa para hablar de un grupo de doce personas o cosas. We bought a dozen glasses for the party. I need a dozen eggs for the recipe. There were a dozen doughnuts on the tray and now there are only two left.
(A) BUNCH OF (flowers)
He bought her a bunch of roses for her birthday.
(A) BLOCK OF
They’re building a new block of flats down the road.
(A) PACK OF (cards)
Here’s a complete pack of cards if you want to play.
(A) PACKET OF (cigarettes, crisps)
He went out to buy a packet of cigarettes and never came back.
(A) PAIR OF (shoes, trousers)
Do you like this pair of trousers?
(A) PILE OF (books, money)
Her boyfriend has got a pile of money.
(A) ROW OF (houses, chairs)
We saw a row of new houses in the distance.
(A) SET OF (tools, chairs)
My cousin lent me this set of new tools.
3 Expresar cantidades aproximadas s Approximately, around, about y roughly se utilizan indistintamente para hablar de cantidades aproximadas. My new salary is roughly Ð2,000 a month. He’s buying around two packets of cigarettes a day. The car was approximately the same size as mine. s Approximately se utiliza normalmente en contextos profesionales o más formales. The profits were approximately half of last year’s.
4 Fracciones Fíjate A hundred y one hundred no significa exactamente lo mismo. A hundred se refiere un número indeterminado y one hundred a un número exacto. He’s got more than a hundred CDs. We sold our old car for one thousand euros.
DOZENS / HUNDREDS / THOUSANDS … OF Dozens, hundreds, thousands, millions, … + of se usan en plural para hablar de cantidades grandes aproximadas. We saw hundreds of birds in the sky. There were dozens of students walking down the street.
2 Expresiones con nombres colectivos s La mayoría de expresiones que se usan con nombres colectivos (partitivos) sirven para hacer referencia a una cantidad limitada de algo. Suelen acompañar a nombres incontables. They wanted a piece of ice-cream. (un trozo) I saw a bit of their performance. (un poco) I bought an article of clothing. (una pieza) s Algunas de estas expresiones están directamente relacionadas con el nombre que cuantifican.
s Al hablar de medidas se pueden utilizar fracciones. The bottle was about two-quarters empty. Just a third of the class passed. s Para leer fracciones numéricas, primero se lee el numerador (número cardinal) y después el denominador (número ordinal). One third (1/3) of students passed the exam. s Si el primer número es mayor de 1, el ordinal se lee en plural. Two thirds (2/3) failed. s Cuando el denominador es 2, se lee como half o halves y cuando es 4, se lee como quarter. One half (1/2) of the doctors were on strike. The result of the Maths problem was five halves (5/2). Three quarters (3/4) agreed with us. s Si la fracción es muy elevada se utiliza over. Four over eleven (4/11).
5 Decimales Para expresar decimales, las cifras se separan con un punto y no con una coma, como en español. The sales increased in two point three per cent (2.3%). The company won thirty-one point six million pounds (£31.6) last year.
I saw a drop of blood in my finger. He bought a bar of chocolate.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
119
Reference Section 3 CONCORDANCIA SUJETO VERBO s Cuando dos sujetos van unidos por la conjunción and llevan el verbo en plural. Susan and Mary come home frequently. My cats and your dog get on very well. The boys and girls in the camp were all great friends. s Cuando dos sujetos van unidos por or, either … or, neither … nor, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento. - Si el último sujeto es singular, el verbo va en singular, aunque también es común el plural en contextos menos formales. Either my brother or my sister visits / visit me once a week. Neither your friends nor John knows / know the answer. - Si el último sujeto es plural, el verbo va en plural. Neither you nor them know much about this. - Con neither of y none of el verbo también puede ir en singular o, menos formal, en plural None of my friends / None of them come / comes to class every day. Neither of them find / finds the film interesting.
Unit 4 1 ORACIONES DE RELATIVO s Las oraciones de relativo (defining relative clauses) se usan para identificar a la persona, lugar o cosa de la que estamos hablando. s Van inmediatamente después del nombre al que se refieren y están introducidas por un pronombre de relativo. The woman who / that answered the phone was nice. Where is the book which / that was on the table? This is the boy whose mother works with me. The boy whose mother phoned is waiting outside. s La información que aportan es esencial para poder identificar a la persona o cosa y no se puede omitir. The man who / that I’m going to marry has been my friend for thirty years. The project which / that we started together is a great success.
Fíjate ‘The man has been my friend for thirty years’ no da suficiente información; el oyente tendría que preguntar: ‘What man are you talking about?’ ‘The man I’m going to marry’.
2 PRONOMBRES DE RELATIVO: USO Y OMISIÓN WHO / THAT / WHICH s Who y that se usan para identificar personas. Peter is the man who / that wrote the book. Anna and Michael are the people who / that got married last year. s Which y that se usan para identificar animales o cosas. That is the lion which / that attacked its keeper. This is the book which / that won the Booker Prize this year. s En registro informal, los pronombres de relativo who, which, that, se pueden omitir (ø) cuando funcionan como objeto de la oración de relativo. Nunca se omiten si funcionan como sujeto de dicha oración. - Como sujeto: That’s the boy who / that lives with her. She’s not the student who / that failed the exam. These are the things which / that worry me a lot. I really like the car which / that has a red roof. - Como objeto: She’s the person who / that / ø I met in the library. She is not the girl who / that / ø I’m looking for. I like the book which / that / ø you bought for me. Here are the cats which / that / ø I told you about. s Si el verbo lleva preposición, esta siempre va al final de la oración de relativo. This is the same place which / that / ø we went to last year. Here’s the girl who / that / ø I told you about. The friend who / that / ø I went to the party with is coming tonight. s En registro formal, la preposición puede ir delante del pronombre relativo. Entonces se usa which y whom, nunca that. The people with whom he works are all actors. The people (that) he works with are all actors. This is the book about which I told you. This is the book (that) I told you about. WHOSE Se usa para expresar posesión. No se puede omitir ni sustituir por that. I’ve got a friend, and his mother is a well-known artist. (I’ve got a friend whose mother is a well-known artist.) My parents know a man with a very talented son. (My parents know a man whose son is very talented.)
3 ADVERBIOS DE RELATIVO s Los adverbios de relativo son complementos circunstanciales del verbo. s Se suelen utilizar en sustitución de los pronombres relativos con preposición, que es una estructura más formal. That’s the day when (on which) we first saw him. This is the place where (in which) I studied law.
120
THAT’S ENGLISH!
WHERE s Para referirnos a lugares se usa where. s No se puede omitir. This is the hotel where we spent our last holidays. The university where I work is very old. WHEN s Para referirse a tiempo se usa when. s Se puede omitir y sustituir por that cuando no sea sujeto de la oración de relativo. I still remember the day when / that / ø I first met him. The year when / that / ø you were born was very special.
4 EXPRESAR EMOCIONES Y OPINIONES: ADJETIVOS TERMINADOS EN -ING Y -ED s Algunos adjetivos se forman añadiendo los sufijos -ing o -ed a verbos. to alarm fi alarming / alarmed to shock fi shocking / shocked to entertain fi entertaining / entertained to interest fi interesting / interested s Los adjetivos que terminan en -ing describen nuestra opinión sobre cosas o personas. En español el adjetivo se suele usar con el verbo ‘ser’. Your brother is really amusing. (He makes me feel amused.) My English class was very boring. (It made me feel bored.) s Cuando terminan en -ed describen cómo nos hacen sentir las personas o las cosas. En español el adjetivo se suele usar con el verbo ‘estar’. My little brother was (felt) amused. I was (felt) really bored in the meeting. s Otros adjetivos para expresar opinion son: keen (interested), brilliant, fabulous, sad, superb... She is really keen on Henning Mankell novels. He’s a brilliant writer.
Unit 5 1 DECISIONES ESPONTÁNEAS CON WILL 1 Forma Afirmativa
I will / ‘ll + verb
Negativa
I will not / won’t + verb
Interrogativa
(Wh-) + will + subject + verb
‘I have to go to the doctor.’ ‘I’ll go with you.’ Sorry, but I won’t do that. When will you come to see us?
2 Uso s Will / ‘ll se utiliza para expresar ofrecimientos y promesas.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
I’ll get you something to eat. OK, don’t worry. I‘ll pick you up from work. We’ll be there for you. s Se usa también para expresar decisiones espontáneas o reacciones inmediatas ante una situación. I’ll have a coke, please. Don’t worry, I’ll be there in a minute. How will you pay for this?
Fíjate En español, las decisiones espontáneas no suelen expresarse con futuro sino con presente simple. Compara: ‘Don’t worry, I’ll pay the bill. (No te preocupes, yo pago
la cuenta.)
2 PEDIR Y DAR INFORMACIÓN 1 Pronombres interrogativos Los pronombres interrogativos se utilizan al comienzo de una pregunta para pedir información específica sobre algo. Personas
Who? Whose?
Who is that girl? Whose car is this?
Cosas
What? Which?
What’s your name? Which umbrella is yours?
Razón
Why?
Why are you sad?
Tiempo
When?
When is your birthday?
Lugar
Where?
Where’s the toilet, please?
Modo
How?
How are you?
Cantidad
How many? How much?
How many brothers and sisters have you got? How much is it?
s Cuando el pronombre interrogativo va con una preposición, esta se coloca al final. What are you waiting for? What are you talking about? Who is Chris talking to? Who are you going to the cinema with? s La estructura how + adjective / adverb es muy frecuente en inglés para hacer preguntas sobre la cualidad a la que se refiere el adjetivo/adverbio: Duración
How long?
How long does it take you to get to work?
Frecuencia
How often?
How often do you go to the gym?
Distancia
How far?
How far is it?
Edad
How old?
How old is your daughter?
Tamaño
How big?
‘It’s a big dog’ ‘Exactly, how big is it?’
Profundidad
How deep?
How deep is this swimming pool?
Dificultad
How difficult?
‘How difficult was the exam?’ ‘Really difficult.’
121
Reference Section 2 Present simple: horarios Se usa present simple para hablar de actividades programadas como horarios de transportes, cines, etc. ‘When does your bus arrive?’ ‘My bus arrives at 10 a.m.’ ‘What time does his train leave?’ ‘His train leaves in half an hour.’ ‘When does the film start?’ ‘It starts at nine thirty.’ ‘How long does it take to get to London?’ ‘It takes about thirty minutes.’
3 Preposiciones con medios de transporte s Delante de los medios de transporte usamos la preposición by. s Delante de foot, usamos on. We went on foot, but Sheila wanted to go by train. I love travelling by plane, but my husband prefers travelling by car.
4 Medios de transporte: verbos + preposición get on/off the bus, train, plane, boat
Finally we got on the plane just in time. Sorry, but you have to get off the bus now. It’s the end of the line.
get into/out of the car, taxi, van, lorry
I saw a famous celebrity getting out of a taxi. We all got into the car and drove to the airport.
travel by train, car, bus, airplane…
I wanted to go to Barcelona by bus, but my mum wanted to go by train.
5 Otras expresiones s Arrive in (delante de ciudades y países) We arrived in Dublin before midnight.
3 ADVERTENCIAS Y RECOMENDACIONES Para hacer recomendaciones y expresar advertencias podemos utilizar las siguientes estructuras:
1 Imperativo s Se usa el imperativo en instrucciones y advertencias. Pay attention! Don’t come late next time. Don’t try to teach him. s También se usa recomendaciones.
para
dar
consejos
y
hacer
Don’t eat too much before doing exercise. Try to save some money just in case.
2 Oraciones condicionales s Para dar consejos y hacer recomendaciones. If I had that problem, I would tell her directly. If I had a dog, I wouldn’t walk it unleashed.
3 Should y shouldn’t s Para hacer recomendaciones o advertencias suaves. You should take more exercise. The government should do more to improve the economy. You shouldn’t smoke so much.
4 Must, mustn’t, have to y can’t s Para recomendaciones y advertencias más firmes, se usa must, mustn’t, have to y can’t. You must work harder. You have to leave your car outside. You mustn’t smoke here. You can’t use your bike in the park.
s Arrive at (delante de lugares pequeños) They arrived at Barajas airport on time. s Get to (arrive) If you want to get to the museum, you have to take the underground here. s Para decir que se recoge a alguien se puede usar pick up. The tour bus will pick you up from the hotel at 9.
6 Adverbios: away, down, by, up… s Adverbios como away, down, by, up… pueden usarse para modificar verbos u otros adverbios. Añaden un matiz de movimiento o posición al verbo o adverbio al que acompañan. Barcelona is 620 km away. Is there a bank close by? They went to live very far away. From Manchester, we’ll take the train up to Sheffield. I’m thinking of driving down to London on Friday.
Unit 6 1 COMPROBAR INFORMACIÓN: QUESTION TAGS 1 Forma s Son preguntas breves que se forman con un auxiliar o verbo modal seguido del pronombre correspondiente al sujeto. Van tras una coma al final de la oración. Learning English with this teacher is fun, isn’t it? Peter wasn’t her boyfriend, was he? s Si la oración es afirmativa, la question tag es negativa. You know Marta, don´t you? You’re happy with the result, aren’t you? Sheila will come, won’t she? s Si la oración es negativa, la question tag es afirmativa. She’s not your girlfriend, is she? We don’t need an umbrella, do we? You haven’t finished, have you? s Si el verbo de la oración lleva un auxiliar, se repite ese auxiliar; si no lo tiene, se utiliza el auxiliar do en el tiempo correspondiente.
122
THAT’S ENGLISH!
The babies are really beautiful, aren’t they? You’re not tired, are you? His wife doesn’t work, does she?
We don’t need an umbrella, do we? His wife plays the piano, doesn’t she? They went to Paris last year, didn’t they? You like swimming, don’t you?
s También se pueden usar para:
s Las oraciones con nothing, nobody, no one, never… siempre llevan el verbo y el auxiliar afirmativo, tanto en la oración como en la question tag. Nothing is perfect, is it? You never say what you’re thinking, do you? s Con somebody, anybody, nobody, someone, anyone, everybody, everyone, utilizamos el verbo singular en la oración pero el auxiliar de la question tag va en plural con el pronombre they. Everyone called when I was out, didn’t they? Nobody knows it, do they? s Con everything, anything, nothing, utilizamos it en la question tag.
something
Nothing can happen, can it? Everything is all right, isn’t it? s En oraciones afirmativas, la primera persona del singular del verbo to be utiliza la forma aren’t.
- Pedir opinión o información. It’s getting late, isn’t it? You don’t want to go out, do you? - Mostrar sorpresa. You didn’t really say that, did you? He’s not the same Mike I know, is he?
4 Frase afirmativa + question tag afirmativa En ocasiones se puede combinar una frase afirmativa con una question tag también afirmativa. s Para mostrar una gran sorpresa. You’ve been to London, have you? You’ re getting married, are you? Congratulations! s Para hacer un reproche o mostrar una fuerte disconformidad. You borrowed my mobile phone, did you?
I am late, aren't I? I’m your friend, aren’t I?
Fíjate En lenguaje informal, es frecuente omitir el sujeto y el verbo principal de la oración e incluirlos solo en la question tag. Nice weather, isn’t it? Interesting stories, aren’t they? Good film, wasn’t it?
2 Question tags con verbos modales s Las question tags pueden utilizarse con modales igual que con otros verbos. She can't speak English, can she? They shouldn’t do that, should they? s Las question tags con verbos modales se utilizan con frecuencia para: - Ofrecimientos de cortesía: I couldn’t get you a cup of tea, could I? - Solicitar algo formalmente: It wouldn’t be too much trouble for you, would it? s Con imperativo en la oración principal, se utilizan modales en la question tag. Watch the baby, will you? / can you? Lend me your keys, can you? / could you? Esto se debe a que el imperativo a menudo es equivalente a una pregunta con modal: Watch the baby = Will / Can you watch the baby? Lend me your keys = Can / Could you lend me your keys?
3 Uso s Las question tags se usan para confirmar o constatar algo.
You’ve copied in the exam, have you?
2 EXPRESAR POSESIÓN 1 Pronombres posesivos Personal Pronouns
Possessive determiners/ adjectives
Possessive pronouns
I you he she it
my your his her its
mine yours his hers its
we you they
our your their
ours yours theirs
s Los pronombres posesivos sustituyen a un determinante posesivo más un nombre y se utilizan para no repetir información. Give me your phone number and I’ll give you mine. (= my phone number). s También indican a quién pertenece algo. ‘Can you lend me a pen, please?’ ‘I forgot mine.’ That is her problem, not yours. ‘Are these your keys?’ ‘No, they’re hers.’
Fíjate s Nunca se usa un artículo delante de un pronombre posesivo. Mine is bigger than yours. (El mío es más grande que el tuyo.)
s El pronombre posesivo no varía en función de si lo poseído es singular o plural. That dog in the park is ours. Those dogs in the park are ours.
He’s cute, isn’t he?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
123
Reference Section 2 Doble posesivo s Los pronombres posesivos pueden combinarse con la preposición of y son equivalentes al adjetivo posesivo más el nombre. A friend of hers. (= one of her friends) A student of mine. (= one of my students) s El genitivo sajón puede combinarse con la preposición of formando un doble posesivo cuando nos referimos a personas. Con frecuencia se utiliza para: - Hablar de familia y amistades. He’s a friend of my sister’s. That young man is a cousin of Susan’s. - Referirse a autores y artistas. This is a portrait of Rembrandt’s. This is a picture of Picasso’s.
3 EXPRESAR APROBACIÓN O DISCONFORMIDAD
4 PEDIR Y DAR OPINIÓN 1 Pedir opinión s Para pedir una opinión a alguien se pueden hacer preguntas como: What do you think about…?, What’s your opinion of / about…? What do you think about my new laptop? What’s your opinion about the new law? s En un contexto más profesional o formal también se puede utilizar: What’s your position on…?, What are your feelings about…?, What are your views on…? What’s your position on the new outsourcing plans? What are your feelings about selling the house? What are your views on registering the new label?
2 Dar una opinión s Para dar una opinión sobre algo se pueden usar los siguientes verbos:
1 Aprobación
THINK / BELIEVE
s Para expresar aprobación y conformidad se suelen usar expresiones exclamativas. Excellent! Splendid! That’s great! How wonderful!
‘I have decided to go to the university.’ ‘That’s great.’ ‘We’re getting married.’ ‘How wonderful!’
s También se pueden usar adjetivos descriptivos. That’s a good idea That’s great! That’s lovely!
‘He’s buying a new car.’ ‘That’s a good idea.’
s Para felicitar a alguien podemos usar: Good for you! Well done! Congratulations!
‘I’ve passed the exam.’ ‘Well done!’
s Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo o no aprobamos algo de forma directa se usan las siguientes expresiones: ‘She’s moving in with him.’ ‘Now, that’s a bad idea.’
s Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo o no aprobamos algo de forma más delicada o cortés utilizamos expresiones como: I wouldn’t do that. That’s not a good idea.
‘I want to sell my house.’ ‘I wouldn’t do that.’
s Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo de forma informal y enfática podemos decir: That’s silly. That’s a stupid thing to do. What a horrible idea.
124
I think he’s an honest guy. They think the teacher is a bit hard. She believes that he’s saying the truth. We don’t believe there’s an easy solution for this. SUPPOSE / RECKON / GUESS s Suppose se usa para referirse a algo que se cree que es cierto pero no se está muy seguro. I suppose it’s not a good moment to buy a house. I suppose that’s true. s Guess también expresa una opinión sin mucho convencimiento. I guess we can stay a little bit longer. That’s the only solution we have, I guess.
2 Disconformidad
That isn’t a good idea. That’s a bad idea. You shouldn’t do that.
s Se usan para decir lo que se piensa. Believe es más formal e implica una opinión más categórica.
‘I want to quit the course.’ ‘What a stupid idea.’
s Reckon introduce espontáneamente.
algo
que
se
piensa
I reckon that’s a good idea. I reckon it’s our best buy so far. s Reckon y guess se utilizan en registros más informales.
Fíjate En respuestas cortas, estas son las estructuras más comunes: ‘Are you coming to the party tomorrow?’ + ‘I think so.’ / ‘I believe so.’(formal) / ‘I suppose so.’ / ‘I guess so.’ - ‘I don’t think so.’ / ‘I don’t believe so.’ (formal) / / I suppose not.’ o ‘I don’t suppose so.’ / ‘I guess not.’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Unit 7
Fíjate
1 PEDIR INSTRUCCIONES Para pedir instrucciones se pueden usar preguntas como: How can I…?
How can I get to Canal Street from here, please?
How should I…?
I need to write a letter of complaint. How should I write it?
How would you…?
How would you resolve this problem?
What is the best way to…?
What is the best way to remove these stains from clothes?
What is the first step to…?
What is the first step to open a bank account?
2 DAR ÓRDENES E INSTRUCCIONES 1 El imperativo s El imperativo es la forma más directa de dar órdenes e instrucciones. Se forma con la base del verbo sin to y sin sujeto. Se refiere siempre a la segunda persona del singular o del plural. Speak up! Lock the door. Be quiet, please.
2 Let’s… / Let us… s Let’s + verb se usa para hacer una sugerencia o dar una orden en la cual se incluye el hablante. Let’s go for a walk. Let’s try this option. s La forma negativa es let’s not + verb. Let’s not talk about that. Let’s not make that mistake again. s En un contexto formal o escrito se puede usar let us. Let us consider this option first. Let us look at this other example. Let us not do that again.
3 VERBOS PARA DAR INSTRUCCIONES Los siguientes verbos se usan para dar instrucciones y van siempre seguidos de -ing: START / STOP
s Para saber a quién va dirigida la orden, necesitamos recurrir al contexto o a alguna referencia explícita en la frase. Jenny, help me sort out this problem. Robert, come to the board, please. Do it yourself. s También se puede usar el pronombre personal you o el pronombre indefinido someone. You be good, ok? Someone open the window, please. s En oraciones negativas se usa don’t, do not o never delante del verbo. Don’t move. Never touch a dog that you don’t know. Do not turn the page yet. s Con el verbo to be el imperativo es be / don’t be Be quiet, please. Be nice to the teacher. Don’t be late next time. Don’t be silly. s Para expresar una orden de un modo más formal o educado se puede usar: Do
Do come in.
Please
Please, don’t speak.
Will + pronombre
Close the door, will you? Explain the situation, will you?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Las instrucciones escritas suelen omitir los artículos y otras palabras. Press button twice. Turn off switch.
Start moving forward, please. Stop scratching your leg. Don’t start arguing. CONTINUE / GO ON / CARRY ON / KEEP ON Continue stirring the soup, please. Go on explaining the problem. Carry on walking for a little while until you see a telephone box. Keep on working like this. Well done!
4 DESCRIBIR HÁBITOS QUE NO NOS GUSTAN s Para decir que algo o alguien no nos gusta o nos molesta con una acción recurrente podemos usar: always + present continuous. She’s always criticising me. Why are you always complaining about money? My mother is always saying what I have to do. s Si nos referimos al pasado podemos utilizar always + past continuous. The problem in that house was that the phone was always ringing. We were not happy. They were always arriving late.
125
Reference Section 5 ACEPTAR Y RECHAZAR INSTRUCCIONES Y ÓRDENES
This house was bought by my father. The Pyramids were built by the Egyptians.
1 Will Se usa will + verb para aceptar hacer algo que se nos pide. ‘I need you to finish this task.’ ‘OK. We´ll do it right now. ‘Please, don´t be late.’ ‘l’ll be there on time, don’t worry.’
2 Will not, won’t, will never Se usa will not, won’t o will never + verb para rechazar o negarse a hacer algo con firmeza. We have a problem. He said he will not sign the contract. My students copied in the exam. I won’t let this happen again. It’s not the first time he says: ‘I will never do that.’
1 VOZ PASIVA 1 Forma
Past simple Present perfect
Fíjate La voz pasiva en inglés es más frecuente que en español, que utiliza más la construcción impersonal con ‘se’. German is spoken here. (Se habla alemán.) We weren’t invited to the wedding. (No se nos invitó a la
boda.)
s Se utiliza la pasiva habitualmente para: − Describir procesos y consecuencias.
− Referirse a algo de manera impersonal en contextos formales. The conference was badly organised. A few people were interviewed this morning. − Describir algo en contextos científicos o académicos.
Sujeto + be + participio pasado
Present continuous
s No podemos usar la voz pasiva con verbos intransitivos como: die, arrive, go…
Oranges are picked in wintertime. He’s been sacked.
Unit 8
Present simple
s Si se quiere indicar quien realiza la acción, se añade al final de la frase el complemento agente introducido por la preposición by.
Sujeto + am / is / are + participio English is taught in this course. How is leather produced? Sujeto + am / is / are + being + participio The hotel room is being cleaned. My questions aren’t being answered. Sujeto + was / were + participio He was invited to the party. The walls weren’t painted properly. Sujeto + have / has been + participio They have been told to wait. She hasn’t been called yet.
It is argued that communication is global. An observation was introduced here.
Fíjate En inglés, un verbo con dos complementos puede tener dos estructuras en pasiva. Flowers were sent to my mum by my sisters. My mum was sent flowers by my sisters.* (*Esta estructura no es posible en español)
2 EXPRESAR ADMIRACIÓN Y RECHAZO Para reaccionar positiva o negativamente ante algo se pueden usar exclamaciones con how y what. How + adjetivo
2 Uso s Al usar la voz pasiva damos mayor énfasis a un elemento de la oración, colocándolo en primer lugar, como sujeto. Usamos la voz pasiva para: − Mencionar quien recibe una acción más que quien la realiza, bien porque no es relevante, es obvio o lo desconocemos. No one was injured. He was told not to come back. What has been done so far? She has been offered a job. The room is being cleaned. − Poner el tema del que se habla en su posición natural, la de sujeto; el complemento de un verbo activo se convierte en el sujeto de un verbo pasivo. Spain produces a lot of olive oil. A lot of olive oil is produced in Spain.
126
How wonderful! How marvellous! How interesting! How amazing!
‘He’s written a book.’ ‘How interesting!’ ‘I passed the exam.’ ‘How wonderful!’ ‘We are getting married.’ ‘How marvellous!’ ‘They met over the internet. How amazing!’
How horrible! How awful! How disgusting! How unfortunate! How scary!
‘My son has broken his arm.’ ‘How horrible!’ ‘We are not going to get paid this month.’ ‘How awful!’ ‘He vomited in the car.’ ‘How disgusting!’ ‘She got lost in the forest.’ ‘How unfortunate!’ ‘There was an enormous spider in the shower.’ ‘How scary!’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
What a/an (+ adjetivo) + nombre singular What a wonderful day! What a beautiful girl! What an incredible woman! What an elegant dress! What a horrible story! What a terrible idea! What an enormous disaster! What an idiot! What (+ adjetivo) + nombre plural / incontable What big boys! What beautiful glasses! What delicious bread! What horrendous colours! What terrible students! What horrible news!
3 POSICIÓN DE ADVERBIOS Y FRASES ADVERBIALES s La posición de los adverbios y frases adverbiales varía dependiendo del tipo de adverbio o expresión adverbial y su función en la oración. - Posición inicial: delante del sujeto. - Posición intermedia: delante del verbo principal. - Posición final: al final de la oración.
1 De tiempo y lugar s Los adverbios y frases adverbiales de tiempo y lugar suelen ir en posición final. There is no class today. Do you work here? We went to the zoo last Sunday. Birds normally fly to the south in the winter. You will find a newspaper agent across the street. The bathroom is at the end of the corridor. s A veces van en posición inicial: - Especialmente en el caso de adverbios y frases adverbiales de tiempo.
s Algunos adverbios de frecuencia (sobre todo usually, often, sometimes, occasionally) pueden ir en posición inicial o final para dar énfasis. Sometimes we go dancing. I try to do sport often. I like to practice yoga daily.
3 De modo s Suelen ir en posición final. She spoke to me angrily. They changed the subject quickly. She presented the report the way I like it. s En ocasiones pueden ir en posición intermedia. We silently left the room. I’ll probably see you tomorrow.
4 De certeza y de grado Van en posición intermedia, excepto maybe y perhaps, que suelen ir en posición inicial. We’ll probably see you tomorrow. I’ll definitely call him for the job. I almost fell asleep. Perhaps, they’re late because they’ve missed the bus. Maybe, he needs a bit more time.
5 Con adjetivos, participios o adverbios s El adverbio se coloca delante del adjetivo, participio, adverbio o frase adverbial a la que modifica. We heard some really interesting news. I’m absolutely delighted. The dress was incredibly expensive. He sang awfully loudly. They call me almost every day. s Enough es una excepción: va después del adjetivo o adverbio al que modifica. I got up really early, but not early enough to arrive to the meeting on time.
4 EXPRESAR INTERÉS O DESINTERÉS: PREGUNTAS CORTAS
Yesterday, I met a lovely girl. In the morning, we have breakfast and leave early.
Las preguntas cortas, compuestas por un auxiliar y un pronombre, se utilizan para reaccionar ante algo que hemos escuchado.
- Otros se colocan en esta posición para dar énfasis.
s El auxiliar de la frase principal se repite en la pregunta en la misma forma (afirmativa o negativa).
2 De frecuencia s Los adverbios de frecuencia always, often, usually, sometimes, never… suelen ir en posición intermedia, delante del verbo principal, pero detrás si el verbo es to be. She never smiles. He doesn’t usually call first. He has often said he likes her. Do you usually go swimming on Sundays? He’s never late. They were always laughing at him. s Las frases adverbiales suelen ir en posición final. We normally get together at least once a week. Our family cooks a special dinner twice a month.
‘It was a terrible restaurant.’ ‘Was it?’ ‘My son is coming to the party tonight.’ ‘Is he?’ ‘It wasn’t a very good film.’ ‘Wasn’t it?’ ‘I’m not ready for this.’ ‘Aren’t you?’ s Si la frase no tiene auxiliar, se usa do / did. ‘He goes to the gym every day.’ ‘Does he? What does he do? s Pueden usarse para mostrar interés, sorpresa, preocupación, etc., aunque su uso más común es para mostrar que estamos escuchando. ‘We had a great dinner.’ ‘Did you?’ - Una entonación ascendente indica sorpresa o interés. ‘They are coming tonight.’ ‘Are they? (
›
Suddenly, the train stopped. Here is the place where I work.
) That’s great.’
- Una entonación descendente indica falta de interés
THAT’S ENGLISH!
127
Reference Section o escepticismo.
›
‘We’re late.’ ‘Are we? ’ (
)
5 EXPRESAR PREFERENCIAS: PREFER, WOULD PREFER, WOULD RATHER s Utilizamos prefer para hablar de cosas que nos gustan en general. They prefer living in the city. He prefers reading on an e-book. I prefer going for a walk to going to the gym. s Would prefer to, (‘d prefer to), y would rather (‘d rather) se utilizan en situaciones más concretas. Would rather es muy común en inglés oral y no se utiliza con sustantivos.
PREFERENCIAS GENERALES
I would prefer to be alone now. We’d prefer to leave now if you don’t mind. Would you rather stay at the hotel? I’d rather live in the country. s mencionar una actividad: - prefer + nombre - prefer + -ing / to-infinitive I prefer classical music. We prefer living / to live in the country. s comparar dos actividades: - prefer + nombre + to + nombre - prefer + -ing + to + -ing Do you really prefer beer to wine? She prefers dancing to swimming. I prefer running in the park to jogging on a road.
SITUACIONES CONCRETAS
s mencionar una posibilidad concreta: - would prefer (= ‘d prefer) + to-infinitive - would rather (=’d rather) + infinitive without to I would prefer not to see him in person. I’d rather have a glass of wine, please. I’d rather not go for a walk this afternoon. s comparar dos posibilidades concretas: - would prefer (=‘d prefer) + to-infinitive RATHER THAN + -ing / infinitive without to - would rather (=d rather) + infinitive without to THAN infinitive without to I’d prefer to watch football rather than go / going out tonight. s preguntas: - would you prefer + to-infinitive OR infinitive without to? - would you rather + infinitive without to OR infinitive without to? Would you prefer to eat in OR go out? Would you rather leave now OR stay a little longer?
Fíjate Fíjate en los conectores que se utilizan con las diferentes estructuras para unir las dos actividades sobre las que se expresa la preferencia: to, rather than y than.
Unit 9 1 EXPRESAR DESEOS Y ESPERANZAS HOPE Para expresar un deseo posible y real se usa: s Hope + infinitivo con to, cuando el sujeto de las dos acciones es el mismo. I hope to see you again soon. s Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + present simple, cuando se trata de dos sujetos diferentes. I hope (that) you have a happy birthday. I hope (that) they can come on Sunday. s Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + will / won’t + infinitivo sin to I hope (that) I will see him again. We hope (that) you’ll enjoy your visit. I hope (that) they won’t make too much noise. s Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + past simple / present perfect (para referirse al pasado) I hope (that) you had a nice Christmas. I hope (that) you have enjoyed your stay in our hotel. HOPEFULLY Expresa deseos y equivale a I hope that. Puede ir seguido de presente con valor de futuro o de will + infinitivo sin to. Hopefully, she will win the Oscar this year. (= I hope that she will win the Oscar.) Hopefully, one day we will leave recession behind. (= I hope that one day we will leave the recession behind.) HOPE SO / HOPE NOT Se utiliza al responder una pregunta. ‘Are you going to become an actor?’ ‘I hope so.’ (I hope I become an actor.) ‘Are the tickets for the play expensive?’ ‘I hope not.’ ( I hope the tickets are not expensive.)
Fíjate No confundas hope (deseos) con expect (expectativas) o wait (espera). ‘It’s very cold: They expect it will snow tonight.’ ‘I hope it won’t. I don’t like snow, especially if I’m waiting for the bus.’
2 FORMACIÓN DE PALABRAS: PREFIJOS Los prefijos se añaden al principio de una palabra y modifican o intensifican su significado.
128
THAT’S ENGLISH!
RE(again, repeated)
reorganise renewed revisited
We had to completely reorganise the schedule. (organise again)
OVER(too much)
overloaded overactive overemotional
I’m completely overloaded with work. (too loaded)
UNDER(insufficiently)
underpaid undersold undercook underrated
They always undercook meat. (not cook enough)
SUPER(more than the norm)
superimposed superhuman
He made a superhuman effort to win the race. (more than human)
ULTRA(extremely)
ultramodern ultraintelligent
She has an ultramodern kitchen. (extremely modern)
3 FELICITAR Y ELOGIAR A ALGUIEN Para felicitar a alguien por algo se pueden utilizar las siguientes expresiones. FELICITACIONES Congratulations! ‘We’re getting married next summer.’ ‘Congratulations!’ ALEGRARSE POR ALGO That’s fantastic! That’s great! Good for you! How wonderful! ‘I have just bought a new car.’ ‘Good for you!’ ‘We’re going to have a baby.’ ‘How wonderful!’ ELOGIAR A ALGUIEN POR ALGO QUE HA CONSEGUIDO Well done! Good job! (AmE) That’s a fantastic achievement! ‘I’ve passed the exam.’ ‘Well done!’ ‘We’ve won the first prize.’ ‘Good job!’
4 EXPRESAR SATISFACCIÓN Y CRÍTICA 1 Expresar satisfacción Para decir que nos gusta algo o se está satisfecho con algo se suele usar: be + happy / satisfied / pleased / glad / delighted… + with ‘Do you like your new oven?’ ‘I’m delighted with it.’ ‘Did she enjoy the course?’ ‘She was very happy with it.’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
be + adjetivo positivo (+ nombre) ‘Did you like my new friend?’ ‘Yes, I think he is a really nice man and a terrific singer.’ What (a) + adjetivo positivo + nombre ‘What an interesting story!’ ‘Yes, indeed, and have you seen the film? It’s amazing!’ ‘What outstanding actors! I found their performances really impressive.
2 Expresar crítica s Para expresar críticas o reacciones negativas se pueden usar expresiones como: (That is / was) + adjetivo negativo + (nombre) ‘That’s a terrible book!’ ‘Have you read it?’ ‘That was horrible!’ ‘You didn’t like the film?’ ‘I think the book was very disappointing.’ ‘Me too.’ What (a) + adjetivo negativo + nombre ‘I didn’t enjoy the ride. What a nasty experience. I don’t like rollercoasters.’ ‘What terrible news!’ ‘I know, it is very sad.’ How + adjetivo negativo ‘I haven’t passed the exam.’ ‘How awful!’ Be + not + happy / satisfied with ’I haven’t done my homework.’ ‘I’m not happy with that.’ ‘Are you happy with this?’ ‘No, I’m not satisfied with the result.’ Be + not + good enough I want to say I’m sorry.’ ‘That’s not good enough.’ s Para suavizar la crítica se pueden usar frases complementarias como don’t get me wrong, don’t take this wrong y don’t take this the wrong way. ‘I’m buying that dress.’ ‘Don’t get me wrong, but I think it’s not your size.’ ‘I’m calling Jane.’ ‘Don’t take this the wrong way, but I think she doesn’t want to see you.’ ‘Don’t take this wrong, but I’d prefer not to take part in your next project.’
129
Reference Section 5 MODIFICACIÓN DE ADJETIVOS: GRADABLE & NON-GRADABLE ADJECTIVES s Pueden utilizarse adverbios para modificar el grado de intensidad de un adjetivo.
+
1 Forma Afirmativa
I/He/She/It was playing You/We/They were playing
extremely
I’m extremely happy with the result.
Negativa
I/He/She/It wasn’t playing You/We/They weren’t playing
very
We’re very interested in your new catalogue.
Interrogativa
rather
The restaurant was rather empty.
Was I/he/she/it playing? Were you/we/they playing?
quite
My students are quite good actually. This picture is slightly different from this one. We think the play was a bit disappointing. The pie was a little undercooked.
slightly a bit a little
-
2 PAST CONTINUOUS
s Cuando un adjetivo ya expresa una cualidad en su máximo grado, se utilizan adverbios como simply, absolutely, totally, completely, utterly… para modificarlo. The party was simply amazing. I think that excuse was completely false. She told me a totally fascinating story. Thank you for an absolutely wonderful experience. The reaction was utterly over the top.
Fíjate Al igual que en español, en inglés no se puede utilizar un adverbio como very con los adjetivos de grado máximo como superb, impossible, gorgeous… No se puede decir: It was very impossible.
2 Uso s Para describir acciones en proceso en un momento determinado del pasado. She was studying a minute ago. I was playing tennis yesterday at 10:00. s Se usa while y when para indicar que dos acciones ocurrían simultáneamente o para indicar que una acción del pasado se vio interrumpida por otra. My father was cooking while my mother was reading a book. (at the same time) I was working in the project when the telephone rang.
(The telephone interrupted me.)
3 PAST PERFECT 1 Forma Se forma con el pasado del verbo have (had) más el participio del verbo principal. Afirmativa
I/You/He/She/It/We/They had arrived / spoken
Negativa
I/You/He/She/It/We/They hadn’t arrived / spoken
Interrogativa
Had I/you/he/she/it/we/they arrived / spoken?
Unit 10 1 PAST SIMPLE 1 Forma
2 Uso s Para referirnos a una acción que había ocurrido antes que otra acción en el pasado. The film had started when she arrived at the cinema. I had lived in London for one year when I decided to move to Brighton. When we got to our friends’ house, they had already made dinner.
Afirmativa
I/You/He/She/It We/They worked / went
Negativa
I/You/He/She/It We/They didn’t work / didn’t go
Interrogativa
Did I/you/ he/she/it/we/they work / go?
s Con frecuencia, la acción expresada en past perfect actúa como una causa anterior que da lugar a la acción principal, en past simple.
s Para hablar de acciones ya finalizadas en el pasado.
She left her job because she had received a better offer.
2 Uso We used expensive materials to renovate the house. I think she played the piano really well.
Fíjate Compara:
s Para describir acciones que ocurrieron en un momento determinado del pasado.
They left when the film finished. (= They left after the film finished.)
We bought a car last month. I saw her in the party last night. I completed a Masters Degree at the University of Manchester.
They had left when the film finished. (= They had left before the film finished.)
130
s El pasado perfecto puede ir acompañado de las siguientes expresiones de tiempo: after, as soon as, before, by the time (that), when.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
We were really worried after she had told us the news.
after
(después)
as soon as
(tan pronto como)
before
(antes)
by the time
(en el momento en que)
As soon as we had entered the room, we started to feel the excitement. Before I answered the phone, the caller had already hung up. He had already started to work as a translator by the time he graduated. When he called me, I had already made a decision.
when
(cuando)
4 EXPRESIONES DE TIEMPO Y ADVERBIOS EN NARRACIONES 1 Expresiones de tiempo Se usan expresiones de tiempo para indicar o acentuar cuándo ocurrieron los acontecimientos de una historia.
after afterwards then
We finished after midnight. I arrived at the airport, then I realised I had forgotten my wallet at home. My friends bought me a present and afterwards came to my house to organise the party.
as soon as
As soon as they heard he was coming, they wanted to go too.
at first
At first, she didn’t recognise him.
before
My mobile phone stopped ringing before I could reach it.
by the time
By the time he got there it was really late.
finally
They finally reached the same conclusion.
immediately
They immediately realised they were in serious trouble.
in the end
In the end, they were all happy to go on holiday together.
until
Everything was very confusing until the teacher explained the grammar rules.
when
The baby was sleeping peacefully when the telephone rang.
while
I was cooking while my sister was preparing the dessert.
3 Adverbios que expresan actitud En una narración podemos usar adverbios que expresan la actitud del hablante para indicar cómo ocurrió algo. amazingly
It was an amazingly talented family except for the father.
fortunately
Fortunately, we had time to call the police before the intruders broke into the house.
luckily
She luckily changed their mind about quitting her job.
strangely
They strangely called to cancel the interview before it was even organised.
5 HABLAR DE HÁBITOS PASADOS: WOULD, USED TO WOULD I/You/He/She/It/We/They would play I/You/He/She/It/We/They wouldn’t play Would I/you/he/she/it/we/they play? s Se usa would + verb para acciones que se repetían en el pasado (no se utiliza con estados). Tiene una connotación nostálgica. When I was young, my friends and I would go to the cinema every Saturday. USED TO I/You/He/She/It/We/They used to go I/You/He/She/It/We/They didn’t use to go Did I/you/he/she/it/we/they use to go?
2 Adverbios de modo Los adverbios de modo sirven para indicar la manera en que se realizó una acción. angrily
She angrily denied she was worried about him.
happily
The children started to sing a song happily.
quickly
My dad quickly changed the subject.
suddenly
Suddenly, I realised we were not alone.
desperately
They desperately tried to say something to cheer him up.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
s Se usa used to + verb para hablar de estados o rutinas del pasado que ya no se tienen en el presente. A diferencia de would, used to si puede utilizarse con estados. I used to be very good at painting portraits, but I don’t have time for hobbies anymore. Did you use to smoke when you were younger? I didn’t use to play sports as a child. They didn’t use to be so arrogant.
6 PRESENTE HISTÓRICO s Para narrar acontecimientos pasados de forma más realista y cercana se usa present simple. The man arrives in the bar and orders a coffee. He then pays and leaves in a hurry without drinking the coffee. s También se usa para dar mayor interés y acercar al lector al relato en la narración de hechos históricos. In 1492 Columbus travels to the American Continent for the first time. Henry VIII marries Anne Boleyn after divorcing from Catherine of Aragon. s Se usa en periodismo para dar mayor impacto a una noticia. Mother of two finds two thousand pounds in bag and returns money to the police.
131
Reference Section WRITING REFERENCE
1 Introducción s Saludo
ANTES DE EMPEZAR A ESCRIBIR
$EPENDIENDO DEL DESTINATARIO SE USA Dear Ms / Miss / Mrs Jones MUJER Dear Mr Williams HOMBRE Dear Sir / Madam SI SE DESCONOCE EL NOMBRE DEL DESTINATARIO
Recuerda que tienes que fijarte bien en: s %L tipo de texto que tienes que escribir: q #ARTA CORREO ELECTRØNICO ETC q 2EDACCIØN q !RTÓCULO q .ARRACIØN ETC s %L contexto EN EL QUE SE ESCRIBE FORMAL O INFORMAL s %L propósito DEL ESCRITO
s A quién va dirigido LO QUE ESCRIBES q ! UN AMIGO O CONOCIDO q ! ALGUIEN DE TU CONTEXTO PROFESIONAL q ! UN DESCONOCIDO O UNA INSTITUCIØN EN UN CONTEXTO FORMAL
CARTAS FORMALES Para escribir una carta formal ES MUY IMPORTANTE s4ENER EN CUENTA LOS SIGUIENTES elementos de una carta ANTES DE COMENZAR A ESCRIBIR s Destinatario: ! QUIÏN VA DIRIGIDA LA CARTA Y POR LO TANTO QUIÏN VA A LEERLA s Propósito: -OTIVOS POR LOS QUE SE ESCRIBE LA CARTA s Resultado: Acciones concretas que se esperan CONSEGUIR CON LA CARTA s Organizar las ideas QUE SE VAN A PLANTEAR EN LA CARTA Y PLANIlCAR LOS DISTINTOS PÉRRAFOS EN FUNCIØN DE LO QUE SE QUIERE DECIR ,AS CARTAS FORMALES VAN DIRIGIDAS A PERSONAS O INSTITUCIONES CON UN PROPØSITO CONCRETO Y SUELEN INCLUIR introducción, cuerpo Y despedida:
Dear Mr Michaels,
Firstly, the kitchen has no running water since Friday last week due to a problem with the water tap. I called your office to report the problem, but nobody could really give me a solution. Secondly, and what worries me most, is that you promised to contact me shortly but I have not received any call or visit to solve the problem so far. Could you please arrange for a plumber to visit my flat as soon as possible?
132
I am writing because… The reason I am writing is because / that… I wanted to… I would like to… I wish to 2 Cuerpo Intenta ordenar tus ideas EN EL CUERPO PRINCIPAL PARA QUE PUEDAN DESARROLLAR UN PATRØN LØGICO Y LOS DISTINTOS PUNTOS ESTÏN BIEN RELACIONADOS s #UANDO QUIERES PLANTEAR más de una idea puedes ORDENARLA UTILIZANDO CONECTORES First / Firstly, I wanted to let you know that… I would also like to thank you for… On the one hand, I would like to express… On the other hand, I must admit that… s 0ARA solicitar algo PUEDES UTILIZAR Could you please… ? I would like you to… Would you mind… ? I was wondering if you could… 3 Conclusión s %N EL ÞLTIMO PÉRRAFO SE SUELE INCLUIR UN comentario cortés: I take this opportunity to…
Cuerpo
I am writing in connection with a problem with the flat which I am renting from you.
I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, Marla Knightley Despedida
s Propósito de la carta %N EL PRIMER PÉRRAFO O EN EL SIGUIENTE SE INCLUYE LA RAZØN POR LA QUE SE ESCRIBE LA CARTA
q #OMUNICACIØN q 2ELATAR EVENTOS O UNA HISTORIA q $ESCRIBIR ALGO q $AR UNA OPINIØN ETC
Introducción
0UEDE IR SEGUIDO DE UNA COMA O SIN NINGÞN SIGNO DE PUNTUACIØN PERO NUNCA VA SEGUIDO DE DOS PUNTOS COMO ESPA×OL
s *USTO ANTES DE LA FØRMULA lNAL DE DESPEDIDA SE SOLICITA respuesta A LA CARTA I look forward to hearing from you (esta es la frase más habitual)
We trust we shall hear from you in the near future We hope to hear from you shortly s %N LA DESPEDIDA - si se conoce EL NOMBRE DEL DESTINATARIO ES DECIR SI EN EL ENCABEZAMIENTO SE HA PUESTO Dear Mr / Mrs / Miss / Ms + apellido, se usa: Yours sincerely,
THAT'S ENGLISH!
- si no se conoce AL DESTINATARIO ES DECIR SI EN EL ENCABEZAMIENTO SE HA PUESTO Dear Sir / Madam, SE UTILIZA Yours faithfully, 6AN SEGUIDOS DE COMA O SIN PUNTUACIØN SEGÞN LO QUE SE HAYA PUESTO TRAS Dear…
CARTAS INFORMALES Una carta informal o semiformal SUELE INCLUIR CONTENIDOS MENOS ESPECÓlCOS Saludo Cuerpo Hi Katie, How are you? I hope you are all fine and that you are enjoying your summer holidays. I am writing from Málaga. The weather is great and we’re having a fantastic time. The children are really happy here because they have made lots of friends. It would be great if you could come with us next year. Lots of love, Despedida Conclusión Maria 1 Introducción 3ALUDO Dear…, / Hi…, Dear Hannah, Hi David, 3E SUELE PREGUNTAR POR CØMO ESTÉ EL DESTINATARIO Y SE MENCIONA EL MOTIVO DE LA CARTA Thanks for your letter Sorry for not writing earlier 2 Cuerpo 3E ESCRIBE SOBRE DIFERENTES TEMAS .ORMALMENTE APARECEN EN PÉRRAFOS DISTINTOS It was great to hear from you and your family It was so nice to hear you’ve got a new puppy 3 Conclusión 3E SUELE TERMINAR CON UN DESEO It would be great to see you soon I really look forward to hearing from you 4 Despedida 3ALUDOS COMUNES DE DESPEDIDA SON Love, / Lots of love, / Best wishes, Take care / Cheers
QUEJAS Y RECLAMACIONES 0ARA ESCRIBIR UNA CARTA EXPONIENDO UNA QUEJA O RECLAMACIØN SE RECOMIENDA
I am writing… (en present continuous, no en presente de indicativo como en español) …to complain about… …to express my concern about the fact that… My reason for writing is… …to express my dissatisfaction about / annoyance at… that I am extremely disappointed at... / dissatisfied about I am writing in connection with… s 3E PUEDE HACER REFERENCIA A UNA CARTA RECIBIDA O A UNA CONVERSACIØN SOBRE EL TEMA In reply to your letter of 12th September… Following our telephone conversation… I would like to respond to your letter… s %N EL segundo párrafo y siguientes SE DESCRIBE EL PROBLEMA EN DETALLE The problem is that… What worries me mainly is that… I’m concerned about… It seems clear to me that… This is unacceptable s %N EL último párrafo SE PIDE UNA RESPUESTA Y UNA SOLUCIØN AL PROBLEMA O PROBLEMAS I must insist that you… I must urge you to… I would suggest that… In my opinion you should… I expect you to… I would be grateful if (you could)… Please don’t hesitate to call me / write to me s 3E TERMINA COMO EN OTRAS CARTAS FORMALES SOLICITANDO RESPUESTA SEGUIDO DE LA FØRMULA DE DESPEDIDA ADECUADA EN FUNCIØN DEL ENCABEZAMIENTO I look forward to hearing from you Yours faithfully, / Yours sincerely,
OPINIONES A FAVOR Y EN CONTRA s 5N TEXTO ARGUMENTATIVO PARA EXPRESAR UNA OPINIØN A FAVOR O EN CONTRA DEBE PLANIlCARSE Y ORGANIZARSE ADECUADAMENTE PARA QUE LAS IDEAS mUYAN Y QUEDE CLARA LA ARGUMENTACIØN s .ORMALMENTE EL ARGUMENTO PRINCIPAL SE DEJA CLARO AL PRINCIPIO Y SE APOYA EN OTROS ARGUMENTOS SECUNDARIOS MUCHAS VECES ACOMPA×ADOS DE
EJEMPLOS
DATOS O INFORMACIØN RELEVANTES
EXPERIENCIA PERSONAL ETC
s %XPLICAR EL MOTIVO DE LA CARTA EN EL PÉRRAFO INICIAL
THAT'S ENGLISH!
133
Reference Section s 3E ORDENAN LAS IDEAS PARA DEJAR CLARO LO QUE SE OPINA FRECUENTEMENTE EN DOS PÉRRAFOS UNO CON LOS ARGUMENTOS A FAVOR Y OTRO CON LAS IDEAS EN CONTRA s %N LA CONCLUSIØN SE REALIZA UN BALANCE lNAL DE LOS ARGUMENTOS PRINCIPALES EXPUESTOS Y SE EXPRESA O RATIlCA EL PUNTO DE VISTA PERSONAL
EN CONTRA
I do not agree with… I totally disagree with… I do not agree at all with… The problem is that…
Argumentos
Introducción
NO SE ESTÁ SEGURO More and more people claim their right to breathe clean air. I am convinced that banning smoking from public spaces is good.
It depends on…
First of all, smoking is a very dirty habit. Smokers fill the air with smoke and some careless smokers leave cigarette butts and ashes everywhere. Secondly, we all know that smoking is bad for health, including that of people who inhale second-hand smoke. Nicotine and tar are the direct cause of many illnesses, and lung and throat cancer are just a small example. Also, cigarettes can cause fires, especially in the summer. I entirely agree with the fact that legislation is needed to protect non smokers from indoor air pollution. On the other hand, not smoking in public places can be very hard for some people, especially in clubs, bars and restaurants, which are typical places for relaxing and socialising. However, not smoking in public is increasingly becoming quite acceptable for most of the population. New legislation in Spain recently extended non-smoking policies to all public places and people are getting used to it.
In conclusion,… To sum up,… In short,… On balance,…
Conclusión
In conclusion, I believe that the ban on smoking is necessary to protect people. Legislation is essential to reach a world free of smoke. In addition, it is also an educational issue because by encouraging people to respect others, we can set good examples for our children.
s Opinión: Smoking should be banned from public places
CONCLUSIÓN
CONECTORES: CONTRASTE ,A EXPOSICIØN DE ARGUMENTOS A FAVOR Y EN CONTRA TIENE QUE SER mUIDA CON LAS IDEAS BIEN CONECTADAS )NTRODUCIR EL TEMA
First of all, To begin with, To start with, In order to decide whether... or not…, To outline the main points,
%NUMERAR distintos puntos
Firstly, First of all, Secondly, Thirdly, Finally, Eventually,
Conectar DIFERENTES IDEAS
Additionally, Also, Furthermore, What’s more,
#ONTRASTAR ALGO
However, In contrast, Nevertheless, In contrast to / with, On the contrary,
Sopesar ARGUMENTOS
On the one hand, On the other hand, To consider the advantages and disadvantages, To discuss the pros and cons,
'ENERALIZAR
On the whole, In general, In many aspects, To a large extent,
Indicar puntos RELEVANTES
More importantly, What is worse, What is more,
s Argumentos a favor: Smoking is dirty Smoking is bad for health Smoking is dangerous Smoking is a bad influence s Argumentos en contra: Hard for smokers (but they are getting used to it) s Conclusión: The ban on smoking is necessary: - Protection from air pollution - Educational issue
OPINIONES A FAVOR
I (entirely / totally / completely) agree with… I think that is completely true I am convinced that… I think there is some truth in that…
134
THAT'S ENGLISH!
- Puede ser diferente Y POR EJEMPLO INCLUIR UN ELEMENTO CREATIVO QUE SUSCITE INTERÏS O INCLUSO DAR UNA IDEA DE SI LA CRÓTICA VA A SER POSITIVA O NEGATIVA
Introducir EJEMPLOS
For example, For instance, To illustrate this point,
2ESALTAR ARGUMENTOS IMPORTANTES
Above all else, Above all, Most of all,
2 Datos
Finally, Therefore,
%L OBJETIVO ES OFRECER UN contexto e información SOBRE LA PELÓCULA LIBRO U OBRA QUE AYUDE A SITUARLO
0LANTEAR UN ARGUMENTO lNAL #ONCLUIR LA REDACCIØN
s Libros: In conclusion, To sum up,
ESCRIBIR UNA CRÍTICA #UANDO SE ESCRIBE UNA CRÓTICA U OPINIØN PERSONAL SOBRE UN LIBRO O PELÓCULA SE UTILIZA lenguaje semiformal s 3E PUEDEN USAR CONTRACCIONES It's a very interesting film Don't waste your time reading this book The art gallery wasn't very busy. s %S IMPORTANTE QUE LO QUE ESCRIBES n4ENGA UNA ESTRUCTURA CLARA Y BIEN ORGANIZADA n 2EmEJE CLARAMENTE CUÉL ES TU OPINIØN n %XPLIQUE LOS DETALLES MÉS RELEVANTES DEL TEMA n #APTE LA ATENCIØN DEL LECTOR s #UANDO ESCRIBES UNA CRÓTICA DE UNA PELÓCULA O LIBRO PUEDES DAR INFORMACIØN SOBRE n ,A HISTORIA n ,OS PERSONAJES n !SPECTOS IMPORTANTES QUE TE LLAMAN LA ATENCIØN n 0OR QUÏ LO RECOMENDARÓAS
COMENTAR LIBROS, PELÍCULAS, ETC. s #UANDO SE ESCRIBE UNA CRÓTICA EL OBJETIVO PRINCIPAL ES
$AR INFORMACIØN AL LECTOR SOBRE EL LIBRO PELÓCULA obra de arte,…
)NDICAR SI MERECE LA PENA VER LA PELÓCULA O LEER EL LIBRO Y POR QUÏ s ,AS CRÓTICAS DE PELÓCULAS LIBROS O ARTE SUELEN PUBLICARSE EN PERIØDICOS REVISTAS O INTERNET Y SUELEN TENER LA SIGUIENTE ESTRUCTURA 1 Título - Puede coincidir con el título DEL LIBRO PELÓCULA U OBRA DE ARTE The never ending story
THAT’S ENGLISH!
The never ending what?
!UTORA GÏNERO A×O DE PUBLICACIØN EDITORIAL x s Películas: $IRECTORA ACTORES PRINCIPALES A×O DE ESTRENO NACIONALIDAD GÏNERO x s Obra de arte: !RTISTA A×O DE PUBLICACIØN ESTILO 3 Cabecera %L OBJETIVO DEL PÉRRAFO INTRODUCTORIO ES captar la atención del lector Y OFRECER UNA IDEA DEL CONTENIDO DE LA PELÓCULA LIBRO OBRA DE ARTEx This work of art is captivating right from the moment you look at it. 4 Cuerpo %N ESTA PARTE PUEDES INCLUIR - Argumento: 2ESUMEN DE LA HISTORIA O DE UN FRAGMENTO POR EJEMPLO EL COMIENZO This book is about… The plot of this film is about … The film tells the story of… This film is about a man who goes on holiday with his friends to Las Vegas and… %S IMPORTANTE NO PERDERSE EN DETALLES Y RECOGER CON BREVEDAD LOS ASPECTOS ESENCIALES QUE HACEN LA HISTORIA INTERESANTE 5 Evaluación final 4IENE COMO OBJETIVO OFRECER UNA OPINIØN lNAL Y UNA FRASE lNAL QUE RESULTE LLAMATIVA 4AMBIÏN PUEDES DECIR SI RECOMENDARÓAS EL LIBRO OBRA O PELÓCULA I personally think that... In my opinion,… From my point of view... I strongly / highly recommend this film... I’d / I wouldn’t recommend it because... It is / isn’t worth seeing / reading because… I liked the book because the story was very exciting and interesting. I didn’t quite like the film because it was too long.
135
Reference Section The book layout and pictures give it a vitality and brilliance difficult to forget.
s 0ARA HABLAR DE hechos o planteamientos objetivos se puede usar:
Título
- Lo que dicen otras personas: Experts claim that… Scientists argue that… Many people are in favour / against…
Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix
Datos
J. K. Rowling (2003) Bloomsbury, UK
Cabecera
I just read Order of the Phoenix, the last Harry Potter book and I absolutely loved it. I couldn't put it down.
Cuerpo
I felt the same way about the other books of the Harry Potter series when I read them. but I have to say that, of all the books in the series, Order of the Phoenix is my favourite. All the stories are bright, fast-paced, intriguing, and ultimately satisfying, but in my opinion, Order of the Phoenix is a different kind of book. In some instances, it makes you feel a whole new level of intensity and excitement. For this reason, I was truly moved by the time I reached the last page. The story begins one afternoon, when terrifying dark spectres with the power to suck all the happiness from your soul attack Harry and his cousin. Harry uses his magic to get away from the creatures; however, after casting the spell, he receives a letter declaring that he has been expelled from Hogwarts and that he will face a trial for using magic whilst he is still legally underage.
Evaluación final
Regarding the place of this book within the series, Harry Potter goes from being a warm-hearted boy to a troubled teenager and that is very interesting. The real story seems to happen in the second half of the book, and I found it was really engaging. In fact, when you close the Order of the Phoenix, you will simply find yourself even more excited and intrigued than you were when you first opened it. I really loved the ending and yes, I cried!
ESCRIBIR SOBRE HECHOS Y OPINIONES s 0ARA HABLAR DE opiniones EXPRESIONES COMO
se
pueden
usar
- Generalizaciones: It can be said / claimed that… (formal) It seems / appears that… It would seem that… It is likely / unlikely / possible that… It is clear / obvious that… There is no / little doubt that…
CONECTORES : COHESIÓN 5N ESCRITO TIENE COHESIØN CUANDO TODOS SUS ELEMENTOS ESTÉN BIEN RELACIONADOS Y LAS IDEAS SE EXPRESAN CON CLARIDAD #ENTRAR LA ATENCIØN LA ATENCIØN DEL LECTOR
Regarding Concerning
Contrastar ideas
...but... However, ...while... ...whereas...
!PORTAR ELEMENTOS NUEVOS
In addition, Furthermore, Nevertheless,
#ONCLUSIONES Y RECOMENDACIONES
Therefore, As a result, Consequently, For this reason,
As far as I’m concerned,... I’m (not) convinced that… In my opinion / view,… My opinion is that… I firmly believe that… I feel that… I’m inclined to believe that… s 0ARA HABLAR DE LOS SENTIMIENTOS QUE PROVOCA LA PELÓCULA OBRA O LIBRO SE PUEDEN USAR EXPRESIONES COMO I was truly moved. I found it… I really / absolutely loved… I hated… I really didn’t like…
136
THAT’S ENGLISH!
WORDLIST UNIT 1
Adjectives ALLERGIC /əˈlɜː(r dʒɪk/ ALTERNATIVE /ɔːlˈtɜː(r nətɪv/ AWFUL /ˈɔːf(ə l/ BALANCED /ˈbælənst/ CONTAGIOUS /kənˈteɪdʒəs/ depressed /dɪˈprest/ DIETARY /ˈdaɪət(ə ri/ DIZZY /ˈdɪzi/ HARMFUL /ˈhɑː(r mf(ə l/ HERBAL /ˈhɜː(r b(ə l/ HOMEOPATHIC /ˌhəʊmiəˈpæθɪk/ pain-free /peɪnfriː/ PHYSICAL /ˈfɪzɪk(ə l/ PSYCHOLOGICAL /ˌsaɪkəˈlɒdʒɪk(ə l/ scientific /ˌsaɪənˈtɪfɪk/ TRADITIONAL /trəˈdɪʃ(ə nəl/ upset /ʌpˈset/
Nouns acupuncture /ˈækjʊˌpʌŋktʃə(r / acupuncturist /ˈækjʊpʌŋktʃərɪst/ ADVICE /ədˈvaɪs/ ALTERNATIVE THERAPY /ɔːlˈtɜː(r nətɪv ˈθerəpi/ ANXIETY /æŋˈzaɪəti/ AROMATHERAPY /əˌrəʊməˈθerəpi/ ARTHRITIS /ɑː(r ˈθraɪtɪs/ BACKACHE /ˈbækeɪk/ BANDAGE /ˈbændɪdʒ/ bruise /bruːz/ BUG /bʌɡ/ CHAMOMILE /ˈkæməmaɪl/ CHEST /tʃest/ CHIROPRACTIC /ˌkaɪrəʊˈpræktɪk/ condition /kənˈdɪʃ(ə n/ depression /dɪˈpreʃ(ə n/ ECZEMA /ˈeksɪmə/ FEVER /ˈfiːvə(r / mU /fluː/ GP /ˌdʒiː ˈpiː/ HEADACHE /ˈhedeɪk/ HEALTHCARE /ˈhelθˌkeə(r / HOMEOPATHY /ˌhəʊmɪˈɒpəθɪ/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
injection /ɪnˈdʒekʃ(ə n/
CONSERVATIVE /kənˈsɜː(r vətɪv/
INJURY /ˈɪndʒəri/
COSMOPOLITAN /ˌkɒzməˈpɒlɪt(ə n/
MASSAGE /ˈmæsɑːʒ/
DANGEROUS /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/
MEDITATION /ˌmedɪˈteɪʃ(ə n/
dependent /dɪˈpendənt/
MIGRAINE /ˈmiːɡrein/
ELECTRIC /ɪˈlektrɪk/
nausea /ˈnɔːziə/
HOME GROWN /ˈhəʊmˈgrəʊn/
NEEDLE /ˈniːd(ə l/
independent /ˌɪndɪˈpendənt/
OSTEOPATHY /ˌɒstiˈɒpəθi/
LIBERAL /ˈlɪb(ə rəl/
pain /peɪn/
LIVELY /ˈlaɪvli/
PAINKILLER /ˈpeɪnˌkɪlə(r /
MATERIALISTIC /məˌtɪəriəˈlɪstɪk/
PHYSIOTHERAPIST /ˌfɪziəʊˈθerəpɪst/
MULTI ETHNIC ˈmʌltiˌeθnɪk/
PLACEBO /pləˈsiːbəʊ/
PEACEFUL /ˈpiːsf(ə l/
practitioner /prækˈtɪʃ(ə nə(r /
PLEASED /pliːzd/
RASH /ræʃ/
PROVINCIAL /prəˈvɪnʃ(ə l/
REmEXOLOGY /ˌriːflekˈsɒlədʒi/
quiet /ˈkwaɪət/
reiki /ˈreɪki/
REFURBISHED /riːˈfɜː(r bɪʃd/
REMEDY /ˈremədi/
RELIGIOUS /rəˈlɪdʒəs/
RESEARCH /rɪˈsɜː(r tʃ/
rude /ruːd/
SLEEP disorder /sliːp dɪsˈɔː(r də(r /
SAFE /seɪf/
SUPPLEMENT /ˈsʌplɪment/
satisfied /ˈsætɪsfaɪd/
SURGERY /ˈsɜː(r dʒəri/
SELF SUFlCIENT /selfsəˈfɪʃ(ə nt/
SURVEY /ˈsɜː(r veɪ/
SPIRITUAL /ˈspɪrɪtʃuəl/
TEMPERATURE /ˈtemprɪtʃə(r /
STRESSFUL /ˈstresf(ə l/
THROAT /θrəʊt/
SUCCESSFUL /səkˈsesf(ə l/
TREATMENT /ˈtriːtmənt/
TOLERANT /ˈtɒlərənt/
VITAMIN /ˈvɪtəmɪn/
UNCONVENTIONAL /ˌʌnkənˈvenʃ(ə nal/
wrist /rɪst/
VIBRANT /ˈvaɪbrənt/
Verbs
Nouns
FEEL /fiːl/
COMMUNITY /kəˈmjuːnəti/
GET better /ɡet ˈbetə(r /
CONFESSION /kənˈfeʃ(ə n/
HEAL /hiːl/
CRITICISM /ˈkrɪtɪˌsɪz(ə m/
HURT /hɜː(r t/
CULTURE /ˈkʌltʃə(r /
PREVENT /prɪˈvent/
ENERGY /ˈenə(r dʒi/
reduce /rɪˈdjuːs/
ENVIRONMENT /ɪnˈvaɪrənmənt/
RELIEVE /rɪˈliːv/
EXTENDED FAMILY /ɪkˈstendɪd ˈfæm(ə li/
SUFFER /ˈsʌfə(r / treat /triːt/ UNIT 2
FASHION /ˈfæʃ(ə n/ GRID /ɡrɪd/ LIFE STANDARD /ˈlaɪfˈstændə(r d/
Adjectives
LIFESTYLE /ˈlaɪfˌstaɪl/
AMAZING /əˈmeɪzɪŋ/
nature /ˈneɪtʃə(r /
ANXIOUS /ˈæŋkʃəs/ BLENDED /blendɪd/ BOHEMIAN /bəʊˈhiːmiən/ COMPASSIONATE /kəmˈpæʃ(ə nət/
power /ˈpaʊə(r / resource /rɪˈzɔː(r s/ SKILL /skɪl/ SOLAR PANEL /ˈsəʊlə(r ˈpæn(ə l/
137
Reference Section source /sɔː(r s/
CEILING /ˈsiːlɪŋ/
WELL /wel/
CELL /sel/
wind power /ˈwɪnd ˈpaʊə(r /
CENTRAL HEATING /ˈsentrəl ˈhiːtɪŋ/
Verbs CULTIVATE /ˈkʌltɪveɪt/ disconnect /ˌdɪskəˈnekt/
COTTAGE /ˈkɒtɪdʒ/ DOUBLE GLAZING /ˈdʌb(ə lˈɡleɪzɪŋ/ drain /dreɪn/
MY HOME IS MY CASTLE /maɪ həʊm ɪz maɪ ˈkɑːs(ə l/ THERES NO PLACE LIKE HOME /ðeə(r z nəʊ pleɪs laɪk həʊm/ UNIT 4
FEATURE /ˈfiːtʃə(r /
Adjectives
lREPLACE /ˈfaɪə(r ˌpleɪs/ lTTING /ˈfɪtɪŋ/
AUTOBIOGRAPHICALʃ /ˌɔːtəʊbaɪəˈɡræfɪk(ə l/
FRONT GARDEN /ˈfrʌntˌɡɑː(r d(ə n/
BEST SELLING /ˌbestˈselɪŋ/
FUSE /fjuːz/
DELIGHTED /dɪˈlaɪtɪd/
HOUSEBOAT /ˈhaʊsˌbəʊt/
EXCITED /ɪkˈsaɪtɪd/
HOUSING BUBBLE /ˈhaʊzɪŋ ˈbʌb(ə l/
FEMALE /ˈfiːmeɪl/
HOUSING CRASH /ˈhaʊzɪŋ ˈkræʃ/
FRIGHTENING /ˈfraɪt(ə nɪŋ/
HOUSING MARKET /ˈhaʊzɪŋ ˈmɑː(r kɪt/
INNOVATIVE /ˈɪnəveɪtɪv/
Idiomatic expressions
INSULATION /ˌɪnsjʊˈleɪʃ(ə n/
INSPIRING /ɪnˈspaɪərɪŋ/
COST OF LIVING /kɒstəv ˈlɪvɪŋ/
LEAK /liːk/
INTERESTING /ˈɪntrəstɪŋ/
OFF THE GRID /ˈɒfðəˌɡrɪd/
patio /ˈpætiəʊ/
LITERARY /ˈlɪt(ə rəri/
TAKE ADVANTAGE OF /teɪk
pressure /ˈpreʃə(r /
MALE /meɪl/
ədˈvɑːntɪdʒ əv/
PROPERTY /ˈprɒpə(r ti/
FARM /fɑː(r m/ lX /fɪks/ GO out /ɡəʊˈaʊt/ GROW /ɡrəʊ/ POLLUTE /pəˈluːt/ produce /prəˈdjuːs/ raise /reɪz/ succeed /səkˈsiːd/
UNIT 3
RAILWAY STATION /ˈreɪlweɪ ˈsteɪʃ(ə n/ reception area /rɪˈsepʃ(ə n ˈeəriə/
Adjectives
RENTAL MARKET /ˈrent(ə l ˈmɑː(r kɪt/
BLOWN /bləʊn/
residence /ˈrezɪd(ə ns/
DOUBLE GLAZED /ˈdʌb(ə lˌɡleɪzd ̩/
row /rəʊ/
ELECTRICAL /ɪˈlektrɪk(ə l/
SALE /seɪl/
en suite /ɒnˈswiːt/
set /set/
fitted /ˈfɪtɪd/
SPECULATOR /ˈspekjʊleɪtə(r /
FURNISHED /ˈfɜː(r nɪʃt/
staircase /ˈsteə(r ˌkeɪs/
MISSING /ˈmɪsɪŋ/
suburb /ˈsʌbɜː(r b/
MODERNISED /ˈmɒdə(r naɪzd/
TILE /taɪl/
occupied /ˈɒkjʊpaɪd/
water pipe /ˈwɔːtə(r paɪp/
OPEN PLAN /ˌəʊpənˈplæn/
Nouns ADVENTURE /ədˈventʃə(r / AGENCY /ˈeɪdʒ(ə nsi/ audience /ˈɔːdiəns/ AUTHOR /ˈɔːθə(r / BIOGRAPHY /baɪˈɒɡrəfi/ book CLUB /ˈbʊklʌb/ book SHOP /ˈbʊkˌʃɒp/ career /kəˈrɪə(r / CHARACTER /ˈkærɪktə(r / COLLECTION /kəˈlekʃ(ə n/ COMEDY /ˈkɒmədi/ CRIME /kraɪm/
Verbs
DELIVERY /dɪˈlɪv(ə ri/
BUILD /bɪld/
DEVICE /dɪˈvaɪs/
CHARGE /tʃɑː(r dʒ/
DIARY /ˈdaɪəri/
INSTALL /ɪnˈstɔːl/
DIFlCULTY /ˈdɪfɪk(ə lti/
Nouns
MOVE /muːv/
dock /dɒk/
APARTMENT /əˈpɑː(r tmənt/
rent /rent/
e-book /ˈiːbʊk/
BABY cot /ˈbeɪbikɒt/
repair /rɪˈpeə(r /
e-reader /ˈiːriːdə(r /
back GARDEN /ˈbækˌɡɑː(r d(ə n/
REPLASTER /rɪˈplɑːstə(r /
ESSAY /ˈeseɪ/
BLOCK /blɒk/
rewire /ˌriːˈwaɪə(r /
FANTASY /ˈfæntəsi/
BOILER /ˈbɔɪlə(r /
SELL /sel/
fiction /ˈfɪkʃ(ə n/
SEMI DETACHED /ˌsemidɪˈtætʃt/ terraced /ˈterəst/ THATCHED /θætʃt/
BUNCH /bʌntʃ/ BUNGALOW /ˈbʌŋɡəˌləʊ/ carpet /ˈkɑː(r pɪt/
138
Idiomatic expressions be in poor condition /biːn pɔː(r kənˈdɪʃ(ə n/
lLM script /ˈfɪlmˌskrɪpt/ GADGET /ˈɡædʒɪt/ GENRE /ˈʒɒnrə/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
HISTORICAL lCTION /hɪˈstɒrɪk(ə l ˈfɪkʃ(ə n/
FAR AWAY /fɑː(r əˈweɪ/
Verbs
HISTORICAL NOVEL /hɪˈstɒrɪk(ə l ˈnɒv(ə l/
MAGNIlCENT /mæɡˈnɪfɪs(ə nt/
ARRIVE /əˈraɪv/
packed /pækt/
AVOID /əˈvɔɪd/
pedestrian /pəˈdestriən/
CHARGE /tʃɑː(r dʒ/
picturesque /ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/
cost /kɒst/
RELAXING /rɪˈlæksɪŋ/
GET AROUND /ɡetəˈraʊnd/
RELIABLE /rɪˈlaɪəb(ə l/
GET AWAY /ɡetəˈweɪ/
REUSABLE /ˌriːˈjuːzəb(ə l/
GET OFF /getˈɒf/
stuck /stʌk/
GET ON /getˈɒn/
STUNNING /ˈstʌnɪŋ/
GET OUT OF /geˈtaʊtəv/
HORROR /ˈhɒrə(r / LECTURER /ˈlektʃərə(r / LIBRARY /ˈlaɪbrəri/ LITERATURE /ˈlɪtrətʃə(r / MAGAZINE /ˌmæɡəˈziːn/ MAGIC REALISM /ˈmædʒɪk ˈriəˈlɪz(ə m/ non-fiction /ˌnɒnˈfɪkʃ(ə n/ PLOT /plɒt/ POETRY /ˈpəʊɪtri/ PUBLICATION /ˌpʌblɪˈkeɪʃ(ə n/ PUBLISHER /ˈpʌblɪʃə(r / PUBLISHING /ˈpʌblɪʃɪŋ/ reader /ˈriːdə(r /
Nouns bike courier /baɪk ˈkʊriə(r / BIKE LANE /ˈbaɪkleɪn/ BLACK CAB /ˈblækæb/ BUS LANE /ˈbʌsleɪn/
GET to /geˈtə/ IMPROVE /ɪmˈpruːv/ pick up /ˈpɪkʌp/ STROLL /strəʊl/ TRAVEL around /ˈtræv(ə l əˈraʊnd/
row /rəʊ/
bus stop /ˈbʌstɒp/
Adverbs
science fiction SCI l /ˌsaɪənsˈfɪkʃ(ə n/ /ˈsaɪfai/
car park /ˈkɑː(r ˌpɑː(r k/
AWAY /əˈweɪ/
CONGESTION /kənˈdʒestʃ(ə n/
BY /baɪ/
departure /dɪˈpɑː(r tʃə(r /
down /daʊn/
destination /ˌdestɪˈneɪʃ(ə n/
up /ʌp/
SETTING /ˈsetɪŋ/ SHORT STORY /ʃɔː(r tˈstɔːri/ STORAGE /ˈstɔːrɪdʒ/ STORYTELLER /ˈstɔːriˌtelə(r / success /səkˈses/ THEATRE /ˈθɪətə(r / THEME /θiːm/ THRILLER /ˈθrɪlə(r /
Verbs award /əˈwɔː(r d/ PROMOTE /prəˈməʊt/ REPLACE /rɪˈpleɪs/ SHORTLIST /ˈʃɔː(r tˌlɪst/
Adverbs EVENTUALLY /ɪˈventʃuəli/ QUICKLY /ˈkwɪkli/ UNIT 5
Adjectives ANALYTICAL /ˌænəˈlɪtɪk(ə l/ BUSY /ˈbɪzi/ CLOSE BY /kləʊzˈbaɪ/ CONVENIENT /kənˈviːniənt/ COST EFFECTIVE /ˌkɒstɪˈfektɪv/ credit card /ˈkredɪtˌkɑː(r d/ crowded /ˈkraʊdɪd/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
discount /ˈdɪsˌkaʊnt/ distance /ˈdɪstəns/
UNIT 6
DOUBLE DECKER BUS /ˌdʌb(ə lˈdekə(r bʌs/
Adjectives
duration /djʊˈreɪʃ(ə n/
AGGRESSIVE /əˈɡresɪv/
FARE /feə(r /
COMFORTABLE /ˈkʌmftəb(ə l/
MEANS OF TRANSPORT /ˈmiːnzɒv ˈtrænspɔː(r t/
confident /ˈkɒnfɪd(ə nt/
MUNICIPAL BIKE /mjuːˈnɪsɪp(ə l baɪk/
DISAGREEABLE /ˌdɪsəˈɡriːəb(ə l/
network /ˈnetˌwɜː(r k/ NIGHT BUS /ˈnaɪtbʌs/ pedestrian area /pəˈdestriən ˈeəriə/ pickpocket /ˈpɪkˌpɒkɪt/ PUBLIC transport /ˈpʌblɪk ˈtrænspɔː(r t/ return ticket /rɪˈtɜː(r n ˈtɪkɪt/ ride /raɪd/ RUSH HOUR /ˈrʌʃˌaʊə(r / SINGLE ticket /ˈsɪŋɡ(ə lˌtɪkɪt/ TAXI rank /ˈtæksiˌræŋk/ TIMETABLE /ˈtaɪmˌteɪb(ə l/ tourist /ˈtʊərɪst/ TRAFlC JAM /ˈtræfɪkˌdʒæm/ train station /treɪn ˈsteɪʃ(ə n/ transport pass /ˈtrænspɔː(r t pɑːs/ tube station /tjuːb ˈsteɪʃ(ə n/ UNDERGROUND /ˈʌndə(r ˌɡraʊnd/
DEFENSIVE /dɪˈfensɪv/ EASY GOING /ˌiːziˈɡəʊɪŋ/ FRUSTRATED /frʌˈstreɪtɪd/ IMPATIENT /ɪmˈpeɪʃ(ə nt/ MOODY /ˈmuːdi/ NERVOUS /ˈnɜː(r vəs/ OUTGOING /ˌaʊtˈɡəʊɪŋ/ POLITE /pəˈlaɪt/ RESERVED /rɪˈzɜː(r vd/ RESPONSIBLE /rɪˈspɒnsəb(ə l/ SENSIBLE /ˈsensəb(ə l/ SENSITIVE /ˈsensətɪv/ SMART /smɑː(r t/ STRAIGHT /streɪt/ stressed /strest/ UNIMPRESSED /ˌʌnɪmˈprest/ uninterested /ʌnˈɪntrəstɪd/ worried /ˈwʌrid/
139
Reference Section Nouns
Idiomatic Expressions
rope /rəʊp/
ACCOMMODATION /əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃ(ə n/
LOOK SOMEONE IN THE EYE (look directly at someone) /lʊkˈsʌmwʌn ɪnðiˈaɪ/
SENSORY TRAILS /ˈsensəriˌtreɪlz/
BEHAVIOUR /bɪˈheɪvjə(r / BODY LANGUAGE /ˈbɒdi ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/ CHARACTER /ˈkærɪktə(r / CRITICISM /ˈkrɪtɪˌsɪz(ə m/ EYE CONTACT /aɪˈkɒntækt/ lRST IMPRESSION /fɜː(r st ɪmˈpreʃ(ə n/ instinct /ˈɪnstɪŋkt/ intuition /ˌɪntjuˈɪʃ(ə n/ outfit /ˈaʊtfɪt/ posture /ˈpɒstʃə(r / RELATIONSHIP /rɪˈleɪʃ(ə nʃɪp/ ROLE /rəʊl/ SIXTH sense /ˈsɪksθsens/ STIMULI /ˈstɪmjəlaɪ/ TOLERANCE /ˈtɒlərəns/ VOICE /vɔɪs/
Verbs AGREE /əˈɡriː/ APOLOGISE /əˈpɒlədʒaɪz/ COME ACROSS /kʌməˈkrɒs/ CONVEY /kənˈveɪ/ cross /krɒs/ DISAGREE /ˌdɪsəˈɡriː/ FEEL DOWN /fiːlˈdaʊn/ FOLD /fəʊld/ HOLD /həʊld/ INHIBIT /ɪnˈhɪbɪt/ JUDGE /dʒʌdʒ/ LEAN BACK /liːnˈbæk/ MEET /miːt/ nod /nɒd/ OVERUSE /ˌəʊvə(r ˈjuːz/ pick /pɪk/ return /rɪˈtɜː(r n/ ROLL /rəʊl/ SHAKE /ʃeɪk/ SHRUG /ʃrʌɡ/ spit /spɪt/ stick /stɪk/ SUM UP /ˈsʌmʌp/ THROW /θrəʊ/
MAKE A GOOD IMPRESSION (favourable impression) / ˈmeɪkˌəɡʊd ɪmˈpreʃ(ə n/ PLAY A VITAL ROLE (be important) / pleɪəˈvaɪt(ə lˌrəʊl/ UNIT 7
SOFT BALL /ˈsɒftˌbɔːl/ SWING /swɪŋ/ TAG /tæɡ/ TEAM WORK /ˈtiːmˌwɜː(r k/ THEME PARK /ˈθiːmˌpɑː(r k/ TOURNAMENT /ˈtʊə(r nəmənt/ treasure HUNT /ˈtreʒə(r ˌhʌnt/
Adjectives
VARIATION /ˌveərɪˈeɪʃ(ə n/
AFFORDABLE /əˈfɔː(r dəb(ə l/
Verbs
CHILDISH /ˈtʃaɪldɪʃ/ COMPETITIVE /kəmˈpetətɪv/ EXCELLENT /ˈeksələnt/ FAVOURITE /ˈfeɪv(ə rət/ GIANT /ˈdʒaɪənt/ outdoor /ˌaʊtˈdɔː(r /
CATCH /kætʃ/ CHEAT /tʃiːt/ drop /drɒp/ ELIMINATE /ɪˈlɪmɪneɪt/ GO ON /ɡəʊˈɒn/ kick /kɪk/
Nouns
LET GO /letˈɡəʊ/
ARCHERY /ˈɑː(r tʃəri/
LOSE /luːz/
ARTS AND CRAFTS /ɑː(r tsnkra:fts/ attitude /ˈætɪˌtjuːd/ BLINDFOLD /ˈblaɪn(d ˌfəʊld/ CANOEING /kəˈnuːɪŋ/ CHARADE /ʃəˈrɑːd/ circus /ˈsɜː(r kəs/
pass /pɑːs/ SHUFmE /ˈʃʌf(ə l/ skip /skɪp/ stand up /stændˈʌp/ THROW /θrəʊ/ TOUCH /tʌtʃ/
CLIMBING /ˈklaɪmɪŋ/
win /wɪn/
COMPUTER GAMES /kəmˈpjuːtə(r ˌɡeɪmz/
Adverbs
cord /kɔː(r d/ FACILITY /fəˈsɪləti/ FAIRGROUND /ˈfeə(r ɡraʊnd/ fibre /ˈfaɪbə(r / GETAWAY /ˈɡetəˌweɪ/ HANGMAN /ˈhæŋmən/ HIDE AND SEEK /ˈhaɪdən siːk/ HORSE RIDING /hɔː(r sˈraɪdɪŋ/ LEAmET /ˈliːflət/ MUSICAL CHAIRS /ˈmjuːzɪk(ə l tʃeə(r z/ PIN THE DONKEY /pɪnðəˈdɒŋki/ PLAYER /ˈpleɪə(r / POLO /ˈpəʊləʊ/ PONY ride /ˈpəʊniˌraɪd/ puppet SHOW /ˈpʌpɪtˌʃəʊ/ resort /rɪˈzɔː(r t/
140
SKATING /ˈskeɪtɪŋ/
DISHONESTLY /dɪsˈɒnɪstli/ EMPHATICALLY /ɪmˈfætɪkli/ ENTHUSIASTICALLY /ɪnˌθjuːziˈæstɪkli/ UNIT 8
Adjectives CLASSICAL /ˈklæsɪk(ə l/ COLOURFUL /ˈkʌlə(r f(ə l/ COMPLEX /ˈkɒmpleks/ DISGUSTING /dɪsˈɡʌstɪŋ/ FUN /fʌn/ LOVELY /ˈlʌvli/ MODERN /ˈmɒdə(r n/ PESSIMISTIC /ˌpesəˈmɪstɪk/ SIMPLISTIC /sɪmˈplɪstɪk/ STILL /stɪl/ STRIKING /ˈstraɪkɪŋ/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
TALENTED /ˈtæləntɪd/
Idiomatic Expressions
UNCONVINCING /ˌʌnkənˈvɪnsɪŋ/
UGLY /ˈʌɡli/
break down barriers (improve understanding and communication) /ˈbreɪkˌdaʊn ˈbæriə(r z/
WONDERFUL /ˈwʌndə(r f(ə l/
UNUSUAL /ʌnˈjuːʒʊəl/
Nouns ARCHITECTURE /ˈɑː(r kɪˌtektʃə(r / art /ɑː(r t/ artist /ˈɑː(r tɪst/ artwork /ˈɑː(r tˌwɜː(r k/ BACKGROUND /ˈbækˌɡraʊnd/ BOTTOM /ˈbɒtəm/ BRUSH /brʌʃ/ CANVAS /ˈkænvəs/ decoration /ˌdekəˈreɪʃ(ə n/ EXHIBITION /ˌeksɪˈbɪʃ(ə n/ FOCAL POINT /ˈfəʊk(ə l pɔɪnt/ FOREGROUND /ˈfɔː(r ˌɡraʊnd/ FRAME /freɪm/ MUSEUM /mjuːˈziːəm/ MUSIC /ˈmjuːzɪk/ MUSICIAN /mjuˈzɪʃ(ə n/ OIL PAINTS /ˈɔɪlˌpeɪnts/ painter /ˈpeɪntə(r / PAINTING /ˈpeɪntɪŋ/ PHOTOGRAPHER /fəˈtɒɡrəfə(r / PHOTOGRAPHY /fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ picture /ˈpɪktʃə(r / pop art /pɒpa:t(r / poster /ˈpəʊstə(r / SCULPTOR /ˈskʌlptə(r / SCULPTURE /ˈskʌlptʃə(r / spectator /spekˈteɪtə(r / WATERCOLOUR /ˈwɔːtə(r ˌkʌlə(r /
Verbs consist /kənˈsɪst/ CONTEMPLATE /ˈkɒntəmˌpleɪt/ PERFORM /pə(r ˈfɔː(r m/
Adverbs CAREFULLY /ˈkeə(r f(ə li/ CERTAINLY /ˈsɜː(r t(ə nli/ CURRENTLY /ˈkʌrəntli/ EXTREMELY /ɪkˈstriːmli/ PASSIVELY /ˈpæsɪvli/ TRADITIONALLY /trəˈdɪʃ(ə nəli/ USUALLY /ˈjuːʒʊəli/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
LEAVE SOMEONE COLD (be unimpressed) /liːvˈsʌmwʌnˌkəʊld/ MAKE A BIG IMPRESSION (be impressed) /meɪkəˈbɪɡ ɪmˈpreʃ(ə n/ TURN SOMEONE OFF (stop someone being interested) / tɜː(r n ˈsʌmwʌnˌɒf/ UNIT 9
Adjectives ACCESSIBLE /əkˈsesəb(ə l/ BRILLIANT /ˈbrɪljənt/ CONVINCING /kənˈvɪnsɪŋ/ DIFFERENT /ˈdɪfrənt/ disappointed /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/ DISAPPOINTING /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪŋ/ DRAMA SCHOOL /ˈdrɑːməˌskuːl/ DREADFUL /ˈdredf(ə l/ EVOCATIVE /ɪˈvɒkətɪv/ IMAGINATIVE /ɪˈmædʒɪnətɪv/ MANIPULATIVE /məˈnɪpjʊlətɪv/
Nouns ACHIEVEMENT /əˈtʃiːvmənt/ actor /ˈæktə(r / actress /ˈæktrəs/ adaptation /ˌædæpˈteɪʃ(ə n/ ADVERTISEMENT /ədˈvɜː(r tɪsmənt/ audition /ɔːˈdɪʃ(ə n/ cast /kɑːst/ director /dəˈrektə(r / FESTIVAL /ˈfestɪv(ə l/ HUMAN THOUGHT /ˈhjuːmən θɔːt/ HUMOUR /ˈhjuːmə(r / LINE /laɪn/ MAIN CHARACTER /meɪn ˈkærɪktə(r / MUSICAL /ˈmjuːzɪk(ə l/ ORCHESTRA /ˈɔː(r kɪstrə/ OVATION /əʊˈveɪʃ(ə n/ PERFORMANCE /pə(r ˈfɔː(r məns/ PLAY /pleɪ/ REVIEW /rɪˈvjuː/ set /set/ SHOW /ʃəʊ/ STAGE /steɪdʒ/
MEDIUM /ˈmiːdiəm/
STANDING OVATION /ˈstændɪŋ əʊˈveɪʃ(ə n/
MOVING /ˈmuːvɪŋ/
star /stɑː(r /
ORGANISED /ˈɔː(r ɡənaɪzd/
VERSION /ˈvɜː(r ʃ(ə n/
OUTSTANDING /aʊtˈstændɪŋ/ OVER THE TOP /ˌəʊvə(r ðəˈtɒp/ OVEREMOTIONAL /ˈəʊvə(r ɪˈməʊʃ(ə nəl/ PLEASED /pliːzd/
Verbs act /ækt/ PLAY /pleɪ/ star /stɑː(r /
POWERFUL /ˈpaʊə(r f(ə l/
Adverbs
PRIVATE /ˈpraɪvət/
BADLY /ˈbædli/
RAVE /reɪv/ REALISTIC /ˌrɪəˈlɪstɪk/ RUBBISH /ˈrʌbɪʃ/ SPECIAL /ˈspeʃ(ə l/
BRILLIANTLY /ˈbrɪljəntli/ HOPEFULLY /ˈhəʊpf(ə li/ UNIT 10
superb /sʊˈpɜː(r b/
Adjectives
SUPERHUMAN /ˌsuːpə(r ˈhjuːmən/
ALIVE /əˈlaɪv/
TERRIBLE /ˈterəb(ə l/ terrific /təˈrɪfɪk/ THOUGHT PROVOKING /ˈθɔːt prəˌvəʊkɪŋ/
BRAVE /breɪv/ drunk /drʌŋk/ FAITHFUL /ˈfeɪθf(ə l/
141
Reference Section FAVOURITE /ˈfeɪv(ə rət/
ANGRILY /ˈæŋɡrili/
HAUNTED /ˈhɔːntɪd/
APPARENTLY /əˈpærəntli/
HORRIlED /ˈhɒrɪfaɪd/
CALMLY /kɑːmli/
INCREDIBLE /ɪnˈkredəb(ə l/
DESPERATELY /ˈdesp(ə rət(ə li/
INVENTED /ɪnˈventɪd/
lNALLY /ˈfaɪn(ə li/
Nouns CELLAR /ˈselə(r / CHILDHOOD /ˈtʃaɪldˌhʊd/ concert /ˈkɒnsə(r t/ FAIRY TALE /ˈfeəriteɪl/ FORENSIC SCIENCE /fəˈrensɪkˌsaɪəns/ GHOST STORY /ˈɡəʊstˌstɔːri/ HERO /ˈhɪərəʊ/
HEAVILY /ˈhevɪli/ IMMEDIATELY /ɪˈmiːdiətli/ INDIGNANTLY /ɪnˈdɪɡnəntli/ ODDLY /ˈɒdli/ SADLY /ˈsædli/ STRANGELY /ˈstreɪndʒli/ SUDDENLY /ˈsʌd(ə nli/ TRAGICALLY /ˈtrædʒɪkli/
LEGEND /ˈledʒ(ə nd/
Idiomatic Expressions
LIE /laɪ/
COME TO AN END /ˈkʌmtə ənˈend/
MEMORY /ˈmem(ə ri/
BELIEVE ONEgS LUCK /bɪˈliːvwʌnz lʌk/
MYSTERY /ˈmɪst(ə ri/ NERVOUS BREAKDOWN /ˈnɜː(r vəs ˈbreɪkˌdaʊn/ PHENOMENON /fəˈnɒmɪnən/ PLEASANT /ˈplez(ə nt/ press /pres/ priest /priːst/ quotation /kwəʊˈteɪʃ(ə n/ RUMOUR /ˈruːmə(r / SIGHT /saɪt/ STORY TELLING /ˈstɔːriˌtelɪŋ/ TALE /teɪl/ upset /ʌpˈset/ URBAN LEGEND /ˈɜː(r bən ˈledʒ(ə nd/
Verbs BURY /ˈberi/ die /daɪ/ drown /draʊn/ find out /faɪndaʊt/ injure /ˈɪndʒə(r / KILL /kɪl/ notice /ˈnəʊtɪs/ protect /prəˈtekt/ REALISE /ˈrɪəlaɪz/ RETELL /ˌriːˈtel/ SAVE /seɪv/
Adverbs AMAZINGLY /əˈmeɪzɪŋli/
142
THAT’S ENGLISH!
PHONETIC SYMBOLS Vowels
Diphthongs
i: ɪ ʊ u:
ɪə eɪ
e ə ɜ: ɔ:
ʊə ɔɪ əʊ
æ ʌ ɑ: ɒ
eə aɪ aʊ
eat /i:t/
bed /bed/
it /ɪt/
about /ə'baʊt/
cat /kæt/
cup /kʌp/
look /lʊk/
bird /bɜ:d/
hard /hɑ:d/
too /tu:/
here /hɪə/
door /dɔ:r/
cure /kjʊə/
not /nɒt/
chair /tʃeə/
day /deɪ/
boy /bɔɪ/
my /maɪ/
go /gəʊ/
now /naʊ/
Consonants
p b t d ʧ ʤ k g pen /pen/
big /bɪg/
two /tu:/
day /deɪ/
choose /tʃu:z/
job /dʒɒb/
keep /ki:p/
get /get/
f v θ ð s z ʃ ʒ
fall /fɔ:l/
vain /veɪn/
think /θɪŋk/
then /ðen/
see /si:/
m n ŋ h l meet /mi:t/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
no /nəʊ/
sing /sɪŋ/
house /haʊs/
long /lɒŋ/
zoo /zu:/
shop /ʃɒp/
pleasure /'pleʒə/
r w j
right /raɪt/
will /wɪl/
yes /jes/
143
List of Irregular Verbs
144
Infinitive
Past simple
Past participle
be
/biː/
was were
/wɒz/ /wɜːr/
been
bear
/beə(r)/
bore
/bɔː(r)/
born / borne /bɔː(r)n/
beat
/bi:t/
beat
/bi:t/
beaten
/biːn/
/ˈbi:t(ə)n/
become /bɪˈkʌm/
became /bɪˈkeɪm/
become /bɪˈkʌm/
begin
/bɪˈgɪn/
began
/bɪˈgæn/
begun
/bɪˈgʌn/
bend
/bend/
bent
/bent/
bent
/bent/
bite
/baɪt/
bit
/bɪt/
bitten
/ˈbɪt(ə)n/
bleed
/bliːd/
bled
/bled/
bled
/bled/
blow
/bləʊ/
blew
/bluː/
blown
/bləʊn/
break
/breɪk/
broke
/brəʊk/
broken
/ˈbrəʊkən/
bring
/brɪŋ/
brought /brɔːt/
brought /brɔːt/
build
/bɪld/
built
/bɪlt/
built
bɪlt/
burn
/bɜː(r)n/
burnt burned
/bɜː(r)nt/ /bɜː(r)nd/
burnt burned
/bɜː(r)nt/ /bɜː(r)nd/
burst
/bɜː(r)st/
burst
/bɜː(r)st/
burst
/bɜː(r)st/
buy
/baɪ/
bought
/bɔːt/
bought
/bɔːt/
catch
/kætʃ/
caught
/kɔːt/
caught
/kɔːt/
choose
/tʃuːz/
chose
/tʃəʊz/
chosen
/ˈtʃəʊz(ə)n/
come
/kʌm/
came
/keɪm/
come
/kʌm/
cost
/kɒst/
cost
/kɒst/
cost
/kɒst/
cut
/kʌt/
cut
/kʌt/
cut
/kʌt/
deal
/diːl/
dealt
/delt/
dealt
/delt/
dig
/dɪɡ/
dug
/dʌɡ/
dug
/dʌɡ/
dive
/daɪv/
dived dove
/daɪvd/ /dəʊv/
dived
/daɪvd/
do
/də/ /du/ /duː/
did
/dɪd/
done
/dʌn/
draw
/drɔː/
drew
/druː/
drawn
/drɔːn/
dream
/driːm/
dreamed /driːmd/ dreamt /dremt/
dreamed /driːmd/ dreamt /dremt/
drink
/drɪŋk/
drank
/dræŋk/
drunk
/drʌŋk/
drive
/draɪv/
drove
/drəʊv/
driven
/ˈdrɪv(ə)n/
eat
/i:t/
ate
/eɪt/ /et/
eaten
/ˈi:t(e)n/
fall
/fɔ:l/
fell
/fel/
fallen
/ˈfɔ:lən/
feed
/fiːd/
fed
/fed/
fed
/fed/
feel
/fi:l/
felt
/felt/
felt
/felt/
fight
/faɪt/
fought
/fɔ:t/
fought
/fɔ:t/
find
/faɪnd/
found
/faʊnd/
found
/faʊnd/
fly
/flaɪ/
flew
/flu:/
flown
/fləʊn/
forbid
/fə(r)ˈbɪd/
forbade /fə(r)ˈbæd/
forbidden /fə(r)ˈbɪd(ə)n/
forget
/fə(r)ˈget/
forgot
forgotton /fə(r)ˈɡɒt(ə)n/
/fə(r)ˈgɒt/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Infinitive
Past simple
Past participle
forgive
/fə(r)ˈɡɪv/
forgave /fə(r)ˈɡeɪv/
forgiven /fə(r)ˈɡɪv(ə)n/
freeze
/friːz/
froze
/frəʊz/
frozen
/ˈfrəʊz(ə)n/
get
/get/
got
/gɒt/
got
/gɒt/
give
/gɪv/
gave
/geɪv/
given
/ˈgɪv(ə)n/
go
/gəʊ/
went
/went/
gone
/gɒn/
grow
/grəʊ/
grew
/gruː/
grown
/grəʊn/
hang
/hæŋ/
hung
/hʌŋ/
hung
/hʌŋ/
have
/hæv/ /həv/ /əv/
had
/hæd/ /həd /əd/
had
/hæd/ /həd/ /əd/
hear
/hɪər/
heard
/hɜː(r)d/
heard
/hɜː(r)d/
hide
/haɪd/
hid
/hɪd/
hidden
/ˈhɪd(ə)n/
hit
/hɪt/
hit
/hɪt/
hit
/hɪt/
hold
/həʊld/
held
/held/
held
/held/
hurt
/hɜː(r)t/
hurt
/hɜː(r)t/
hurt
/hɜː(r)t/
keep
/kiːp/
kept
/kept/
kept
/kept/
know
/nəʊ/
knew
/njuː/
known
/nəʊn/
lay
/leɪ/
laid
/leɪd/
laid
/leɪd/
lead
/liːd/
led
/led/
led
/led/
lean
/liːn/
leaned leant
/liːnd/ /lent/
leaned leant
/liːnd/ /lent/
learn
/lɜː(r)n/
learnt /lɜ:(r)nt/ learned /ˈlɜː(r)nɪd/
learnt /lɜ:(r)nt/ learned /ˈlɜː(r)nɪd/
leave
/liːv/
left
/left/
left
/left/
lend
/lend/
lent
/lent/
lent
/lent/
let
/let/
let
/let/
let
/let/
lie
/laɪ/
lay
/leɪ/
lain
/leɪn/
light
/laɪt/
lit lighted
/lɪt/ /ˈlaɪtɪd/
lit lighted
/lɪt/ /ˈlaɪtɪd/
lose
/luːz/
lost
/lɒst/
lost
/lɒst/
make
/meɪk/
made
/meɪd/
made
/meɪd/
mean
/miːn/
meant
/ment/
meant
/ment/
meet
/miːt/
met
/met/
met
/met/
mistake /mɪˈsteɪk/
mistook /mɪˈstʊk/
mistaken /mɪˈsteɪkən/
overcome /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈkʌm/
overcame /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈkeɪm/
overcome /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈkʌm/
overtake /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈteɪk/
overtook /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈtʊk/
overtaken /ˌəʊvə(r)ˈteɪkən/
pay
/peɪ/
paid
/peɪd/
paid
/peɪd/
prove
/pruːv/
proved
/pruːvd/
proved proven
/pruːvd/ /pruːv(ə)n/
put
/pʊt/
put
/pʊt/
put
/pʊt/
quit
/kwɪt/
quit
/kwɪt/
quit
/kwɪt/
read
/riːd/
read
/red/
read
/red/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
145
List of Irregular Verbs
146
Infinitive
Past simple
Past participle
retell
/ˌriːˈtel/
retold
/ˌriːˈtəʊld/
retold
/ˌriːˈtəʊld/
ride
/raɪd/
rode
/rəʊd/
ridden
/ˈrɪd(ə)n/
ring
/rɪŋ/
rang
/ræŋ/
rung
/rʌŋ/
rise
/raɪz/
rose
/rəʊz/
risen
/ˈrɪz(ə)n/
run
/rʌn/
ran
/ræn/
run
/rʌn/
say
/seɪ/
said
/sed/
said
/sed/
see
/siː/
saw
/sɔː/
seen
/siːn/
seek
/siːk/
sought
/sɔːt/
sought
/sɔːt/
sell
/sel/
sold
/səʊld/
sold
/səʊld/
send
/send/
sent
/sent/
sent
/sent/
set
/set/
set
/set/
set
/set/
sew
/səʊ/
sewed
/səʊd/
sewed sewn
/səʊd/ /səʊn/
shake
/ʃeɪk/
shook
/ʃʊk/
shaken
/ˈʃeɪk(ə)n/
shine
/ʃaɪn/
shined shone
/ʃaɪnd/ /ʃoʊn/
shined shone
/ʃaɪnd/ /ʃoʊn/
shoot
/ʃuːt/
shot
/ʃɒt/
shot
/ʃɒt/
show
/ʃəʊ/
showed /ʃəʊd/
shown /ʃəʊn/ showed /ʃəʊd/
shut
/ʃʌt/
shut
/ʃʌt/
shut
/ʃʌt/
sing
/sɪŋ/
sang
/sæŋ/
sung
/sʌŋ/
sink
/sɪŋk/
sank
/sæŋk/
sunk
/sʌŋk/
sit
/sɪt/
sat
/sæt/
sat
/sæt/
sleep
/sliːp/
slept
/slept/
slept
/slept/
smell
/smel/
smelled /smeld/ smelt /smelt/
smelled /smeld/ smelt /smelt/
speak
/spiːk/
spoke
/spəʊk/
spoken
/ˈspəʊk(ə)n/
spell
/spel/
spelt
/spelt/
spelt
/spelt/
spend
/spend/
spent
/spent/
spent
/spent/
spit
/spɪt/
spit spat
/spɪt/ /spæt/
spit spat
/spɪt/ /spæt/
split
/splɪt/
split
/splɪt/
split
/splɪt/
spoil
/spɔɪl/
spoiled spoilt
/spɔɪld/ /spɔɪlt/
spoiled spoilt
/spɔɪld/ /spɔɪlt/
spread
/spred/
spread
/spred/
spread
/spred/
stand
/stænd/
stood
/stʊd/
stood
/stʊd/
steal
/stiːl/
stole
/stəʊl/
stolen
/ˈstəʊlən/
stick
/stɪk/
stuck
/stʌk/
stuck
/stʌk/
strike
/straɪk/
struck
/strʌk/
struck /strʌk/ stricken /strɪk(ə)n/
swim
/swɪm/
swam
/swæm/
swum
/swʌm/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Infinitive
Past simple
Past participle
swing
/swɪŋ/
swung
/swʌŋ/
swung
/swʌŋ/
take
/teɪk/
took
/tʊk/
taken
/ˈteɪk(ə)n/
teach
/tiːtʃ/
taught
/tɔːt/
taught
/tɔːt/
tell
/tel/
told
/təʊld/
told
/təʊld/
think
/θɪŋk/
thought /θɔːt/
thought /θɔːt/
throw
/θrəʊ/
threw
thrown
/θruː/
/θrəʊn/
understand /ˌʌndə(r)ˈstænd/
understood /ʌndə(r)ˈstʊd/
understood /ʌndə(r)ˈstʊd/
wake
/weɪk/
woke
/wəʊk/
woken
/ˈwəʊk(ə)n/
wear
/weə(r)/
wore
/wɔː(r)/
worn
/wɔː(r)n/
win
/wɪn/
won
/wʌn/
won
/wʌn/
write
/raɪt/
wrote
/rəʊt/
written
/ˈrɪt(ə)n/
THAT’S ENGLISH!
147
Audio Scripts here, I wouldn’t do any exercise at all. Well, I’m going to have a shower now.
UNIT 1. GETTING BETTER LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 11-12)
3 Man 2:
Activities 7 and 8 4 Dialogue A Male: Are you OK? You look pale. Female: No, I feel dizzy, and I have an upset stomach. Male: Sit down a minute. You’re as white as a ghost! Here, drink some water. Female: Thanks. I’m fine now. I was like this last time I was pregnant. I’m a bit anaemic. My homeopath gave me a prescription for an iron supplement, so I’ll be all right. Male: You’ve got a homeopath? Female: Yes, he’s great. Dialogue B Male: If your ear hurts so much, you should take a painkiller. Female: I don’t like taking pills. Male: But an earache won’t cure itself! If you’re in pain, you should do something about it! Female: It’ll get better if I drink some herbal tea and sit quietly. Dialogue C Female: What’s the matter with Mum? Male: She’s got a stomach bug. Female: Uh-oh. What are her symptoms? Male: She has nausea and a terrible headache. Female: Is she running a fever? Male: Forty degrees! Female: That sounds like a stomach bug. Male: Yes, and the doctor said it was highly contagious. Achoo! Female: Well, take care of yourself. Dialogue D Woman: What happened to you? Your arm is so red. Boy: I have a skin rash. An insect bit me, and I had an allergic reaction. Oooh! Woman: Well, don’t touch it. Come here. Let me put some aloe vera cream on it. Boy: Will it help? Woman: Of course, it will. Aloe vera is the best home remedy for a skin rash. Dialogue E Male: What‘s the matter with Peter? Why has he got a bandage on his ankle? Female: He hurt himself playing football yesterday. Male: Has he been to the hospital? Female: Yes, he has. They took an X-ray in the emergency room. It’s nothing serious, just a twisted ankle. He’s made an appointment with a physiotherapist who specialises in sports injuries. Activities 13 5 1 Man 1:
2 Woman 1:
148
It helps to keep my mind calm and my body relaxed. I sit on the ground, put my hands on my knees, and close my eyes. As I breathe in and out slowly, I focus on one thing; to clear my mind. I feel exhausted and I sweat a lot, but it’s all worth it. It helps me stay healthy and fit. If I didn’t come
4 Woman 2:
5 Man 3:
6 Woman 3:
I’m convinced that modern western medicine is wrong about most things, and that the old methods that have been used for centuries in the East are right about most things. The facts are right here…look. I’ve lost ten kilos since April. Can you believe it? I’ve been sleeping better, so I have more energy. And my friends say I look great. I’ve been taking chamomile to treat an upset stomach all my life. Just put the dried leaves into a cup and add boiling water. Let it infuse for three minutes and it’s ready to drink. You can add honey and lemon if you want. I haven’t been in pain since I started the treatment. At first, I was a bit nervous, but the needles really don’t hurt at all. In fact, they help me relax. A session lasts about 30 minutes. I lie on a table, face down, while the doctor inserts the needles into my back. If you are in pain, I recommend it.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 15) Activities 5 and 6 9 Dialogue 1 Woman: Are you all right? Man: I haven’t been feeling very well recently. Woman: Oh dear! I’m sorry to hear that. Why aren’t you feeling well? Man: Well… I haven’t been eating properly, and I haven’t been getting any exercise. Woman: Why don’t you do something about it? Man: I’d like to, but I just don’t know where to start? Woman: There’s a really good webpage that can help you. It’s run by a team of doctors and nutritionists. There’s lots of good advice about how to eat healthy food and how to start doing exercise. Man: Really? Woman: Yes, it’s exactly what you need. If I were you, I’d start looking after yourself. Here’s the name of the website. Dialogue 2 Woman: Is everything all right? Man: My mother’s in hospital. Woman: Oh, what a shame! What’s wrong with her? Man: She’s got a bad heart. Woman: Has she? I’m sorry to hear that. Man: The heart specialist says that it is because of her high cholesterol. She’ll be all right, but she needs to change her diet. Woman: You should take her to a dietician. Man: Really? Woman: Yes. If I were you, I’d make an appointment today. Dialogue 3 Man: How are you feeling? Woman: I’ve got a really bad cough and a sore throat. Man: Oh dear! What a pity! You’d better go and see a doctor. Woman: No… what I really ought to do is give up smoking. I smoke 20 cigarettes a day – that’s my problem.
THAT'S ENGLISH!
Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
Well, one of my friends gave up smoking using hypnosis. Really? Yes. She stopped smoking after one hypnosis session. Did she? She hasn’t smoked since then, and that was over six months ago. So it works? It worked for my friend. I’ll ask her for the number if you like. You ought to try it.
CONSOLIDATION (page 17) Activity 6 11 Man:
Woman: Man: Woman:
Man: Woman:
Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
Man:
Female: Male: Female: Male: Female: Male: Female:
UNIT 2. LIFESTYLE CHOICES LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 22) Activity 7
On today’s podcast, ‘Alternative Therapies’ we’re going to learn about osteopathy. Let’s meet Jenny Arnold. Jenny has been suffering from arthritis for twenty years. For the last few months, she’s been seeing an osteopath. Hello Jenny. Hello Matt. Jenny, what does an osteopath do? Osteopaths treat and prevent health problems by moving your body and massaging your muscles. They believe that problems with our bones and muscles can affect other parts of the body. What are the most frequent problems that osteopaths treat? Probably back pain from bad posture and sports injuries. I started seeing an osteopath for my arthritis. There’s no cure for arthritis, so you have to find ways of relieving the pain. Osteopathy helps. Do you have to pay for your treatment? Yes, unfortunately osteopathy isn’t available on the NHS in my area. I’ve been paying between £35 and £50 for a session. It’s expensive, but it works. What happens in an osteopath session? My osteopath massages my muscles and moves my body in different directions. Does it hurt? No, it doesn’t hurt, but it can be a bit uncomfortable. How long does an osteopath session last? About thirty minutes. The first session sometimes lasts a bit longer, about forty or forty-five minutes. And how many sessions do you need to have? That depends on your symptoms. The average course of treatments includes eight or nine sessions over twelve weeks. Thanks Jenny, this has been very interesting. How can our listeners find an osteopath in their area? Osteopaths have to register with the General Osteopathic Council. If you go to their website, you can search for practitioners in your area. It’s simple. Their web address is www.osteopathy. or.uk. Thank you Jenny … now …
16 Interviewer:
Robert Cohen:
Vivian Chang:
Richard King:
SELF T (page 18) Activity 7 12 Female: Male: Female: Male:
Oh dear. I’m sorry to hear that. Does it hurt all the time? Yes, especially when I move. How did it happen? I hurt myself while I was lifting some heavy boxes. Well, you had better be careful lifting heavy things in the future. Yes, I will. I know I should never lift heavy things on my own. It was a bit silly of me. Why don’t you stay at home and rest for a few days?
Good morning. Good morning doctor. Now, what’s the matter with you? I’ve got a bad back.
THAT'S ENGLISH!
Welcome to Different People, Different Lifestyles. On today’s program, we’re going to listen to three people from three very different parts of the United States: the East Coast, the Midwest, and the West Coast. I’m Robert Cohen. I grew up in a liberal family in Brooklyn, New York, and now I’m a lawyer for a small human rights organisation in Manhattan. I live in Brooklyn. I work long hours, and the journey into Manhattan takes me over an hour, so I’m not at home very much. I usually have lunch and dinner in restaurants. I have to be careful with money because New York is expensive. I enjoy taking advantage of everything a big city has to offer; the theatres, the movies, the museums. I’m single, and I live alone, but I meet a lot of beautiful women in the nightclubs. I’m Vivian Chang. I was born here in San Francisco, California, but both of my parents were Chinese immigrants. My parents taught me the value of hard work, family and marriage. Like my father, I am a doctor. I believe in keeping healthy. I’m a vegetarian, and I ride my bicycle to work every day. Being a doctor is stressful, so in my free time I enjoy getting out of the city and taking long relaxing walks near the ocean. My name is Richard King. I live with my wife and three children on a small farm near Urbana, Illinois. I started working when I was 15, and I moved out of my parents’ house when I finished school at 18. So, I guess you could say I have always been independent. My family and I are religious, and we go to church every Sunday morning. Having a farm is hard, physical work, and it means waking up at four o’clock every morning – even Saturdays and Sundays. As you can imagine, I don’t go out much. I prefer to stay at home and watch movies on TV with my wife and kids. I guess my life’s a little boring, but I like it.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 25) Activity 6 20 Presenter: Urban tribes are groups of young, city people who
149
Audio Scripts
Goth:
Skater:
have common interests and ideologies that are very different from traditional culture. They usually dress alike and enjoy listening to the same music. Two very identifiable urban tribes are skaters and Goths. Listen to two members of these tribes talk about their lifestyle. I’ve been a Goth for two years now, but this urban tribe started in the ’80s. Let’s see, I’d have to say that fashion is important to the Goth lifestyle. We’ll wear anything as long as it’s black. Goths look strange – but, we want to look strange. Being different and unconventional is part of our lifestyle. And you should know that we are peaceful, and tolerant of everybody. Goth is a night lifestyle. On weekends, I dress up and meet my friends at the popular Goth nightclubs, where we dance to the latest Goth music. When we’re not clubbing, my friends and I like reading science fiction and horror books. In fact, we call ourselves ´Goths´ from Gothic literature from the 18th century, ya know, books like Dracula, Frankenstein. I’m a skater. We’re called skaters because, well, we skateboard. My friends and I skate everywhere we go – on the city streets, in the parks. I even skateboard to school every day. We like having fun and being active, but being a skater isn’t as easy as it looks. In fact, it can be really dangerous. I should know – I’ve already broken my arm twice. Skating requires skill and lots of practice, so you have to exercise and keep in shape. On weekends, we skateboard in the park. Skaters are a street culture, so my friends and I don’t go to clubs very much. Besides, most of us are teenagers so we’re too young to get into the nightclubs. I guess about 75% of us are boys. Skaters don’t care much about fashion, but we need to dress comfortably because skating is a sport, after all.
CONSOLIDATION (page 27) Activities 7 and 8 21 Interviewer: Nadya, you’ve worked as a journalist in both India and England. Can you tell us about some of the differences between the lifestyle in India and Britain? Nadya: Well, lifestyles in India are very diverse, just like England, but here are some things I’ve observed. To start with, the family is the centre of the lifestyle in India, and it’s typical to find several generations of a family living together. Of course, the eldest male is the head of the family and always has the last word. Interviewer: What about England? Nadya: In England, families are much smaller. In fact, the number of single-parent families is growing quickly. It’s also very common for young English people to move out of their family home when they turn 18. Interviewer: What are the differences between working in India and England? Nadya: In India, people work very hard. We have a sixday working week, and the average person works 11 hours every day. That’s 66 hours a week, compared to 40 hours a week in England. Teenagers in India also work hard, and they spend most of their free time at home studying. Interviewer: You mean they don’t enjoy going out? Nadya: Naturally they like to go out and have fun. But when they do go out, they don’t drink too much. In England, so many young men and women
150
enjoy going out and drinking too much. Also, young people in India have a lot of respect for their parents and for older people in general. You know, once I interviewed some Indian students about their opinion of kissing in public. They said that they didn’t do it because it would offend older people. That type of attitude is completely impossible in Britain today! Interviewer: What do Indians enjoy doing in their free time? Nadya: A lot of people enjoy playing or watching cricket, which is the national sport of India. Football is also extremely popular, just like in England. Perhaps the most popular pastime is going to the cinema to watch a Bollywood film. Last year, over four billion people went to the cinema in India. Also, many people enjoy staying at home to watch Indian-made soap operas on the telly. Interviewer: Thank you, Nadya.
SELF TEST (page 28) Activity 7 22 Interviewer: Hello Eric! Could you please tell us a little bit about your lifestyle in Redruth? Eric: My name is Eric. Both my wife and I come from Redruth, a small town in Cornwall. It’s very quiet here, and there’s not much to do. When I was a teenager in the sixties, I thought it was awful. It was so boring and provincial! All I could think about was going to live in an exciting and cosmopolitan city like London. But now I have to admit that I enjoy my life. It’s a friendly place to live - everyone knows each other. And it’s both safe and quiet. It’s never stressful here. The people are neither rude nor cold. Some people don’t even close the door to their house! Redruth is also much cheaper than London. We have a nice garden where we grow our own fruit and vegetables. We like to take advantage of the countryside and go for long walks. Now, neither my wife nor I want to leave Redruth.
UNIT 3. THERE’S NO PLACE LIKE HOME LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 31-32) Activities 5 and 6 26 1 Female: Male: 2 Male: Female: 3 Male: Female: Male: Female: 4 Female 1: Female 2:
What’s the temperature like today? It’s seven degrees below zero. When was Cary Grant born? He was born in nineteen-oh-four. What’s your phone number? It’s oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-five. Is that oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-five? That’s right.
May I have your credit card number, please? It’s two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-ohthree-four-nine-five-oh. Female 1: That’s two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-ohthree-four-nine-five-oh.
THAT'S ENGLISH!
5 Male 1: Male 2:
How many kilometres are in a mile? One point six-oh-nine-three-four-four.
SELF TEST (page 38) Activities 11 33
Activities 10 and 11 27 Husband: Wife: Husband: Wife: Husband:
Wife:
Husband:
Wife: Husband: Wife:
Well, we’ve seen dozens of houses now. So it’s time to decide! Which one did you like the most? The small apartment we saw was nice. It’s fully furnished and I love the fitted wardrobes. It’s also quite cheap, just over 100,000 pounds. Yes, but what about when we have children? It’s much too small! Besides, it was built in 1965, and you know how much I hate 1960s architecture. Oh, I guess you’re right. OK then, which one was your favourite? Well, how about the semi-detached house on Ripley Road? It’s got a big back garden! And it’s got a fitted kitchen, too! It was built in 2005, so it’s practically new. The house is nice, but I think the neighbourhood isn’t very safe. And the owners are asking 320,000 pounds. That’s too much money for a dangerous area. Besides, I want to live somewhere special! Somewhere special? Well... How about the thatched cottage? The open-plan kitchen is amazing. It’s very pretty, and we’ve always dreamed of living in the countryside. It’s so beautiful! You don’t think the house is too old? It was built in 1880, you know. But the entire house has been completely modernised. I thought you loved it. Yeah, as a matter of fact, I do love it. And 270,000 pounds is a great price. It’s perfect!
CONSOLIDATION (page 36) Activities 5 and 6 31 Interviewer: Estate agent: Interviewer: Estate agent:
Interviewer: Estate agent:
Interviewer: Estate agent: Interviewer: Estate agent: Interviewer: Estate agent:
Darren, what do you think is the most important point to consider when you buy a house? I think the first question to ask is: Do I really want to buy a house? Why do you say that? Well, you have a lot more responsibilities when you have your own house. And when there are problems - blocked drains, bad wiring and so on- you have to solve them. I see. You also need to ask: How long am I going to live here? If you’re going to live in a house for less than five years, I don’t think that it’s a good idea to buy. OK, that’s very clear. Any other advice? This sounds very obvious, but don’t buy a house that is too expensive for you. You need to be realistic! But how much is too expensive? Well, the general rule is that a house shouldn’t be more than three times your annual salary. I see. Do you have a final point that you would like to mention? Yes. You also need to investigate the price of similar houses in the area. You really need to become an expert in this. If you are, you won’t pay too much when you buy your house.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Female 1: Hi Sarah! How’s your new house? Female 2: Hi Anna! To be honest, at the beginning it was an absolute disaster! Female 1: Really? Why? Female 2: Well. The house was built in 1908, so the structure was really old. Female 1: Oh no! That sounds dangerous! Female 2: It was! But only at the beginning. When we bought the house, we decided to modernise it. First, we changed the windows and the kitchen, so now they’re new. We paid less than 25,000 pounds to do that. Luckily the electrical installation was fine, so we didn’t need a new one… Female 1: Ah! You have changed the whole house! It’s like a new one! Female 2: Yes, it is. We were lucky because we got a good price because of the housing crash.
UNIT 4. BOOKS, BOOKS, BOOKS! LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 42) Activities 6 and 7 37 One It’s the first time I’ve written a scary book but it’s quite good fun. I don’t know whether zombies are still in fashion, but my readers are the ones who will decide. Two I like writing this genre best of all. I think it’s the believable detective work that sells a book like this. Everybody loves a good murder – as long as they catch the killer in the end, of course. Three There’s definitely a more limited market for our work. Novelists sell lots more books than poets do. But I think that’s starting to change. People are starting to read a wider variety of things… and that’s good. Four I think it’s probably the kind of book which is most difficult to write. Nobody wants to feel ‘on show’. It takes a lot of courage to write honestly about your own life. It’s quite an emotional process. Five The main character is a time traveller. He’s looking for the man who killed his father – another time traveller. It’s complicated because it moves back and forth through time. But it’s engaging because of the mystery element.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 45) Activities 6 and 7 41 One How did you find me? And what do you want? You can’t possibly expect me to go back with you! Not after everything that has happened. Two It says here, Mister Paul Hammond and Miss Jessica Mills are getting married on Saturday at three o’clock in Saint Jude’s
151
Audio Scripts Church, Northgate. Getting married! It’s here. In black and white! Three I can’t believe he’s dead. I wake up in the morning and expect him to be there… but he isn’t of course. Nothing is ever going to be the same again. Not without Monty. He wasn’t just a dog, you know. Don’t ever think he was just a dog… Four Is it… I thought so! It’s Michael Rose, isn’t it? I thought it was you. What are you doing in this part of the world? You’re a long way from home! Five So, a grandmother! At last! I was beginning to think it might never happen. I’m going to start knitting right away! I’ll make something white. They don’t know if it’s going to be a boy or a girl yet so…
CONSOLIDATION (pages 46-47) Activities 3, 4 and 5 42 A: I don’t know how you can read on that thing, Paul. B: Are you serious? It’s better than a traditional book. And in the future everybody will have an e-reader. Books as you know them are disappearing. A: But the text is so small on those things. It can’t be good for your eyes. B: But the thing is, you can make the text size bigger or smaller. You can make it as big as you need it. A: You’re kidding! Show me. B: Look. This button takes you to a menu. And you can make the text smaller like this, or bigger like this. A: Good heavens! I didn’t realise. That’s great. B: Yes. New technologies aren’t all bad, Mum. You have to move with the times. A: Maybe. But I’m not convinced. Technology is OK, I know that, but we shouldn’t just abandon the old things. I’m sure books will be around for a long time. Paper books, I mean. B: Well, I disagree. Paper book sales are already falling and e-book sales are rising. The publishers are making changes in the way they do things. Bookshops are closing down all over the country. Libraries are opening up online for people to borrow e-books. Traditional libraries are closing down. A: That’s awful! B: I agree. We should save our libraries. But we have to move forward, Mum. Things don’t stay the same for ever. Look at the newspapers! A: What about them? B: Well, sales are falling all the time as more and more people read the news online. A: That can’t be true! More people read the news these days than ever before. B: You must be joking! People are informed – yes. But not from newspapers. Everyone reads the news online. It’s better. A: Why? It’s the same news! How can it be better? B: Well, it’s updated every few minutes so you get ‘breaking news’ as it happens. And you get more sides to the story, of course. Look, I’ll show you...
152
SELF TEST (page 48) Activity 7 43 A: When did you first start writing? B: Oh, a long time ago. When I was a child I used to love writing stories. But it was at university that I started to get interested in poetry. One of my teachers invited us to a poetry reading evening and we went along because we didn’t have anything better to do. Jane Christie was there, reading some of her poems A: Jane Christie? B: Yes. She’s an amazing poet. Her poems are full of hope and optimism. In fact, Jane is the writer whose poems have inspired me the most. We’re great friends now. A: How long did it take you to write A Poem for All Seasons? B: About sixth months. I had a lot of the ideas together but I needed to find a place where I could work in peace. I was sharing a flat with four friends at the time so there wasn’t much peace and quiet, as you can imagine. Then I got an opportunity to stay in Cornwall at an aunt’s house so I thought ‘Great! No more excuses. It’s now or never’. A: Which is your favourite poem from the book? B: I think it’s Cherry Trees. It’s a poem which makes you think of spring. I wrote it for my mother. She loves cherry trees. A: It must have felt fantastic to see your book in the shops. B: Oh yes, it was! At first none of this felt real. Then when I saw the actual book, well, that was the moment when I knew I could be a writer.
UNIT 5. GOING PLACES LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 51-52) Activity 5 47 Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
Woman: Man: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
What time is it, Geoff? It’s almost seven thirty. You’d better hurry, or we’re going to be late for the theatre. Oh, dear. We’re never going to get there on time if we take the Tube. We’ll take a taxi, then. Good idea. I can’t stand this rainy weather. Don’t worry. I’m taking an umbrella. Don’t forget we’re meeting Dan and Linda for drinks after the show. Do you have enough cash? Not if we have to pay for a taxi. We’ll get money out of the cash point then. Telephone! All right. I’ll get it. Hello? Hmm-hmm. Thank you. I’ll give him the message. Who was that? Your secretary. She said you left the theatre tickets on your desk at the office.
Activities 9 and 10 48 Dialogue 1 Woman: Excuse me, sir. How far is the National Theatre from here? Man: It’s quite far, I’m afraid. Too far to walk. Woman: Oh, dear. Is there a taxi rank close by? Man: Yes, it’s very close, but it’s rush hour now, and the traffic is really bad at this time of day. Why don’t
THAT’S ENGLISH!
you take the Underground to the theatre? There’s a tube station very close, just two minutes away, on the other side of this pedestrian area. Dialogue 2 Man: I think I’ll ride a Boris bike into London today instead of taking public transport. Woman: That’s rather healthy of you, but isn’t it a bit cold? Man: Not really, just slightly cloudy. And the weather report says it’s not going to rain. Woman: Aren’t you a little afraid of getting hit by a bus in the bus lane? Man: Of course not. I’m always careful to stay in the bike lane. Woman: I hope you are. How long does it take to ride a bike into London? Man: It takes about 30 minutes. Slightly less than it takes by bus, believe it or not. Activity 14 49 Interviewer:
Jan: Interviewer: Jan: Interviewer: Jan: Interviewer: Jan: Interviewer: Jan: Interviewer: Jan: Interviewer: Jan:
CONSOLIDATION (page 57) Activities 7 and 8 54 Interviewer: Michael: Interviewer: Michael: Interviewer: Michael:
Interviewer: Michael: Welcome to our weekly podcast, “Going Places in England.” Today, we are speaking to Jan, who lives in Barley, Lancashire. Jan, what’s Barley like? Barley is a quiet village, and I love living there. We don’t have the stress of the big city, like rush hours or traffic jams. That sounds great. How big is it? My village is quite small. You can walk from one end of the village to the other in 10 minutes, so nothing is far away. What’s public transport like? It’s not very good. You really need your own car. There are some local buses, but they’re not very frequent. What about bus lanes and bike lanes? Well, we don’t have them, but we don’t need them either. There are very few cars, so why have bus or bike lanes? And what about pedestrian areas? Again, we don’t need them. If you want to go for a walk, there are fields everywhere! It sounds like a relaxing place to visit. How far is Barley from London? It’s about 200 miles away. And how long does it take to get there by train? You can go down to London in a little more than two hours.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 55) Activity 5 53 Naples is a great place for a short city break! It’s just a twohour flight from Spain. Naples is not a giant museum, like Florence, and can be enjoyed in just a few days. As Naples is a Mediterranean city, summer days are usually hot and dry. This is a working city, and it’s crowded and full of life. You’ll love the food in Naples, especially the pizza, which is the best in Italy. The highlight is probably the city’s magical bay. However, there are plenty of other attractions if you like sightseeing, including the stunning Piazza del Plebiscito. You can also take a stroll along the Spaccanopoli, the main street in the city. It’s always packed with people and has many impressive churches and interesting shops. It’s the best place to get a feel for the city. But watch out for the pickpockets!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Interviewer: Michael:
Interviewer: Michael:
Interviewer: Michael: Interviewer: Michael: Interviewer: Michael: Interviewer: Michael:
Michael, you work as a tourist guide in Beijing now, but where were you born? Oh, I was born in London and lived there all my life until I came here. I worked in a bank for 28 years. Really? And how long have you been working as a tourist guide? I’ve been a tourist guide for four years now. Why did you decide to become a guide? Well, I had my own business in London before. I decided to close it and to do something less stressful. My wife is Chinese, so we decided to move to Beijing and make a new life for ourselves. What do you like about this job? Everything! I love communicating with people. And I love Beijing! So it’s really the ideal job for me! Of course, the traffic here is terrible. But I live in the city centre, so my work is close by and I can walk there every day, which is great. What are some of the top tourist sights in Beijing? Beijing is thousands of years old and one of the largest cities in the world. As you can imagine, there’s so much you can see. The two most popular sights are the Great Wall of China and the Forbidden City. I would also recommend a visit to the Beijing Opera and the Panda House at the zoo. You know a lot about Beijing. How did you become an expert? Well, I had to prepare well. People ask you all sorts of questions, and you need to have the answer. I’ve learned a lot about Beijing from books and on the internet. And how much do you earn? £10 an hour, so I make around £70-£80 a day. And how many days a week do you work? I do three, two-and-a-half -hour tours every day, four days a week. And how old are you now? I’m sixty-seven. Really? When are you going to retire? I don’t want to retire! This job is like a hobby!
SELF TEST (page 58) Activity 8 55 Announcer:
Laura: Announcer:
Welcome to the weekly radio talk show, Trip Tips, where we give advice on what to do when you’re visiting European cities. Our listeners will be writing on our forum to give their personal advice. This is Laura from Liverpool. Hello, Laura. What city are you planning to visit? We’re going to Prague. It’s our first time there, but we can only stay for a weekend. I’d appreciate any advice your listeners can give. Prague is one of the most picturesque cities in Europe; you’re going to love sightseeing. It has fascinating museums and art galleries… OK. Our listeners are already filling up the forum board. Let’s read their posts. Max writes: ‘When you arrive at the airport, you can ride a bus or taxi into the city. It’s only 10 kilometres from the
153
Audio Scripts
Laura:
city centre. Once you’ve arrived in Prague and checked into your hotel, take a stroll around the city. Just be sure to wear comfortable walking shoes.’ Stanley sends this advice. ‘Don’t worry about the language situation.They speak English in the hotels and restaurants and major tourist sights. We had a great time there, and so will you!’ KD says: ‘Get a good map at the tourist information centre. If you enjoy a pleasant stroll, you’ll have a great experience. I suggest you visit old town and the old town square. Climb the clock tower at old town square for stunning views. Be sure to take a stroll across the Charles Bridge. When you get tired of walking, you can take public transport – the underground is quite convenient and the buses cover the entire city.’ Johnny sends us this advice: ‘If you only have two days, spend one day on each side of the Vitava River. It’s amazing. And don’t worry about traffic if you stay in the historical district. You can walk everywhere, and traffic jams aren’t a problem. But you may have to wait to get into the more popular sights. They are usually packed with tourists.’ Thanks, everyone. I’ll take your advice.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 65) Activity 1 64 Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
Naples
UNIT 6. FIRST IMPRESSIONS
is
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 61-62) Activitis 6 and 7 59 Claire is an intelligent person, but she keeps to herself and doesn’t like to talk about her personal life. We’ve been classmates all year now, but I can’t say I know her very well. But people tell me she’s reasonable and has common sense. Jane, on the other hand, has a great personality and she loves talking to people and making them laugh. Invite Jane to a party, and she’ll be there. She’s also tolerant of others, even though she may not agree with them. And nothing seems to bother her. Beryl is very different from both Claire and Jane. I like Beryl, but I have to admit she’s difficult to be around sometimes. I mean, you never know from one day to the next if she’s going to be happy, sad or angry. And you have to be very careful about what you say to her. One wrong comment and she starts crying.
Ah, folding your arms also depends on what country you are in. In India and Pakistan, it is common to fold your arms when you are listening to older people or parents – this shows respect and obedience. However, in western countries people will think that you aren’t open and friendly if you do this.
Professor:
Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
When is your job interview? Tomorrow morning. I always get so nervous at interviews. Maybe I should have a large glass of wine before I go. You shouldn’t do that! If they smell alcohol on your breath, you won’t make a good first impression, will you? You’re probably right. I’ll stay up all night practising then. I wouldn’t do that. You’ll look tired and give the wrong impression. Listen, just relax and be yourself, and you’ll be fine. You’re right. I’ve decided to wear a nice conservative outfit. What do you think? That’s a good idea. What colour? A dark grey suit with a white shirt. Perfect. I’m just so shy. And when I’m nervous, I find it difficult to look people in the eye. Why don’t we make a video so you can practise? What a great idea. Thanks for helping.
CONSOLIDATION (page 67) Activities 5 and 6 65 Psychologist: Tom Hardy: Psychologist: Tom Hardy:
Psychologist:
Activities 16 and 17
Tom Hardy:
62 Interviewer: Professor, is body language universal? Professor: No, not all body language is universal. For example, in most countries when you nod your head it means yes. But in China it means ‘I’m listening’. And in Albania it means no. Interviewer: Really? What other differences are there? Professor: Well, usually when we shrug our shoulders it means that we don’t know or we haven’t got a strong opinion. But in China it means that we don’t respect the other person. Interviewer: I see. Can you think of any other problematic areas? Professor: Yes. In Japan, you shouldn’t cross your legs when you’re sitting on a chair. It’s not polite. Interviewer: That’s interesting. And what about folding your arms?
Psychologist: Tom Hardy: Psychologist:
154
Tom Hardy: Psychologist: Tom Hardy: Psychologist: Tom Hardy: Psychologist: Tom Hardy:
Now Mr Hardy, lie down on the sofa. I’m going to ask you some personal questions. Er... OK. Now, would you say that you are a nervous person? Well, I think that I’m quite easy-going in general, but sometimes I can get stressed, but not often. I see. Now, what do you think of your mother? My mother? She’s a wonderful person. She’s very warm and friendly. And your father? I don’t want to answer that question. You shouldn’t do that, Mr Hardy. I need all the information about you. OK ... Well, he’s always criticising me. And he’s always been cold and distant. Cold and distant... interesting. Now Mr Hardy, when we met you didn’t shake hands, did you? I don’t remember. Well, you didn’t. Perhaps you are cold and distant, too. I don’t think so. I work as a teacher and all my students like me. I see. So would you say that you’re friendly and outgoing? Yes, I would.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Psychologist: Tom Hardy: Psychologist:
But Mr Hardy ... you’re not looking me in the eye, are you? But I’m lying on the sofa! I can’t look you in the eye, can I? I’ll ask the questions, Mr Hardy, and you answer them...
SELF TEST (page 68) Activities 8 and 9 66 There are many reasons why we should be careful in how we criticise people. First of all, no one likes criticism. We often feel angry or sad when someone criticises us. However, does this mean that we should never criticise anyone? On the one hand, we can’t be completely quiet when someone does something wrong, can we? We need to tell them what we think. Moreover, if we say nothing, the other person will never know we’re unhappy with them. On the other hand, there’s always a possibility that we will offend someone when we criticise them. Even so, we must tell them what we think, but we have to do this politely and not aggressively. To sum up, we need to choose our words carefully when we have a problem with someone. We mustn’t attack them verbally and we should always respect them as a person.
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 75) Activity 5 74 Man:
My wife and I are thinking about a holiday in Butlin’s this summer. I’d rather go to France, but we can’t afford it. Oh, you’ll love Butlin’s! Bernard and I took the children there last year, and we had a great time! Really? I was there once with my family when I was 15, and I always thought it was old-fashioned. Not anymore. The entire resort has been modernised. The rooms, food and services at our hotel were amazing. And you didn’t find it boring? Not at all. The children had a great time at the amusement parks and fairgrounds. Even I thought the go-carts were cool. One night after the children were in bed, Bernard and I left them with a babysitter and went out to the discos and clubs. The music was brilliant! Hmmmm. That sounds like fun. We haven’t been out to clubs since the kids were born. During the day, there are so many different activities for the entire family – and the water park is amazing. I guess it would be cheaper to go to Butlin’s instead of going abroad. It’s a lot cheaper. And if you book your hotel a month in advance, you’ll get a 15 percent discount. Bernard and the kids can’t wait to go back this summer. Thanks for the advice. I’ll talk to my travel agent this afternoon.
Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
Man: Woman: Man:
UNIT 7. PLAY TIME LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 72)
Woman: Man:
Activities 9 and 10 70 Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
Man:
I’m bored. Do you want to play tennis? No way. It’s raining. I think we’d better stay at home. If you insist. But what do you want to do? Why don’t we invite Fred and Anne over for a game of Pictionary? You must be joking! I’m not very good at drawing, and I won’t embarrass myself in front of our friends. You know, we could call Jack and Emily too. They love games. Why don’t we play cards? I’d love to, but Jack and Emily are always cheating! That’s not true. You just hate losing. Besides, Jack and Emily are good friends. And I’ve been dying to see them. OK, if you want. I suppose we can always buy some wine and pizza. That’s a great idea. I’ll call everyone now. Shall we say 6 o’clock? Fine, but tell Jack and Emily 5:30. They always arrive late. Hmmm. That’s true. But we need to think of another game. Would you like to play Trivial Pursuit? Maybe. How do you play it? We can play in teams or individually. The object of the game is to move around the board answering questions about history, arts, sports, geography, entertainment, and science. The person or team with the most correct answers wins the game. Oooh! That’s a great idea! I’m great at history and science. And you know everything about sports and entertainment. Ha, ha, ha! You and I are going to win tonight.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
CONSOLIDATION (page 77) Activity 7 76 Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim: Jane: Jim:
I‘m going to tell you about two simple games that you can play with a ball. I’ll explain the game, and follow my instructions. If you insist. Here’s the first game. Ready. Stand up! All right. Throw a ball in the air. And then? Sit down and catch the ball in your left hand. You must be joking? This is for kids. You think so? Try it. Oops! It’s not as easy as it sounds, is it? Let me try that again. … And now here’s the second game. Are you ready? I suppose so. Hold a ball in both hands in front of you. Now what? Drop the ball. Right. And quickly jump down and catch the ball in both hands. Ha! Got it! How about a third game? No way! Why don’t we play cards then?
155
Audio Scripts SELF TEST (page 78)
LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 85)
Activities 8 and 9
Activity 4
77 Phil: Mark: Phil: Mark: Phil: Mark:
88 1 ‘I’m coming tonight.’ ‘Are you?’ 2 ‘I’ll repair it tomorrow.’ ‘Will you?’ 3 ‘They want to see you now.’ ‘Do they?’ 4 ‘I haven’t got time at the moment.’ ‘Haven’t you?’ 5 ‘I saw Jacqui last night.’ ‘Did you?’ 6 ‘I wasn’t talking about you.’ ‘Weren’t you?’
Phil: Mark: Phil: Mark: Phil: Mark: Phil:
Hi Mark. How were your holidays? Hello, Phil. Well, the children had a great time! How old are your children now? Jamie’s four and Helen’s nine. So what did they do? Well, we went to a family holiday camp. There were lots of things to do for children. Jamie really liked the arts and crafts activities.... Wow, arts and crafts. That sounds interesting! … you know, drawing and painting. And he loved the soft play area! What about Helen? Well, she went pony riding and she loved it! It was her first time! She also liked the fairground, but some of the rides were too scary for her. I can imagine. What about you and Madeleine? Did you have a good time? Not really. It was a bit boring for us, but holidays are for the kids, aren’t they? I’m not so sure about that. I, on the other hand, had a brilliant time on my holidays.
UNIT 8. THE ART WORLD
CONSOLIDATION (page 87) Activities 8 and 9 89 Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer:
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 81-82) Activities 5 and 6 81 A Well, this really leaves me cold. Two women sitting still looking at each other! What’s the point? I wouldn’t call this art! If I want to see two people looking at each other, I can go to the park! B This is quite an interesting picture. I wouldn’t say it’s stunning or lovely, but it’s quite striking. I’d like to see more of his work. C I don’t call this art. In fact, I think it’s quite disgusting. It really turns me off! It looks like a laboratory experiment. I think the artist is having a joke, here. I mean, he can’t be serious! D I’m sorry, but I just don’t get it. This is a collection of red furniture and objects in a very ordinary room. What’s special about that? It’s not clever, it’s not expressive. My living-room is much more interesting than this!
Judy:
Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer: Judy: Interviewer: Judy:
Judy, what type of work do you do? I’m a professional photographer. And how long have you been doing that? Let me see... over forty years, now. Really? What type of photos do you prefer to take? Well, I’ve done lots of different types of photos, including still lives and landscapes. But I really prefer doing portraits. Why’s that? I think that they’re much more expressive and creative. But can you really be creative when you’re taking a portrait with a camera? I mean, you’re just taking a picture of someone’s face. Well, in my opinion good photography isn’t completely mechanical. If you take a good portrait, you can communicate all kinds of emotions. It’s like doing a painting, really. I see. Are there any other reasons why you especially like doing portraits? Well, this may sound strange, but I think that it probably makes me a better person. Why do you say that? I’m sure that doing portraits helps me to understand other people better. Can you explain why? Well, if you spend 40 years looking at people intensely, it’s going to have an effect on you... you’re going to become more sensitive to other people.
SELF TEST (page 88)
Activity 12
Activities 10 and 11
84 Let me see. There’s a woman on a sofa in the middle of the picture. She appears to be at work. She’s wearing a grey suit. In the background there’s a blue cupboard. I can see some flowers on the left. They’re in a white vase.
90 Girl: Boy: Girl: Boy:
Activity 13 85 Let me see. There’s a woman in an armchair in the middle of the picture. She appears to be at home. She’s wearing a green skirt and a white blouse. In the background there’s a green cupboard. I can see some flowers on the right. They’re in a yellow vase.
156
Girl: Boy: Girl: Boy: Girl: Boy: Girl: Boy:
What are you doing? I’m painting a picture. What type of picture is it? It’s a portrait ... of my mother. It’s for her birthday but she doesn’t know. It’s going to be a surprise! Let me see. Oh, how beautiful! What a fantastic painting! Do you think so? Yes, I do. You’ve really got talent. Have I? Thanks! No one else in my family seems to think so! Well, don’t listen to them! Have you ever sold any paintings? No, I’ve never tried. Have you got any more paintings? Yes, I’ve got all sorts – portraits, landscapes and still
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Girl: Boy: Girl: Boy:
lifes. Do you want to have a look? Yes, of course! So, what do you think? These are great! I’ve got a friend who works in an art gallery. I’m going to phone her right now! Are you? Really? How exciting!
UNIT 9. THE WORLD IS A STAGE LANGUAGE STUDY (page 92) Activities 9 and 10 94 Journalist: Crispin: Journalist: Crispin: Journalist: Roger: Journalist: Roger: Journalist: Roger:
Crispin, you’re the main actor in the play. How did you feel about your performance? I wasn’t very happy with it. But the audience seemed delighted with it. They gave you a standing ovation! Well, thanks for saying that, but I don’t think that I was very expressive. I really need to improve. Now Roger, you’re the director. What did you think? Well, I thought that Crispin was outstanding. But I was a little disappointed with the rest of the cast. Why’s that? They didn’t learn their lines and they were always forgetting what to say! It’s just not good enough! And what did you think of the set? Oh, it was great. I’m very pleased with the stage designers.
CONSOLIDATION (page 97) Activities 5 and 6 98 Interviewer: Ruth: Interviewer: Ruth:
Interviewer: Ruth: Interviewer: Ruth: Interviewer: Ruth:
Ruth, congratulations on winning the Oscar for best film. It’s a fantastic achievement. How do you feel? Well, I’m very pleased to receive the Oscar for best film. But I’d like to say that this Oscar is for all the cast. They were all fantastic. Several of the actors in the film were nominated for an Oscar, but none of them won. Do you have anything to say about that? I’m sure that some of the cast are a little disappointed with the decision. But you have to remember that there were some very strong candidates. And not everyone can win. Are you working on a new film now? Yes, I am. Can you tell us a bit about it? Yes. It’s about life in the year 2100. But we’re just starting, and at the moment the story really isn’t good enough. We need to improve it. Some people say that young people don’t want to go to the cinema these days, and that they prefer video games. Do you agree? I think that’s a load of rubbish. If you make a good film, people will want to see it and that includes young people.
Activity 7 99 1
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Man: Man: 2 Woman: Man: 3 Man: Woman: 4 Woman: Woman: 5 Woman: Man:
I’ve won the Oscar for best director. Congratulations! That’s a fantastic achievement! They didn’t give you the Oscar? How do you feel? I’m very disappointed. What a load of rubbish. That film was terrible! Do you think so? I thought it was great. Can you tell us about your new film? Yes. It’s set in Spain in the 1950s. Are you happy with the story? No, it isn’t good enough.
SELF TEST (page 98) Activities 9 and 10 100 Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
What a terrible film! Well, I thought that it was fantastic. And the story was very moving. Moving? It was dreadful! Why do you say that? Well, the story was really boring, and the actors were really bad. You can’t be serious! I thought that the actors gave really powerful performances, especially the main actress, who I thought was impressive. Hmmmmmm….. All right, then. What did you think of the music? Absolutely dreadful! I don’t know who wrote it, but he really needs to improve in his next film. I can’t believe what you’re saying. I thought that the music was really evocative. OK, tell me one thing that you liked. Well, the main actress was very beautiful. I enjoyed looking at her. But I didn’t enjoy listening to her. Her voice really isn’t good enough for a professional actress.
UNIT 10. STORIES AND LEGENDS LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 101) Activities 7 and 8 104 Once upon a time there was a prince who wanted to marry a princess. He travelled all over the world to find one. However, he couldn’t find a real princess so he finally came back to his castle. One evening a terrible storm came. Suddenly, someone knocked at the door of the castle; it was a beautiful girl and she was completely wet. She said that she was a princess. Now, the king and the queen didn’t believe her, so they decided to test the girl. The old queen put a pea on a bed, and then she covered it with lots of sheets and blankets. Then the girl went to sleep. In the morning they asked her how he had slept. ‘Oh, very badly!’ she said. ‘I was lying on something very hard all night and couldn’t sleep at all.’ As soon as she said this, the king and queen knew that she was a real princess because only a real princess could be so sensitive. The next day the prince and the princess got married and they lived happily ever after. The moral of the story is: if you stop looking for something, you will find it in the end.
157
Audio Scripts LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 105) Activities 3 and 4 108 Narrator: Sean:
Sean. I used to love the summer holidays. We would go to visit my family in Ireland. They had a big farm and we used to do really cool things like milk the cows or make butter. Most of all, we would run around the fields and play. It was fantastic! Narrator: Margaret. Margaret: We used to always go to the same place every year. It’s called Littlehampton and it’s on the south coast of England. We would spend a lot of time on the beach and I used to make sand castles! Narrator: Dan. Dan: My family didn’t use to have much money when I was young, so I would stay at home. That was OK, though, as I used to go to the park and play football with my friends, and sometimes I would go fishing with my dad.
CONSOLIDATION (page 107) Activities 5 and 6 109 Interviewer Professor Lomax:
Interviewer Professor Lomax:
Interviewer Professor Lomax: Interviewer Professor Lomax:
Interviewer Professor Lomax:
Professor Lomax, you have just written a book called ‘Exaggeration’. Could you tell us what it’s about? Well, the basic idea of the book is that we all like to talk about our experiences, but we have a tendency to exaggerate. We always try to make them seem more interesting. Could you give us an example of this? Of course. Imagine that you’ve just been on holiday- it was an OK holiday, but nothing special. A friend phones you up and asks you about it. If you’re like most people, you’ll probably say that you had a great time, even though it’s not really true. So you think most of us do this, that we exaggerate? Yes, I do. Why? Well, as I said before, we like to make our experiences appear more interesting than they really were. And we all like telling stories. If you say something was OK, people probably won’t want to hear much more about it. But if you say that it was fantastic, then you can be sure of the other person’s attention. So basically you’re saying that we’re all liars. I wouldn’t say that, but we all like to decorate the truth. It’s a bit like when we eat. Don’t you put olive oil and vinegar on a salad to make it more interesting and tasty?
SELF TEST (page 108) Activities 6 and 7 110 High above the city on a tall column, stood the statue of the Happy Prince. One night a little bird was flying over the city.
158
He saw the statue and said, ‘I will stop there tonight. It is a fine position.’ He was preparing to go to sleep, when a large drop of water fell on him. ‘How strange!’ he exclaimed; ‘there is not a cloud in the sky.’ Then another drop fell. After that, he looked up. The Happy Prince was crying. ‘Who are you?’ the bird said. ‘I am the Happy Prince,’ answered the statue ‘Why are you crying then?’ asked the bird. ‘When I was alive and had a human heart,’ answered the statue, ‘I lived in a beautiful palace and didn’t see the bad things in the world. Everyone called me the Happy Prince. But now that I am dead, I can see all the ugliness and sadness in my city and I want to cry.’
UNIT 11. REVISION LISTENING COMPREHENSION I (page 112) Activities 1 and 2 114 Woman: How was your holiday in Chicago, Jeremy? Man: Oh, we had a great time. We just arrived in London yesterday, so I’m still feeling exhausted. There’s a sixhour time difference between Chicago and London, you know, and it’s roughly 6400 kilometres away which makes it an eight-hour flight. Woman: Eight hours? Oh, dear. You must be exhausted. Man: I am, but it was worth it. Chicago is a very cosmopolitan city, so there’s always something to do there. We stayed for two weeks, and we didn’t get bored once. Woman: I’ve always wanted to go there because the architecture is supposed to be magnificent. But I hate flying, and I would go mad after eight hours in an airplane. By the way, you said New York is your favourite city, didn’t you? Why didn’t you go there? Man: New York is my favourite city, but Donna and I wanted to go someplace new. You’re right about the architecture. There were days when we spent the entire day just walking around taking pictures of all the buildings and tourist sights. We took hundreds of photos. Woman: What did you think about the people there? Man: In some ways, Chicago is similar to New York, but the people are quite different. Chicagoans are more polite that New Yorkers. The only problem was the weather. It gets awfully hot and humid there. Woman: And what’s the food like? Man: Hmmmmm. Amazing. The variety of international restaurants there is incredible, but we fell in love with Chicago-style pizza. Woman: Pizza? If you say so. So, tell me about the highlights of your trip. Man: Ha-ha! If I do that, we’ll be here all day! Well… In the afternoons, we went to the beach, and we also took a lot of boat trips. Woman: The beach? Chicago’s in the middle of the United States, isn’t it? Man: It is in the middle of the country, but it’s located on Lake Michigan, which is one of the largest lakes in the world! Woman: Oh, right. I knew that. Man: We even went to a few baseball games. I had never seen a live baseball game before. It was a lot of fun, but don’t ask me about the rules of the game. It’s all quite complicated. Oh, there’s so much more to tell you. Why don’t we meet up for lunch, and I can show you our pictures? Woman: Great idea. I’ll give you call this weekend.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
LISTENING COMPREHENSION II (page 112) Activity 3 115 Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
Man:
Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
Did I tell you that one of the reasons I wanted to go to Chicago was to visit the Art Institute of Chicago to see my favourite painting? Let me guess, Sunday Afternoon on the Island of the Grande Jatte, by George Seurat. Hey! How did you know that? Well, that’s an incredibly famous painting, and I did study art at university. Did you know that Seurat took over two years to create that painting? In the 1880s, he would spend day after day in the park making sketches of the landscapes there. He made it in a style we call pointillism. It was an incredibly complex method that requires great skill, but the results are stunning. I agree. I think it’s one of the greatest paintings of the 19th century. The colour and light is quite unique. And I had no idea that the picture was so large; it’s two metres by three metres! I was so excited to see this picture that I went back the next day to see it again. What did Donna think of it? Donna says it left her cold. It’s certainly a painting that doesn’t leave anybody indifferent. Did you do anything else cultural in Chicago? We went to the theatre one night. What did you see? A musical called Jersey Boys. What an entertaining show! That’s the one about the pop group, Frankie Valli and the Four Seasons, isn’t it? Hey, you know everything.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
159
Answer Key Activity 5 1 himself
UNIT 1. GETTING BETTER How do you feel?
2 her
3 him
4 herself
Activity 6 1 bandage 2 physiotherapist 5 painkiller 6 herbal tea 9 skin rash 10 headache
(page 9)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
3 aloe vera 7 pregnant
4 fever 8 dizzy
Activity 2 1 He thinks that most practitioners just want your money. 2 He thinks it is fantastic.
Activity 7 Dialogue A: 7, 8 Dialogue B: 5, 6 Dialogue D: 3, 9 Dialogue E: 1, 2
Activity 3 1 Tim 2 Tim
Activity 8 in pain, upset stomach, feel dizzy, high temperature, stomach bug, highly contagious
3 Ben
4 Ellen
5 Ellen
6 Ben
7 Tim
Activity 4 2, 4, 5 Activity 5 1c 2d Activity 6 1B 2B
Activity 9 1 upset stomach 2 stomach bug 3 highly contagious 4 feel dizzy 5 high temperature 6 in pain 3b
4a Activity 10 1 one another
3T
4B
5T
6T
7B
Activity 12 1 has been feeling 2 have been suffering 3 has been hurting 4 has been taking 5 have been waiting
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4a
Activity 3 Acupunture: China. Needles are inserted into the patient’s skin. This stimulates the body’s energy. All kinds of pain, toothache, headaches,depression. Thousands of years. Herbal medicine: Africa, China and Egypt. Plants are used to make remedies. Everyday health problems, stomach aches, nausea, migraines, skin rashes and eczema. Since ancient civilizations. Reflexology: Egypt, China and India. Massages calm the body. Migraines and sleep disorders. Thousands of years. Reiki: Japan. Hands are placed over your body. The energy heals the physical body. Arthritis, anxiety and depression. Since the 19th century. Activity 4 1 pain-free 2 good for 3 heal 4 prevent 6 lower back 7 needles 8 rash
5 disorders
Activity 1 1 strong 2 weak
3s
4w
Activity 3 1 myself 2 ourselves
5e
Activity 14 1a 2b 3b
4b
5s
3 me
6w
4 himself
6f
Activity 15 1 have you been doing 2 haven’t written 4 have already lost 5 have been doing 7 hasn’t been
3 have been dieting 6 have worked out
Activity 16 Student’s own answers.
Alternative therapies (page 13) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
3b
4c
Activity 4 1 south 2 owner 7 hurt
5b
3 week
6b
4 lunch
5 water
6 trainer
Activity 5 5 her
6 themselves
Activity 4 2 cut himself 3 cure itself 4 taught herself 5 look after himself 6 enjoyed ourselves 7 look at yourself
160
Activity 13 2c 3a 4d
Activity 3 1c 2a
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 11-12)
Activity 2 1w 2s
3 each other
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 10)
3b
2 each other
8T
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1c 2d
Dialogue C: 4, 10
/d/
Yes
New Zealand
3
Scotland
3
No
England
3
Jamaica
3
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Canada
2 Yes, it is. The NHS provides free healthcare for everybody. 3 Alternative therapies are classified as recommendable when they are supported by scientific research. 4 There are five homeopathic surgeries in the UK. 5 Experts agree that the future is looking good for complementary medicine.
3
South Africa
3
Australia
3
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 4
READING (page 14)
1 7 Alternative therapies aren’t cheap.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
2 3 3 7 The NHS does not recommend all alternative therapies. 4 7 Reflexology is accepted but not recommended.
Activity 2 1c 2a
3a
4b
5 3
5c
6 3 Activity 3 1 suffer from depression 2 reduce stress 3 lose weight 4 seek help 5 placebo effect 6 dietary supplements 7 balanced diet 8 healthy lifestyle
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2
Activity 3 1 ankle 2 stomach 7 chest
4
3 toe
4 back
5 throat
6 wrist
5d
6f
7g
8c
SELF TEST (page 18)
Activity 5 1 feeling 2 bad 3 sore 4 eating 5 high cigarettes 7 doctors, nutritionists 8 dietician 10 smoking
6 smokes, 9 hypnosis
Activity 6 Show sympathy
What’s wrong? What a shame! What a pity How are you Oh, dear! feeling? I’m sorry to hear that!
Activity 8 Student’s own answers. Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
Activity 4 Student’s own answers.
Ask about a problem
4a
Activity 7 Reiki is used to cure arthritis and anxiety.
›
›
3
›
›
2
3e
Activity 6 1 arthritis 2 massaging 3 not available 4 uncomfortable 5 £40 to £50 6 30 minutes 7 eight or nine 8 on their website
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 15)
1
Activity 5 1b 2h
Give advice You should… You ought to… Why don’t you… If I were you, I’d… You’d better see a doctor.
Activity 7 Student’s own answers. Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION (page 16-17)
Activity 1 1 acupuncture
2 reflexology
3 herbal remedy
4 reiki
Activity 2 1 healthy 2 balanced 3 weight 4 prescription 5 supplements 6 upset 7 skin 8 suffer 9 placebo 10 pain Activity 3 1 myself 2 themselves 3 herself 6 yourselves 7 ourselves Activity 4 1 a 2b 3b
4b
5a
4 himself
5 yourself
6b
Activity 5 1 has been going 2 haven’t been feeling 3 has been eating 4 have, been waiting 5 has, been following 6 have been studying Activity 6 1 has cut 2 I’ve visited 3 has he been writing 5 Have you seen 6 I’ve been learning
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 7 1 Oh dear, sorry don’t you
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
2 myself
3 had better
4 has broken
4 should
5 Why
Activity 3 1 One in five Britons uses alternative therapies.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
161
Answer Key Activity 3 /s/ basic, person, simple, society, states /z/ abilities, because, is, raise /tʃ/ cheap, challenging, chose, nature, touch, childhood /dʒ/ advantage, energy, job, vegetable
UNIT 2. LIFESTYLE CHOICES I really like your lifestyle (page 19) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 He stays at home and looks after Sienna. 2 He is going to sell the car, buy a bicycle and get an allotment. Activity 3 1 7 Zack and Isla plant lettuce and potatoes. 2 7 Sienna isn’t at school because she is educated at home. 3 7 Chris was married but got divorced a couple of years ago. 43 53 6 7 Chris spends a lot of time in his office and doesn’t have time to make friends. 73 Activity 4 1 They were friends at school. 2 Schools concentrate on exam results and aren’t interested in the child. 3 He doesn’t have many friends and his life is stressful. 4 He was stopped for drinking and driving. Activity 5 1g 2c
3d
4a
5e
6f
Activity 1 1c 2a 3d 4b Picture d shows alternative energy.
4a
5d
Activity 3 1 You can use solar and wind power. 2 Many people are tired of living in a materialistic society and prefer to get back in touch with nature. Many don’t trust the government and prefer to be independent. For others, it is an economic necessity. 3 Because if the electricity goes off, you have to fix it yourself. You need to operate solar panels, get water from wells, and farm the land for food. Activity 4 1 7 People live in smaller houses and own fewer possessions. 23 33 Activity 5 1 sources
2 skills
3 take advantage of
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 21-22) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 voiceless
162
2 everything
3 anywhere
4 Nobody
Activity 6 1 someone / somebody 2 nothing 3 anywhere somebody 5 something 6 somewhere
4 someone /
Activity 7 1 rarely 2 in the city 3 doesn’t live with anyone work 5 to work 6 out of the city 7 on a farm with his family 9 boring Activity 8 1 the 2 the Activity 9 1 Ø 2 The
3Ø
3Ø
4 the, Ø
4 The
5Ø
5Ø
5 No one
4 hard 8 being
6Ø
6 The
4 independent
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 20)
3b
Activity 5 1 someone
2 religious 3 dependent 4 traditional 6 unconventional 7 tolerant 8 liberal 10 spiritual
Activity 10 1 stressful 2 relaxing 3 not materialistic 5 liberal 6 not religious 7 tolerant
7b
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1c 2e
Activity 4 1 conservative 5 materialistic 9 independent
4 farm
5 grow
Activity 12 Suggested answer: I live in an apartment in the city centre of a multi-ethnic neighbourhood. I am single, and I am a maths teacher. I take the Tube to work, and it takes me about 25 minutes to get to work. I usually work 8 hours a day, but it isn’t stressful. After work, I like going for walks in the park with my dog. I am religious, but I don’t often go to church. On weekends, I enjoy going to the cinema, the theatre or going out for dinner with my friends. I love shopping in the city centre. There are so many different shops. I think it is important to have enough money to be independent and to be able to do what you like. So, you could say I am a little materialistic. I also love meditating and doing yoga. I am very spiritual. I really love my life.
Cruising through life (page 23) Activity 1 1 entertainers, waiters and shop assistants 2 accommodation and food Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1b 2b
3a
4b
5a
6a
7a
Activity 4 2, 4, 5, 7, 8
2 voiced
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 5 1 walks 2 views 3 1,000 4 healthy 5 paragliding / for a walk 6 relaxing 7 Queen Elizabeth I 8 Harry Potter Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 24) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 3 Activity 3 1 Yes, he did. It was fantastic. 2 Yes, more than 80% of young people in the United States say they want to live in New York. 3 Urban tribes are groups of young people who have similar lifestyles, interests and ideologies that are different from general culture. 4 Maximisers are never satisfied and are always looking for more. 5 You have to be talented and hard-working. 6 Because they are ambitious and are never completely happy with the status quo. Activity 4 1 stressful 5 satisfied
2 succeed 6 ambitious
3 amazing
4 cost of living
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 25)
3b
Activity 3 2 Neither, nor
4d
3 Both, and
4 either, or
5 both, and
Activity 4 2 We can visit either the Empire State Building or the Metropolitan Museum. 3 Both Frank and Betty live in Brooklyn. 4 New Yorkers are neither satisfied nor happy. 5 Neither theatres nor restaurants are cheap. Activity 5 1 the ’70s
2 The Parkers
3 the ’30s
4 The Hobsons
/d/ ... think fashion is important
S
... is a street culture
3
... are peaceful and tolerant
... are unconventional Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
G 3 3
3
... enjoy reading ... is an active lifestyle
Activity 2 It’s a slower lifestyle, but it’s not boring. Activity 3 1 7 It doesn’t appear a very attractive place to live. 2 3 3 7 It was an exciting life in London. 4 7 Her life on the island is peaceful. 5 3 6 7 Sometimes she thinks about her life in London, and she misses it. 7 3 Activity 4 1a 2c
3b
4b
5b
Activity 5 Student’s own answers. Activity 6 Student’s own answers. Activity 7 1c 2b
3a
4e
5d
Activity 8 1c 2b
3b
4a
5c
6a
3 3 3
4 cosmopolitan
5 noisy
Activity 10 Suggested answer: I love Barcelona. I think it is the most amazing city in the world. It is a very cosmopolitan city with hundreds of things to do so, it very exciting and interesting. Of course, there are a lot of people so, the traffic is horrible, and it is very noisy. In general, Barcelona is a safe city, and people enjoy walking along the Ramblas and stopping for a coffee at an outdoor cafe. It is a little stressful living in a big city, but the people are very friendly.
SELF TEST (page 28) Activity 1 1 take advantage of 2 liberal 3 urban tribes 4 alternative movements 5 lifestyle 6 stressful 7 cost of living Activity 2 1 dependent on 5 farm
Activity 6
... need to keep in shape
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 9 1 amazing 2 lively 3 Currently 6 safe 7 relaxed 8 rude
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1c 2a
CONSOLIDATION (page 26-27)
Activity 3 1 the ’90s
2 conservative
2 The Riordans
3 tolerant
3 in the ’60s
4 religious
4 The Curies
Activity 4 1 something 2 someone / somebody 3 anywhere 4 everyone / everybody 5 nothing 6 anyone / anybody 7 anything Activity 5 1Ø 2Ø
3 The
4Ø
5 the
6Ø
Activity 6 1 This city is both lively and friendly.
163
Answer Key 2 We can grow either tomatoes or (we can grow) potatoes. 3 Neither Jane nor Margaret homeschools their children. 4 She’s both bohemian and materialistic. 5 I like neither big cities nor small villages. Activity 7 1 7 Both my wife and I come from Redruth. 23 3 7 When he was a teenager, he thought it was awful. 43 5 7 It’s both safe and quiet. 6 7 The people are neither rude nor cold. 7 7 Redruth is much cheaper than London. 83 9 7 Neither his wife nor he wants to leave Redruth. Activity 8 Suggested answer: Antonio Banderas is a Spanish actor and producer. He was born in Benalmádena, Spain on the 10th of August, 1960. He is married to Melanie Griffith, and they have one daughter. Antonio Banderas has worked with many Hollywood superstars such as, Brad Pitt, Tom Cruise, Angelie Jolie and Madonna. Antonio and his family live in the United States but come to Spain quite often. Antonio likes to participate in the religious processions in Málaga during Easter.
UNIT 3. THERE’S NO PLACE LIKE HOME Do you own or rent a house? Activity 1 1d 2c
3e
4b
(page 29)
5a
Activity 2 1 She thinks she can make the house look beautiful and then sell it to make some money. / Amy thinks they can do it up and make a profit. 2 Because he lived in the house when he was a boy. Activity 3 1 It’s too expensive. / It would cost too much / a huge amount of money to do up such a big house. 2 It’s a good residential area and it’s convenient for the shops and station. 3 the kitchen 4 planning permission 5 £380,000 6 His mother died and he went to live in a children’s home in Scotland. 7 £42,000 Activity 4 1, 3, 4, 5, 8 Activity 5 1R 2O
3R
4R
Activity 6 Speaker 7 Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 30)
5R
6B
7R
8R
Activity 2 1f 2c 3d
4b
5e
6a
Activity 3 13 2 7 It is in a picturesque village. 33 43 53 Activity 4 1 Adverts 1 and 2 2 Adverts 2 and 3 4 Advert 4 5 Advert 6 Activity 5 1e 2d
3c
4f
5a
3 Adverts 1 and 2
6b
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 31-32) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 We’d like to buy a flat in a building // with more than one floor // and many separate residences. 2 This is a great opportunity to buy // a well-proportioned // three-bedroom // semi-detached family residence. 3 This apartment is fully furnished, // and both bedrooms // have fitted wardrobes. 4 It’s situated in the middle of a row // of terraced houses // and has a small back garden. Activity 3 2 two hundred and fiftieth, eighteenth 3 fiftieth, twelfth 4 hundredth, first 5 one hundred and tenth, fifth Activity 4 a two hundred and seventeen b five hundred and forty-eight c eight thousand, three hundred and ninety-six d sixty-four thousand, nine hundred and twenty-seven e seventy-one thousand, and eighty-four f nought point six-one Activity 5 Context
Number
year
1904
phone number
02074045
credit card
201073800034950
kilometres
1.609344
Activity 6 2 nineteen-oh-four 3 oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-five 4 two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-oh-three-four-ninefive-oh 5 one point six-oh-nine-three-four-four
9O Activity 7 2 a dozen. The house has a dozen double-glazed windows. 3 dozens of. Dozens of homes are for sale in this neighbourhood. 4 a couple of. She owns a couple of houses. 5 hundreds of pounds. It will cost hundreds of pounds to redecorate the apartment. 6 roughly £300,000. They want roughly £300,000 for the houseboat.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
164
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 The banks gave thousands of pounds to people who didn’t even have jobs.
Activity 8 Student’s own answers. Activity 9 1 set of 2 row of
3 set of
4 block of
5 bunch of
6 rows of
Activity 10 House 1: small apartment; just over £100,000; 1965 House 2: semi-detached house; £320,000; 2005 House 3: thatched cottage; £270,000; 1880 Activity 11 1 over 30 6 country
2 nice
3 recently
4 garden
Activity 4 1 housing crash 2 property speculator 5 properties 6 housing bubble
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
5 has been
Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 is 2 needs
5 low water pressure 8 leak
3 costs
Activity 5 1 don’t use
My home is my castle (page 33)
Activity 6 Suggested answer:
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
3b
2 Jamaica and India
Activity 5 1 snowy 2 50 Activity 6 1d 2b
3e
3 13th
4a
5 has
6 is
2 commas
3 short and direct
4 polite
27 Woodland Ave. Lincoln, BD 4 7HP 7th July
Activity 3 1 noisy 2 sail to a new location 3 buy a lot of shopping 4 are friendly with each other 5 bohemian 6 like to have plants Activity 4 1 Australia
4 is
Activity 4 1 Dear… 2 I am writing to… 3 First of all, Secondly, Finally 4 I would appreciate it if you could… 5 I look forward to hearing from you. 6 Yours sincerely,
Activity 14 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1c 2a
4 occupied
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 35)
Activity 12 Student’s own answers. Activity 13 2 wiring 3 boiler 4 insulation 6 blocked drain 7 burst water pipe
3 burst
42
3 Scotland
5 knees
5c
Mrs Amy Shea 16 Grant Street Lincoln BD4 7HP Dear Mrs Shea, I am writing to complain about the condition of the flat that I am renting from you. First of all, the roof leaks. This means that water is on the wooden floor, and is damaging it. Secondly, the bedroom window is broken, and the wind comes into my room. It is very cold, and I need to have the heating on all day. Finally, the drain in the shower is backed up and the water will not go down the drain. I would appreciate it if you could repair these defects as soon as possible. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, Isabel Wheaton
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 34)
CONSOLIDATION (page 36-37)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1c 2a
Activity 2 1 They will be energy-efficient, and will offer connectivity between people and machines. 2 Lonely, bored, new technology will give them instant access to almost everything in the world.
3b
4d
Activity 3 1 The roads are in poor condition, there is rubbish and broken glass everywhere and there are no shops. 2 They want to leave, but they can’t because no one wants to buy their houses. 3 Because it is not the only black spot on the Northern Ireland housing market. 4 Because in the good times people bought houses and sold them immediately at a higher price. It seemed like an easy way to make money.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 7 Essential things found in the kitchen will probably not change a lot. 23 3 7 Showers will be programmable and each member of the family will be able to set their own. 43
165
Answer Key Activity 4 1 It will be possible to talk to your TV and give it commands. 2 Your fridge will tell you what food you need to buy. 3 Your fridge might even communicate directly with shops and buy your food for you. 4 Showers will be programmable. 5 You will be able to change the temperature in the bathroom by using your mobile phone. Activity 5 1b 2d
3a
4c
Activity 6 1 7 You have a lot more responsibilities and problems, and you have to solve them. 2 7 only when there are problems you have to solve them 33 4 7 The house shouldn’t be more than three times your annual salary. 53 6 7 You need to become an expert.
Activity 8 1 20, Russell Square 2 21st February 3 Dear 4 complain 5 First of all 6 Secondly 7 Finally 8 appreciate 9 forward 10 sincerely Activity 9 Suggested answer: The radiator in my room has a leak and isn’t working properly. We can have hot showers because the boiler is broken. There is a broken window in the living room and cold air comes in through that window, so the house isn’t properly insolated.
17740 Lisa Lane Brookfield, BD6 9HP 16th August Mr Kurt Hamilton 2735 Knollcrest Drive Brookfield BD6 9HP Dear Mr Hamilton, I am writing to complain about the condition of the flat that I rented from you in June. First of all, the tap in the kitchen leaks. This means that we are wasting a lot of water and my water bill is very high. Secondly, the boiler is making a horrible noise, and I can’t sleep at night. I would appreciate it if you could repair these defects as soon as possible. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, John Plunkett
166
Activity 5 1 set 2 set
5d
2 Millions of
3 row
4 bunch
3 dozens of
4 a dozen
5 pair
Activity 6 a one hundred and forty-five thousand b two hundred and seventy-eight c nine thousand, four hundred and fifty d eighteen thousand, two hundred and ninety-six e three hundred and two Activity 7 1 oh 2 nought
3 zero
4 nil
5 oh
6 oh
Activity 8 2 7 A dozen is exactly 12.
Activity 9 1 12th 2 7th
3 1000th
4 60th
Activity 10 1 likes 2 has
3 works
4 has
Activity 11 1 1908 2 new
3 less
3 7 over
43
5 speak
4 doesn’t need
5 the housing crash
UNIT 4. BOOKS, BOOKS, BOOKS!
2 semi-detached 6 apartment
3 heating
Activity 1 1d 2c
3e
4f
5a
6b
Activity 2 1 Bradley thinks the plot is interesting and clever, but the main character isn’t convincing / realistic. 2 No, it’s fiction. Activity 3 1c 2b
3a
Activity 4 1b 2b
3b
Activity 5 1 technology 5 smartphone
4a
5a
6a
7b
2 disappear 3 electronic 6 hands 7 download 8 future
4 techy
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST (page 38)
2 fitted
4c
Fact or fiction? (page 39)
Activity 10 Suggested answer:
Activity 2 1 glazing 6 en suite
3e
Activity 4 1 a couple of 5 thousands of
13
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 terraced 5 bungalow
Activity 3 1b 2a
3 houseboat
4 cottage
READING (page 40) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4 furnished
5 open-plan
Activity 2 1d 2b
3a
4c
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 Murakami comes from Japan. 2 Murakami became popular outside of Japan with the publication of Norwegian Wood. 3 He writes novels, essays, short stories, news reports and a diary. 4 His main themes are murder, history, religion, violence, family ties and love. 5 The writer thinks 1Q84 is a great new book.
8 I don’t know the singer who / that / Ø you’re listening to.
Activity 4 1 Haruki Murakami 2 1Q84 3 science fiction / magical realism 4 Tokyo 5 female contract killer, timid writer 6 murder, history, religion, violence, family ties, love
Activity 7 1 7 It is the first time the writer has written a scary book. 23 33 4 7 It is the kind of book which is most difficult to write. 53
Activity 5 1 setting 2 diary 3 theme 4 characters 6 plot 7 short stories 8 essays
5 storyteller
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 41-42) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Verb Present tense
Past tense
Adj. Noun
Ted and Alice had a terrible row / raʊ/ about the housecleaning.
3
At the cinema, I always prefer to sit in the sixth row /rəʊ/.
3
Would you please close /kləʊz/ the window?
3
The library is close /kləʊs/ to the school.
3
They will present /pre’zent/ the award at the ceremony.
3
They live /lɪv/ in Japan.
3
The news was on live /laɪv/ TV. I’d like to read /ri:d/ Murakami’s new novel. I read /red/ the news about the fire in yesterday’s newspaper.
3 3 3
Activity 3 2 d. An e-book is a book which / that is published in digital form. 3 a. An editor is a person who / that suggests changes in the text of a book. 4 c. A dictionary is a book which / that has definitions for words. Activity 4 3 That’s the writer who / that / Ø John is interested in. 4 An e-reader is a device which / that is used to read digital books. 5 That’s the author who / that / Ø I told you about. 6 I met a girl who / that comes from the same town as me. 7 We really liked the two films which / that / Ø we watched last week.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 1 horror story 2 crime novel 5 science fiction
3 poetry
4 autobiography
Activity 8 2 That was the day when I decided to write my autobiography. 3 She’s an author whose books are popular with teenagers. 4 We bought the book in the second hand shop where John works. 5 I’m looking for a quiet place where we can sit and read for a while. 6 It was a few years later when they made a film of the book. 7 He is the writer whose books have sold millions. Activity 9 Moby Dick (1) is a book (2) which / that is all about (3) the sea. The story is told by (4) a character whose name is Ishmael. The main character is (5) a ship captain who / that is obsessed with capturing a particular whale (6) (which / that) he hates. Moby Dick is the name of the whale (7) (which / that) the captain hates because it (8) took his leg years ago. Activity 10 Student’s own answers. Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
3
I always try to live in the present /’prezənt/.
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
Generation e-reader
(page 43)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1b 2c
3a
4a
5b
6c
Activity 4 1b 2d
3f
4c
5a
6g
7e
Activity 5 1 built 2 Charles Dickens’ father 3 Nancy Navy 5 11 years old 6 theme park
4 the Royal
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 44) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 2
167
Answer Key Activity 3 1c 2a
3a
4b
Activity 4 1 engrossed 2 e-reading (devices) 5 delivery costs 6 storage costs
3 e-books
4 e-readers
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 45) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1D 2S
3D
4S
Activity 3 Student’s own answers. Activity 4 1 bored, exciting annoyed
2 thrilling, amazed
4 embarrassing,
Activity 5 1 fabulous 2 keen / frightening / scared 3 frightening 4 scared 5 frightened 6 depressing 7 sad Activity 6 1 fear 2 disbelief
3 sadness
Activity 7 1 hiding from 2 newspaper country 5 has
4 surprise
5 happiness
3 part of the family
4 another
Activity 1 novel, historical novel, poetry, short stories, biography
3 MA
4 HM
5 MA
6 HM
Activity 3 Student’s own answers. Activity 4 The speakers talk about: e-reader, bookshops, libraries, and newspapers. Activity 5 1a 2b
3b
4a
5a
Activity 6 Student’s own answers. Activity 7 Title: Life of Pi Author: Yann Martel Type of book: fantasy novel Plot: young Tamil boy Pi survives on a boat with a tiger and other animals. Setting: the Pacific Ocean Recommended for: those who love adventures and people who look for something different Activity 8 Suggested answer: Title: The Boy in the Striped Pyjamas
168
Activity 9 Suggested answer: Dear Sir or Madam, I am writing to recommend a book for the book club. It is one of my favourite books and I’m sure that the plot would be very popular among readers of all ages. It is called The Boy in the Striped Pyjamas. The book is a historical novel. The story is told through the eyes of a young boy whose family live next to a strange camp, where the father works. The setting is Germany during World War II and the story is about friendship, cruelty and the frightening events of the time. It is a very moving book which is told in a light-hearted way, and the author, Irish writer John Boyne, keeps up the suspense until the last page. It is a short book, around 215 pages, so it shouldn’t take anyone too long to read, but it is sure to provoke a lot of discussion as well as sadness and anger. I would recommend the story to any reader. Kind regards, Ellis
SELF TEST (page 48) Activity 1 1a 2b Activity 2 1 strange
CONSOLIDATION (page 46-47)
Activity 2 1 HM 2 MA
Author: John Boyne Type of Book: drama, novel Plot: A young boy is moved next to a strange camp and makes a special friend. Setting: Germany / Poland in World War Two Recommended for: anyone
3b
4b
2 serious
Activity 3 1 which 2 who
3 No
3 where
4 kidding
5 heavens
6 must
4 whose
Activity 4 1 A trilogy is a book which / that has got three parts. 2 That’s the man (who / that) I met at the book festival. 3 This is the book of poems (which / that) he bought for you. 4 This is the village where I was born. 5 That is the author whose books I’m very interested in. Activity 5 1 depressing
2 amazed
3 thrilled
4 frightening
5 engrossed
Activity 6 Are you the kind of person who loves everything about books and reading? Are you interested in making new friends, sharing your book experiences and learning more about books and authors? Do you sometimes find the weekends too long and boring? If so, why not join ’More than just a Reading Club’ whose members organise all kinds of book-related activities for all ages. Come along next Saturday when we have an open day for new members. Meet old members whose lifestyles have changed after joining the club. Listen to reports of past events and help us to plan activities for the year ahead. Activity 7 1b 2a
3b
4b
5b
6a
Activity 8 Suggested answer: I’ve just read two very interesting books: the first two in the Wolf Hall trilogy written by prize-winning British author Hilary
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Mantel. The Wolf Hall trilogy belongs to the historical novel genre and the setting for the stories is Henry VIII’s Royal Court in England. Although he was already married to Catherine of Aragon, Henry wanted to divorce her and marry the beautiful Anne Boleyn. The Catholic Church and Pope Clement VII were strongly opposed to this marriage, but Henry was determined to marry Anne. So he asked his friend and advisor Thomas Cromwell to help him. Cromwell was very ambitious and very clever and in the end Henry married Anne, but the price was very high. If you want to know what the price was, then you must read the book! The second book of the series, Bring Up the Bodies, tells the story of what happened next, up until the violent death of Anne Boleyn. I’m sure readers will love the suspense that Mantel creates and also the authentic period details she includes, which bring the stories to life. Unfortunately, Mantel hasn’t written the third book of the trilogy yet, so I can’t recommend it. But the first two are fastpaced and exciting, and I can guarantee that you won’t be bored! The books are based on historical facts, which make them even more fascinating and intriguing.
UNIT 5. GOING PLACES Getting around the city (page 49) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 They hired a car. 2 Their train arrives in Exeter at 6:30.
Activity 5 1 get around 2 fare, charge 3 Pedestrian areas 5 transport pass 6 ride 7 strolling
Activity 4 1 7 The rush hour is just starting. 2 7 Michelle would prefer to take a train to London. 33 43 5 7 Lee wants to travel by car. 63 7 7 Lee and Michelle are returning to London in three weeks. 83
3b
4f
5a
6c
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 50)
4 get on
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 51-52) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 t+k 2 d+g Activity 3 1c 2d
3 d+p
3a
Activity 4 1 I’ll take 6 I’ll help
4 t+g
5 d+k
6 t+b
7 d+b
8 t+p
4b
2 I take
3 I usually go
4 I’ll go
5 I help
4 How often
5 How tall
Activity 5 1, 4, 5, 6 Activity 6 1 How far
2 How big
3 How long
Activity 7 1 up to
Activity 3 1, 3, 6, 7, 10
Activity 5 1e 2d
5 The two advantages of taking the bus are that you can see the city, and they run all night. 6 They are public bikes that you can rent.
2 far away
Activity 8 1 rush hour 5 bike lane
3 close by
2 taxi rank
4 down to
3 pedestrian area
4 bus lane
Activity 9 Dialogue 1: taxi rank, rush hour, pedestrian area Dialogue 2: , bus lane, bike lane Activity 10 13 2 7 The taxi rank is close by. 3 7 It’s rush hour. 43 5 7 He’s going to take a Boris bike. 6 7 It’s slightly cloudy. 73 8 7 It takes about 30 minutes.
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
Activity 11 What is the quickest way to get to Brighton? The quickest way to get there is by train. How much does a train ticket to Brighton cost? It costs sixteen pounds.
Activity 3 plane, train, walking, bus, cab, the Tube, bikes
Activity 12 1 in 2 at 3 arrive 4 enter 5 leave 6 enter 7 leave 8 collect
Activity 4 1 It takes 15 minutes to get from Heathrow to London by Heathrow Express. 2 The quickest form of transport in London is the Tube. 3 It usually opens at 5 a.m. and closes at midnight. 4 You should buy an Oyster card.
Activity 13 1 in 2 to
Activity 1 1b 2a
3d
4c
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3 on
4 off
Activity 14 1 quiet 2 small village 5 200 miles
5 into
6 at
3 close by
7 out
8 up
4 unnecessary
169
Answer Key Activity 15 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
How far is it? (page 53)
Activity 3 1c 2a
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
3b
Activity 5 1a 2b
4c
2 autumn
3 yourself
4 stay out
Activity 6 1 He arrives by train. 2 Brighton beach is busiest in the summer. 3 It takes Sarah 10 minutes to cycle to the next town. 4 Nigel is going by bus. 5 You can eat fish and chips. 6 He decides to have a cup of tea. Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 1a 2b
3c
7c
4d
P 1 famous for good food
B
V
3 3
3
4 located on a number of islands
3
5 near the mountains
3
3
6 very different at night
3
7 particularly expensive
3
8 great for shopping
3
9 connected to ’70s pop music 10 hard to find accommodation during a festival Activity 5 1 highlights 2 stroll 3 get away 4 packed for 6 city break 7 stunning 8 pickpockets
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 55)
S
3
2 safer in the daytime 3 good for visiting museums
3c
Activity 3 1d 2c 3a
Activity 4
170
6a
Activity 7 Suggested answer: San Sebastián is a great place for a weekend break. It is only 4 hours from Madrid by car and is located on the northern coast of Spain. Although it doesn’t get very hot in San Sebastian, it is very well-known for its beautiful beach, la Concha. I wouldn’t go there in the winter though, because it rains a lot and can be very windy and cold. One of the most popular places to visit is Mount Igeldo. There is a beautiful view of the city and the bay from there. San Sebastian has amazing restaurants and bars. Many people enjoy going to the bars to taste the wonderful tapas. There is also a lovely boardwalk along the beach which is fantastic for taking a stroll in the evening.
Activity 2 1b 2a
4a
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
5c
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
3d
4a
CONSOLIDATION (page 56-57)
READING (page 54)
Activity 2 1b 2c
3c
Activity 6 1 weekend break 2 45 miles 3 car, buses, trains 4 pedestrian areas 5 It never gets too hot. 6 Marine Palace and Pier 7 45 miles down from London 8 I wouldn’t go there in winter.
Activity 4 2, 3, 5 Activity 5 1 valuables / jewellery 5 bars 6 shoes
4b
Activity 4 They warn us to watch out for pickpockets.
Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1c 2a
3d
4e
5b
Activity 4 1 7 Ten years ago, China produced two million cars a year. Now it produces over 18 million. 2 7 Beijing emerged as the worst places to drive. 3 7 Beijing also has a large underground. However, the problems continue. 43 5 7 Many people spent time playing cards and sleeping. Activity 5 1 18 million cars are produced in China every year. 2 They usually spend two to three hours in their cars everyday in Beijing. 3 Beijing’s worst traffic jam was over 60 miles long. 4 It lasted 12 days.
3 3
5 get a feel
Activity 6 Student’s own answers. Activity 7 1 He wanted to do something less stressful, and his wife is Chinese. 2 Yes, he is very happy with his job. Activity 8 1a 2c
3c
4c
5c
6a
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
Activity 5 1c 2e
Activity 10 Suggested answer: Steve was born in Manchester. He has been working as an English teacher for 12 years. He likes his job because he loves working with children. He is 35 years old, and he earns £35,000 a year. He works five days a week, but he doesn’t have to work at the weekend. He will retire when he is 65 years old.
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 60)
SELF TEST (page 58)
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 break 2 sightseeing 6 stunning
3 highlight
Activity 2 1 starts 2 will get 3 will take 6 will pick / up 7 don’t run Activity 3 1 in 2 to
3 on
4 off
5 up
Activity 4 1 rush hour 2 single ticket 5 transport pass Activity 5 1 How 2 What
3 long
4 packed
5 stroll
4 does / leave
5 lasts
6 at
7 out of
3 bike lane
4 far
8 around
4 pedestrian area
5 often
Activity 6 1 Be careful at night! / I’d be careful at night. 2 Don’t go there in summer. / I wouldn’t go there in the summer. 3 Hire a guide! / I’d hire a guide. 4 Don’t drive in the rush hour. / I wouldn’t drive in the rush hour. 5 Don’t take a taxi. / I wouldn’t take a taxi. Activity 7 1 The hotel is far away. 2 Charles Bridge is close by. 3 Walk down to the Vitara River. 4 Take a taxi up to the museum. 5 The airport is 10 kilometres away. Activity 8 1 hasn’t 5 speak sights
2 two days 3 picturesque 4 10 kilometres 6 the underground 7 the crowds at the tourist
UNIT 6. FIRST IMPRESSIONS What do you think of him?
Activity 2 1 Faisal thinks gary is extremely untidy and not very reliable. 2 She thinks she is the rudest client she knows.
Activity 4 1b 2c
5d
3c
Activity 3 Student’s own answers. Activity 4 1 We should maintain eye contact two-thirds of the time. You should think about your posture and you should listen twice as much as you talk. 2 cold / distant, people may think you’re not interested in them. 3 uncomfortable, sad and nervous 4 listening Activity 5 1 responsible for 2 feeling down 3 sensible 4 body language 5 make a good impression 6 play a vital role 7 sensitive 8 eye contact
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 61-62) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 /æ/
/ɑ:/
/ʌ/
that back automatic factor
harder car pardon argue
function wonderful ugly us
Activity 3 1b 2c
3a
Activity 4 1d 2b
3e
Activity 5 1 moody 5 reserved
4a
5c
6f
2 easy-going 6 sensible
3 outgoing
4 sensitive
Activity 7 Claire: reserved, sensible Jane: easygoing, outgoing Beryl: moody, sensitive Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
2 (work) colleague
3 client
4 tenant Activity 9 1d 2e
3c
4a
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
(page 59)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 1 boss / employer
Activity 1 1b 2a
3b
4a
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5a
6c
7a
3c
4a
5f
6b
8b
171
Answer Key Activity 10 1 have you 2 won’t we they 6 aren’t I
alternative 3 hasn’t he
4 did she
Activity 3 Student’s own answers.
Activity 12
›
›
4
5
Activity 4 2
›
›
3
›
2
Activity 13 1 A flatmate of Mary’s / A flatmate of hers / One of her flatmates phoned me yesterday. 2 A brother of Martin’s / A brother of his / One of his brothers is a professional footballer. 3 A friend of dad’s / A friend of his / One of his friends was on the news yesterday. 4 Those neighbours of ours have complained again. 5 A client of hers behaves very rudely. 6 That boss of mine can be very understanding. Activity 14 1 shake your head 2 fold your arms 3 shake hands 4 nod your head 5 roll your eyes 6 shrug your shoulders 7 look someone in the eye 8 cross your legs Activity 15 1b 2d 3c
4a
5g
6h
7e
More than words 3c
4d
5a
6c
1 Drink wine before the interview
3
2 Stay up all night practising
3
3 Relax and be yourself
3
4 Wear a conservative outfit
3
5 Make a video to practice
3
1 You shouldn’t do that. 2 I wouldn’t do that. 3 You’re right. 4 That’s a good idea. 5 What a great idea!
Activity 3 1a 2c
3b
4d
Activity 4 1d 2c
3a
4b
Activity 5 1 On the one hand 2 On the other hand 4 Although 5 As a result 6 To sum up
Activity 4 1, 4, 5, 7 Activity 5 1 oldest 2 order 3 the Ship 6 Mother’s 7 leave
4 12 / midday
5 television
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 64) Activity 1 Suggested answers: 1 negative, materialistic
D
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
(page 63)
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
172
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 65) A
Activity 18 Student’s own answers.
3f
Activity 6 1 convey 2 outfit 3 nod 4 form an impression 5 To come across, make a good first impression, give the impression 6 It is vital to, it is critical to
8f
Activity 17 1 You nod your head to say no in Albania. 2 No, it isn’t. It means you don’t respect the other person. 3 You shouldn’t cross your legs when you are sitting on a chair. 4 When you are talking to older people or parents.
Activity 3 1e 2b
Activity 5 1 7 You need to think about the image that you want to convey. 23 33 4 7 It’s often a good idea to make a video of yourself as you walk around a room. 53
Activity 1
Activity 16 nod your head, shrug your shoulders, cross your legs and fold your arms
Activity 1 1b 2a
4 traditional, interesting
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
1
3 positive, natural
5 aren’t
2 modern,
3 What’s more
Activity 6 Suggested answer: It is very important to be physically attractive today. It opens doors for you. On the one hand, the advantages of being physically attractive make it easier to find a partner and it is also easier to get a job. On the other hand, being attractive isn’t everything. Attractive people spend a lot of time getting ready to go out, and they spend a lot of money on products to help them look better. Attractive people don’t notice the real person inside. To sum up, I think it is important to be attractive, but I think it is even more important to be a nice person.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 5 1d 2b
CONSOLIDATION (page 66-67) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 It is useless because it makes people defensive and angry. It is ineffective because when you criticise someone, they don’t think that they are wrong. On the contrary, they try to justify themselves. Finally it is dangerous because it can make people feel stupid and unimportant which can result in aggressive behaviour. Activity 3 1c 2b
3a
4b
Activity 5 1 7 He is quite easy-going. 23 3 7 His father is always criticising him. 43 5 7 He can’t look her in the eye because he is lying on the sofa. Activity 6 1 easy-going, friendly, outgoing distant, critical
2 warm, friendly
3 cold,
Activity 8 1 She made a good impression. 2 She’s outgoing and talkative, and has a great sense of humour. 3 She is a good listener because she looks you in the eye during a conversation. 4 Yes, she was. She was wearing a nice outfit. 5 She’s not sensible with money. Activity 9 Suggested answer: Recently, I met a very interesting person. She made a great first impression. She was smiling and happy, and she really knew how to listen. She was very attractive. She was tall, thin and had red hair. Her posture was straight and upright. She was very friendly, funny and outgoing. She told us several jokes. What a nice person!
SELF TEST (page 68)
Activity 2 1 nod 2 shake
3 sensitive
3 look
Activity 3 1 are you 2 have I they 6 can you
4 easy-going
4 shrug
3 did he
5 roll
5 outgoing
6 fold
4 haven’t you
Activity 4 1 think of 2 early 3 opinion 4 outgoing 6 think / suppose 7 critical 8 sure
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 7 1 However 2 moreover 3 On the one hand hand 5 Even so 6 To sum up
4 On the other
3b
Activity 9 1 7 We should tell them how we feel. 23 33
UNIT 7. PLAY TIME! The games people play (page 69)
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 warm 2 moody
4c
Activity 6 1 The mother of Robert is too expressive. 2 He is the boss of them. 3 A friend of my mother’s has got a job. 4 She is a client of mine. 5 They are the classmates of my brother.
Activity 8 1c 2a
Activity 4 Student’s own answers.
3a
5 wouldn’t
5 think / suppose
Activity 1 1c 2a 3b Suggested answer: Charades is a game where one person uses gestures to describe book titles, songs or film titles and another person must guess the answer. You can’t speak while you are gesturing. Tag is usually played by children. One person is chosen and must run and try to touch another person. When you are touched, it is your turn to try to touch someone else. Pin the donkey. A drawing of a donkey is put up on the wall. One person who has the donkey’s tail in his hands and is wearing a blindfold tries to put the tail as close as possible on the drawing. The person who puts the tail closest to the correct place on the donkey wins the game. Activity 2 1 Dan and Ivan argue because they both sit on the same chair in the game. 2 The team have to make a perfect square. Activity 3 1b 2a
3a
Activity 4 1 tag 2 competitive 3 cheating 4 teamwork 6 childish 7 winning 8 teamplayer
5 blindfolds
Activity 5 1 football / cricket 2 Twister / Monopoly / Scrabble. Kids board games 3 Chequers / Chess 4 Monopoly / Cluedo 5 Yahtzee / Monopoly / Stratego / Connect / Lego / Meccano 6 ball games / beach games 7 board games / cards 8 PlayStation Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
173
Answer Key Activity 9 They decide to play Trivial Pursuit and invite some friends to have some wine and pizza.
READING (page 70) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1b 2a
3c
4a
5c
6b
Activity 3 Description
Skip rope
Oba
Caught you!
3
3
It uses a ball. It uses a rope.
3
It is individual.
3
Activity 11 1c 2b 3a
3
It can include singing.
3
3
Activity 4 13 2 7 You sometimes stand one leg. 3 7 We should play this game in a park, in an open place. 43 53 Activity 5 1 cheating 2 blindfold 6 hold 7 rope
3 skipping
4 throw
5 go on
3 You’re, your
4 Don’t look 6c
Activity 4 1 place 2 stand 3 playing 6 Eliminate 7 playing Activity 5 1 hold the rope 2 let the ball go 5 pick the ball up 6 drop the ball Activity 6 1 Hold 2 drops
3 cheat
4 kick
4 Where, wear
5 Pass
4 Move
3 cheat
5 catches
6 Don’t let
5 playing
4 kick the ball
6 lets / go
Activity 7 Suggested answer: I liked playing Kick the can. You need a can and at least 4 people to play this game. One person takes the can and places it in the middle of the garden and begins to count to fifty while the other players hide. After you count to fifty, you have to try to find the other players. If you find one, you return to the can and say, “one, two, three on…(and say the person’s name)”. This player must come to where you are and he or she is your prisoner. Before being caught, the other players want to get to the can and kick it to free the prisoners. You continue playing until everyone is taken prisoner. Activity 8 1c 2a
174
3d
4b
Say yes enthusiastically
Say yes unenthusiastically
Say no emphatically
Yes, of course. That’s a great idea! I’m dying to…!
I suppose so If you insist.
I really don’t want to! No way! You must be joking!
(page 73)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 1 Find 2 Shuffle 3 Take 1e 2a 3b 4f 5d
Activity 12
Fun for all the family
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 71-72)
Activity 2 1 sea, see 2 write, right 5 Their, there 6 won, one
Activity 10 1 7 They don’t want to go out because it is raining. 2 7 He’s not very good at drawing. 33 43 5 7 Because they are always late. 63
Activity 3 climbing, sensory trails, archery, giant swing, canoeing, horse riding Activity 4 1 Yes, it is possible to stay overnight at residential camps. 2 Holiday camps are run throughout the year. 3 They thought it would be boring. 4 Parents also benefit from holiday camps. Activity 5 hopscotch, flash, hide and seek, baseball, tig, skipping, cowboys and Indians, polo Activity 6 1 Thames
2 politicians
3 11 a.m.
4 largest
5 Royal
6 20
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING
(page 74)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1e 2c
3d
4a
5b
Activity 3 1 It has been operating for over 80 years. 2 Because the installations have been made more modern and, also, because British people don’t want to travel abroad as much. 3 They usually spend a lot of money (a fortune) on their holidays. 4 One of their son’s friends recommended Butlin’s. 5 The family’s first impression was excellent.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 4 1 getaway 2 resorts 3 theme parks 4 arts and crafts 5 city holidays 6 fairground 7 affordable 8 facilities
it is more challenging, and I usually play 2 or 3 times a week. My friends and my family like the same games as I do, so I usually play with them. It feels great when I win the game, but I am not very competitive. So, if the other players win, I don’t mind. I really should play games more often and watch less TV, but I am a little bit lazy.
LANGUAGE STUDY
SELF TEST (page 78)
6 Butlin’s offers arts and crafts activities, a water park, a fairground, circus and go-carts.
(page 75)
Activity 1 1 throw, catch 2 Pass, not cheat 4 Hold, Don’t drop
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 I won’t clean my room! 2 I’ll call everybody now. 3 Don’t worry. We’ll play in teams. 4 I don’t want to see that film! 5 I won’t embarrass myself in front of my friends. 6 All right. I’ll do it. 7 I won’t go there again. 8 I don’t want to go anywhere else. Activity 3 1 will see 5 will find
2 will never come 6 won’t answer
3 won’t play
Activity 2 1c 2d
3a
4b
Activity 4 1 boring 2 having 4 will help
CONSOLIDATION (page 76-77) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 1c 2a
3c
4e
3c
4c
Activity 4 1f 2b 3c
4e
5d
5a
6d
Activity 8 1b 2a
3c
4f
3 put 4 choose 8 playing 9 doing
Activity 6 1 is always eating. 2 are always cheating. talking. 4 is always crying.
5 acting out
3 is always
3 will answer
Activity 8 1 7 The children had a great time. 23 3 7 Jamie did arts and crafts activities. 43 5 7 She also liked the fairground. 63
5d
5 pony
UNIT 8. THE ART WORLD (page 79)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers. 6b
Activity 9 Student’s own answers. Activity 10 Suggested answer: I really enjoy playing games such as Monopoly and Scrabble. I like playing mental games because
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 scary
A picture says a thousand words
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
3a
Activity 5 1 play 2 write down 6 don’t speak 7 using
4 cool
Activity 9 1 had 2 time 3 art and crafts 4 play area 6 fairground 7 scary 8 boring 9 kids
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
Activity 7 1e 2c
3 rides
Activity 7 1 will carry 2 won’t go / I’m not going 4 will never speak, will say
5a
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1b 2a
4 a
Activity 3 1 arts and crafts 2 treasure hunt 3 pony ride 4 puppet show 5 circus 6 crazy golf 7 soft-play area 8 fairground
Activity 4 1 puppet show 2 circus 3 fairground 4 arts and crafts 5 pony ride 6 soft-play area 7 treasure hunt 8 crazy golf Activity 5 1b 2a
3b
3 stands up, jump
Activity 3 1 Laura and Christian met at Art School. 2 Myers Declan didn’t have any money to pay for his food. Activity 4 1 Laura 2 Christian
3 Bill, Ben & Ellen
4 Ben
5 Ellen
6 Ben
Activity 5 13 2 7 Laura invites Ben to an art exhibition.
175
Answer Key 3 7 Pollock was a painter in the 20th century. 43 5 7 Christian invites Laura to meet the curator of the exhibition. 63 Activity 6 1 music 2 classical art 3 music 5 photography 6 architecture 9 classical art
4 modern art, sculpture 7 sculpture 8 music
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 80) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 Damien Hirst 2 Marina Abramovic 4 Gerhard Richter Activity 3 1a 2b
3c
4a
3 Louise Bourgeois
4 I don’t get it
Activity 5 1 turns, off 2 just don’t get it 3 break down the barriers 4 made a big impression on 5 live
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 81-82) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 /ʌ/ hut, colour, touch, come /æ/ fact, cab, handsome /ɜː/ surf, nurse, thirsty, servant, girl, world, earth /aː/ dark, shark /e/ wet, treasure, feather, again Activity 3 1 is considered 2 visit 3 was seen 4 was increased 5 costs 6 has been criticised 7 was announced 8 will be offered Activity 4 2 Her sculptures are bought by people from all round the world. 3 - 4 Have all my photos been sold yet? 5 - 6 Her performance was watched by hundreds of spectators yesterday.
c1
Activity 6 He likes it: b Activity 7 1d 2c
3e
d3
He doesn't like it: a, d
4a
5b
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
176
Activity 10 /ɪ/ tin, give, pity /iː/ wheel, neat, mean, tweet /ɒ/ promise, watch /ɔː/ wore, lawn, normal, draw, daughter, walk /ʊ/ hook /uː/ suitcase, clue, tool, mute Activity 11 1 I saw the exhibition with John yesterday. / Yesterday, I saw the exhibition with John. 2 He often paints in the afternoon. In the afternoon, he often paints. 3 She doesn’t usually go to bed so early. 4 She took that photo with great difficulty last night. / Last night, she took that photo with great difficulty. 5 I didn’t speak English very well in the exam three years ago. / Three years ago, I didn’t speak English very well in the exam. Activity 12 on a sofa, at work, wearing a grey suit, a blue cupboard, flowers on the left, in a white vase
5c
Activity 4 1 leaves me cold 2 sat still 3 stunning 5 disgusting 6 lovely, stunning
Activity 5 a2 b4
Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
He hates it: c
Activity 13 1 armchair 2 home 3 green skirt 4 white blouse cupboard 6 on the right 7 yellow Activity 14 1 foreground, background 2 bottom, right 4 skill 5 in, focal 6 colourful
5 green
3 top, left
Activity 15 Suggested answer: There are two women sitting at a table in the foreground. They are quietly talking in a cafe. In the background, there is a man sitting at a table. To the right, outside the window, there is a large sign. There is a lamp on the windowsill. The sun is shining through the window. I find the effect of light in this painting striking.
The buildings around us (page 83) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Oxford Activity 3 1 b,f 2 e, a
3 c,g
4d
Activity 4 1 Christopher Wren 2 university graduation ceremonies, music concerts, lectures, conferences 3 library 4 800 5 eighteen 6 society 7 Business Activity 5 1 Goldie 2 Andy Warhol 3 ice sculpting 5 temples 6 Charles Rennie Mackintosh
4 Jackson Pollock
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 84) Activity 1 1e 2d
3b
4c
5a
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 2 1b 2e
3c
4d
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
5a
Activity 3 1 7 Both his parents were dead, but his brother was possibly still alive. 2 7 He decided to become a forger when he realised that he could imitate other artists and make a lot of money. 33 43 5 7 Perl was very surprised by the drawing at the beginning. 6 7 He only had a good reputation after he died. / People began to appreciate his work after his death. Activity 4 1 portrait 5 landscape Activity 5 1c 2e
2 art gallery 6 Oil, canvas
3a
4d
3 still life 4 watercolours 7 frame 8 exhibition
3b
4a
3 Have you?
4 Is she?
5 Did
Activity 3 Student’s own answers.
2 sceptical
3 no interest
4 surprise
5 surprise
Activity 5 Student’s own answers. Activity 6 1 go 2 to speak
4 getting
3 by
4 as
5 not
CONSOLIDATION (page 86-87) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 1b 2a 3c
4e
4c
5b
5a
Activity 4 Switch off the TV. Go for walks. Write a diary. Activity 5 3
THAT’S ENGLISH!
6 Wouldn’t, to be
5 good at
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
Activity 2 1c 2d 3a
7 She has been a photographer for over 40 years. 7 She does still life and landscapes as well. 3 7 If you take a good portrait, you can communicate all kinds of emotions. 53 6 7 She has become more sensitive to other people. 1 2 3 4
4c
Activity 12 1 however 5 To sum up
2 I’d rather not
3 shows
4 I would say that
Activity 13 Suggested answer: This painting by Gauguin shows a tropical scene and reflects happiness. In the foreground, we see a dog and two women sitting and chatting. I would say that the scene has been painted with great care. The painting is very colourful and relaxing. To sum up, this painting doesn’t leave me cold. It is stunning!
SELF TEST (page 88)
3 Would
Activity 7 1 portrait 2 landscape 7 art gallery 8 make
Activity 9
Activity 11 Options a and b contain facts. Options c and d contain opinions.
5d
Activity 2 1 Don’t you? 2 Did they? he? 6 Won’t she?
Activity 4 1 surprised 6 sceptical
Activity 8 2
Activity 10 1b 2d 3a
5b
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 85) Activity 1 1c 2e
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
6 exhibitions
Activity 1 1 stunning
2 get, confusing
Activity 2 1 stunning
2 top
Activity 3 1e 2f 3b
3 leave
3 foreground
4a
5d
Activity 6 1 as 2 at
3 made
3 What
4 by
4 skill
5 point
5 striking
6 bottom, left
6c
Activity 4 1 was taken 2 didn’t enjoy confused 5 didn’t remember Activity 5 1 How 2 What an 7 What 8 How
4 disgusting
3 tried 4 was completely 5 are asked 7 learn
4 What a
5 What an
6 How
5 carefully
Activity 7 1 I usually get up at 6 o’clock every day. 2 I painted a lot in the garden last year. / Last year, I painted a lot in the garden. 3 He never goes up the stairs very quickly. 4 Jane often goes to work in the evening. 5 They were slowly walking along the road last night. / They were walking along the road slowly last night. / Last night, they were slowly walking along the road.
177
Answer Key Activity 8 1 Are you
2 Have we
Activity 9 1 go 2 prefer have, or
3 Are you
3 Would
4 Didn’t you 5 Can’t you
4 prefer
5 be, than
6 Would,
set at the beginning. 23 3 7 The music wasn’t great. Jake didn’t like the music. 4 7 Mothers near him were explaining the story to their children. 5 7 She says they all had a great time. Both the parents and the children had a good time.
Activity 10 1 paint 2 is
Activity 4 1c 2g
Activity 11 1 7 He is painting a portrait. 23 33 4 7 He paints landscapes and still lifes as well. 53
Activity 5 1 performance 2 star 3 main characters 4 cast 5 set 6 standing ovation 7 audience 8 rave reviews 9 moving 10 on stage
Activity 12 Suggested answer: Dear Meg, Last night I went out with a friend and he showed me some of his artwork. It was quite stunning, and I told him about you and the art gallery where you work. He has sold some paintings but needs some help. Would you be able to talk to him and look at some of his work? Thanks!
UNIT 9. THE WORLD IS A STAGE What a great performance! (page 89) Activity 1 1b 2a
Activity 3 1 They are going to the matinee tomorrow afternoon. 2 She is a brilliant but underrated actress who would be perfect in his new play. Activity 4 1d 2c
3e
4f
5b
Activity 5 1b 2a
3a
4b
5c
Activity 6 1c 2d
3b
4e
5a
6a
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING (page 90) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 They wrote a musical version of Cinderella. 2 It includes references to the events of today, and it has a greater comic element. 3 It is very good. Activity 3 1 7 From the moment we took our seats, we were captivated by the beautiful set. / They were captivated by the beautiful
4b
5f
6a
7d
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 91-92) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 advertisement 2 aggressive 3 graduate 4 imaginative 5 independent 6 manipulative 7 organised 8 private 9 references 10 return Activity 3 1 to 2 so
3 that
4 Hopefully
5 not
Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 1 under 2 over
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
178
3e
3 under
4 over
5 super
Activity 6 1 wonderful 2 happy 6 Congratulations
3 achievement
Activity 7 1 rubbish 2 What a 5 disappointing
3 awful, What a
6 super
4 done
5 What
4 performance
Activity 8 Sally: How did the school play go? Max: Well, in general the performances were dreadful (outstanding/amazing/brillant). They did a good job. Sally: Oh good! Tell me more! Max: Well, Gemma and Bob were awful (outstanding/ amazing/brillant) as the two main characters. The audience loved them! But I was a little pleased (disappointed) with the rest of the cast because they weren’t very good. Sally: Really? Why? Max: Their acting was terrific (rubbish). I don’t think anybody in the audience liked them. Sally: Would you recommend going to see the play? Max: Yes, I think you should see it. It’s terrible (outstanding/ amazing/brillant). Activity 9 1c 2a
3b
Activity 10 13 23 3 7 The director was pleased with the actor’s performance. 43
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 7 The director thought the set was good.
Activity 3 1 extremely 6 absolutely
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
Activity 5
It’s a full house (page 93)
Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 The following are mentioned in the video: Romeo and Juliet, Alls Well that Ends Well, Macbeth, and The Tempest. 2 Stratford-upon-Avon 3 The Globe Theatre Activity 4 1 across the RiverThames 2 burned down and other writers 4 has performed in Shakespeare 6 the English language
Activity 6 1 yes 2 yes 7 doesn’t say
5b
3 no
3 by Shakespeare 5 connection to
6d
4 doesn’t say
It’s set in, it’s a store about
1 Basic Information
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4e
5 no
6 doesn’t say
2 Adjectives
capable, powerful, evocative, moving, outstanding
3 Opinions or recommendation
It’s really worth seeing
4 Conclusions
To sum up, In a word
Activity 6 1 based 2 by 3 directed 4 set 7 outstanding / powerful 8 worth seeing
CONSOLIDATION (page 96-97)
READING (page 94)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 Almagro: theatre festival Salzburg: classical music festival Cannes: film festival Glastonbury: pop festival New Orleans: jazz festival Activity 2 1c 2e 3a
4d
5b
Activity 3 1b 2c 3a
4b
5b
Activity 4 1 the main idea behind the event 2 took part 3 build their careers 4 takes place 5 for all tastes 6 followed their example
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 95) Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 ’Are you going with Mary?’ ’No, not with Mary, I’m going with John.’ 2 ’Is Charles a good actor?’ ’No, he’s a terrible actor, but he’s a fantastic singer.’ 3 ’Do you want to go to the cinema?’ ’No, not to the cinema, I’d love to go to the theatre.’
5 story
6 cast
Activity 7 Suggested answer: The Grapes of Wrath is a film based on the Pulitzer Prize winning novel. It is directed by John Ford and is set in Oklahoma in the 1930s during the Great Depression. It is a story about the Joads, a poor family of farmers that are forced to leave their home in Oklahoma because of drought, financial problems and to look for work in California. Henry Ford and Jane Darwell star as the main characters. The actors are brilliant, and the plot is moving and gripping. The family has to overcome many problems to survive during this terrible period of time. To sum up, I would say that this film is really worth seeing. It catches your attention from the very beginning. It is an outstanding film.
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 so
Activity 4 1b 2c 3a
Activity 12 Student’s own answers.
Activity 5 1a 2f 3c
2 completely 3 really 4 absolutely 7 completely 8 extremely
Activity 2 1 Activity 3 1 7 Classical acting concentrates on voice and gesture. Method acting helps actors internalise thoughts and feelings of their characters. 2 7 He didn’t suffer mental problems. He stayed in character. 33 43 5 7 Acting is a very intense experience for the actor. 63 Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 1b 2d
3c
4a
Activity 6 1b 2a
3b
4c
5b
Activity 7 1c 2e
3a
4d
5b
6 c
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
179
Answer Key Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
UNIT 10. STORIES AND LEGENDS
Activity 10 1 based 2 directed 3 set 7 worth 8 recommend
It’s an urban myth, Bill (page 99) 4 tells
5 outstanding
6 superb
Activity 11 Suggested answer: The film It’s a Wonderful Life is based on the fictitious life of George Bailey, a humble businessman who lives in the town of Bedford Falls. It is brilliantly directed by Frank Capra and is set in the post-war period. The film is a story about what the life of George Bailey’s family and friends would be like without him. James Stewart gives an outstanding performance as George Bailey. In addition, the rest of the cast really perform well, too. The film last a little longer than 2 hours and sometimes can be a little slow. This film is definitely worth seeing if you are interested in a warm, heart filling moment. If I were you, I wouldn’t miss it.
SELF TEST (page 98) Activity 1 1 performance 2 star 3 character 6 cast 7 ovation 8 reviews Activity 2 1 hope to 2 Hopefully
4 set
5 audienc
3 hope not
Activity 4 1 What 2 dreadful
3 Well done!
Activity 5 1d 2c 3e
5b
4 hope (that)
5 hope so
4 load
5 for
6 How
Activity 6 1 Correct 2 absolutely / utterly / totally / completely impossible 3 Correct 4 absolutely, really, amazing 5 Correct 6 really / absolutely / completely /totally exhausted Activity 7 1 extremely interesting 4 makes a big impression Activity 8 1d 2b 3a
2 fantastic 5 very bad
2 full of emotion
Activity 3 1T 2R
3R
4T
Activity 4 1c 2a
3b
4c
Activity 5 1c 2a
3-
4f
5T
5b
5d
6T
6b
6-
7R
8T
7c
7b
8e
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1c 2b
3e
4d
5a
Activity 3 1 7 He lived a very long time ago. 23 3 7 He immediately saw Gelert and it was a terrible sight. 4 3 However, as he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly heard a baby crying. 5 7 He killed him before he had seen his son. 63 Activity 4 1 suddenly 5 desperately
2 apparently 3 angrily 4 immediately 6 heavily 7 tragically 8 sadly
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 101-102) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4c Activity 2 1 vegetable 2 secretary 3 chocolate 4 comfortable 5 medicine 6 secondary 7 aspirin 8 biscuit 9 library
Activity 9 the story, the actors, the music Activity 10 man’s opinion the film in general man’s opinion
woman’s opinion
Activity 3 1 was walking 2 saw 3 was crying 4 asked 5 didn’t answer 6 pointed 7 was lying 8 understood 9 couldn’t
fantastic
the story
dreadful boring
moving
the actors
really bad
really powerful (performance)
the music
absolutely dreadful evocative
the main actress
very beautiful but a bad voice
180
Activity 2 1 He died years ago in a plane crash in the Nevada desert, and he joined a religious sect. 2 He does concerts because he has no money.
READING (page 100)
Activity 3 1 overrated 2 superhuman 3 undercooked 4 superimposed 5 overemotional
4a
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
impressive
Activity 4 1 Surprisingly 5 apparently Activity 5 1 desperately 6 suddenly
2 amazingly
2 finally
3 naturally
3 calmly
4 heavily
4 Obviously
5 quickly
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 1B 2E
3E
4B
5B
READING (page 104)
6E
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 7 b, d, f, h, i Activity 8 1b 2d
Activity 2 1 3a
4e
5c
Activity 3 1b 2d
Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
Activity 4 a
Activity 10 1c 2b 3a Activity 11 1 b (past simple tense) perfect tense)
2 c (past continuous tense)
3 a (past
Activity 13 1 remember 2 suppose 6 imagined 7 found out
3 noticed 8 realised
4 sensed
5 heard
Activity 14 Suggested answer: There is a famous legend in Burlington, the town where I live. People say that there is a ghost that lives in an abandoned house at the end of Grant Street, and that this ghost is looking for his golden arm. There was once a man, Frank Klein, who lost his real arm in a car accident, but as he was very rich, he decided to replace it with a golden one. When he died, someone stole his arm from his grave. My friend and I didn’t believe in ghosts, so we decided to spend the night in the abandoned house to prove to everyone that the ghost was simply a legend. As we were entering the house, we started to hear noises coming from upstairs. The noises sounded like someone talking. So we started to walk up the stairs, and entered the bedroom. Suddenly, we heard the words, ’Who stole my golden arm?’We heard this repeated several times, and then the door closed behind us. We quickly decided to leave the house. It was at this moment that we realised that this legend was true.
Do you believe in ghosts? Activity 1 1b 2a Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 b, c, d, f, g Activity 4 1c 2c 3a
4b
5a
6c
Activity 5 1e 2d
4b
5c
6a
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 5 1c 2g
3a
4e
5b
6f
7d
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 105)
Activity 12 1 arrived; had (already) started 2 hadn’t been; met 3 finished / had finished; had fallen 4 hadn’t seen; loved 5 had already left; finally came 6 had just woken up; saw
3f
3c
(page 103)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 Once upon a time, there was a cat and a dog. 2 A man walked into a bar with a lion. 3 A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away... 4 It was love at first sight. 5 It was the best of times, it was the worst of times. Activity 3 1b 2c
3a
Activity 4 1a 2b
3b
Activity 5 1 used to love / loved / would love 2 would always imitate 3 was cooking 4 told 5 had never heard 6 met / had met Activity 6 In 1888, Gandhi travels to London to study law. Gandhi never eats meat or drinks alcohol because of his religion. However, he does not like the vegetarian food that is offered by his English landlady. He is frequently hungry until he finds a vegetarian restaurant. While he lives in London, he tries to adopt customs that he considers to be typically English, and he even takes dancing lessons. Activity 7 Suggested answer: A friend of mine told me a story which supposedly happened to him. Well, he tells me that he receives a chain letter in the mail which says that he has to send the letter to 15 other people in less than 24 hours or he will suffer a terrible accident. My friend pays no attention to the letter because he isn’t superstitious. Two days later, my friend leaves his house to go shopping in the city centre, and when he finishes buying a new suit, he walks out of the shop and begins to cross the street. Suddenly, he hears a loud screeching noise, he looks up and sees a car coming at him and it can’t stop in time. The car hits him, and knocks him onto the ground. Some people who see the accident call an ambulance. The ambulance comes and has to take him to hospital. It turns out that he breaks his leg in three places.
CONSOLIDATION (page 106-107) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
181
Answer Key Activity 2 2
Activity 6 1b 2e
Activity 3 2, 4, 6
Activity 7 1 7 The bird sees The Happy Prince and stops there. 2 7 The Happy Prince is crying. 33 4 7 The Happy Prince lived in a beautiful palace. 53 6 7 The Happy Prince starts to cry.
Activity 4 Good storytellers memorise the story, know their audience, use body language
Bad storytellers always use the same tone of voice
5c
6d
GRAMMAR (page 109) Activity 1 1a 2c
Activity 6 1 7 Professor Lomax has just written a book. 2 7 People like talking about their experiences. 33 43 5 7 People exaggerate. 67
Activity 8 Student’s own answers. Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST (page 108) Activity 1 1 hadn’t talked, decided 2 understood, had read 3 got / had got, had already begun 4 had just closed, realised, had left 5 hadn’t spoken, already knew, liked Activity 2 1 a time 2 desperately 3 One day 6 Suddenly 7 ever after 8 moral
4 finally
5 Obviously
Activity 3 1 had finished / finished 2 looked 3 wasn’t shining 4 wasn’t raining 5 wanted / had wanted 6 had forgotten 7 had already started 8 came 9 said 10 used to wear 11 would go 12 would tell Activity 4 I’m in the school library when this man comes in. He seems nervous and is looking around him. Suddenly, he falls to the ground. Then I see that he is bleeding, and he has a lot of 500 euro notes in his pockets. That’s when I remember that the police are looking for a bank robber.
2 knew
3 noticed
4 realised
3a
4b
5c
6a
7c
8c
9b
10 b
Activity 2 1 joining 2 have 3 interesting 4 I’ll cancel 5 have just bought 6 How 7 How long 8 dozens of 9 saw 10 was built 11 ’s been 12 How far 13 living 14 to like 15 buy 16 to move
Activity 7 My holiday was (1) great! I went to (2) Cancun on the east coast of (3) Mexico with my boyfriend, Jeff. He’s (4) very rich, so (5) he paid (6) for everything!. We stayed in a (7) five-star hotel. The food was (8) delicious and our room was (9) huge. We (10) swam in the sea every day because the water was (11) perfect. The weather was (12) beautiful!. During the holiday, I saw some aspects of Jeff’s character that I (13) really like: he’s very (14) patient and is a (15) good listener.
182
4f
UNIT 11. REVISION
Activity 5 4
Activity 5 1 sensed
3a
5 suppose
Activity 3 1 have been living 2 used to / lived 3 would always go 4 decided 5 are 6 wake up 7 started 9 have lost 9 was running 10 saw 11 had abandoned 12 took 13 gave 14 felt 15 will keep Activity 4 1 Both my brother and sister practise reiki. 2 Neither Jerry nor Karen speaks Japanese. 3 You can have either pasta or pizza. 4 Yesterday I met a girl who lives in China. 5 A well is a hole in the ground which is used to get water. 6 This is the author whose book won the Booker Prize last year. 7 Prague is the city where I used to live. 8 You should take an aspirin for your cough. 9 If I were you, I would read this book. 10 How about seeing the new Tarantino film? 11 You had better make an appointment to see a physiotherapist.
VOCABULARY (page 110) Activity 1 1 actually 2 amazing 7 character 8 roughly Activity 2 1d 2e
3b
4c
3 genre 4 setting 5 plot 6 cast 9 reviews 10 disappointing
5a
6f
Activity 3 1 nil 2 sensible 3 moody 4 dreadful 5 confusing 6 the twenties 7 slowly 8 plot 9 rows 10 Oh, dear Activity 4 1 overweight 6 balanced 10 easygoing
2 off-the-grid 3 farming 4 grow 5 lost 7 touch 8 prevent 9 remarkable 11 exciting 12 bored 13 tolerant
PRONUNCIATION (page 110) Activity 1 1 ate (different vowel sound) 2 though (not a homophone) 3 incredible (four syllables, the other words have three) 4 us (no silent e at the end)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 2 a1 b3
c4
WRITING I (page 112)
d2
Activity 3 1 Who rides their bike to work? I ride my bike to work. 2 Where do you ride your bike? I ride my bike to work. 3 Whose bike do you ride to work? I ride my bike to work. Activity 4 1R 2R
3F
READING COMPREHENSION I (page 111) Activity 1 1c 2d
3b
4a
Activity 2 1 We show basic courtesy by saying please or thank you and offering your seat. 2 We should treat other people the way you want to be treated. 3 When rank is clear lower rank is introduced to higher rank. 4 The person making the introduction is responsible for carrying the conversation. 5 We should make eye contact, offer a greeting and shake hands.
READING COMPREHENSION II (page 111) Activity 3 1b 2d
3a
4c
Activity 4 1 7 Many old people older than 95 have terrible health habits: they smoke, drink, have poor diets, are overweight, and don’t get enough exercise. 23 33 43 5 7 Everyone can benefit from exercise no matter how old they are. It’s never too late to start.
LISTENING COMPREHENSION I (page 112) Activity 1 1 yes 2 no Activity 2 1c 2a
3b
3 no
4b
4 no
5b
5 no
6 yes
7 not mentioned
6b
LISTENING COMPREHENSION II (page 112) Activity 3 1 He wanted to see his favourite painting there. 2 Seurat took over two years to create his painting. 3 The painting was made in the 19th century. 4 He saw a musical called Jersey Boys. Activity 4 1 7 One of the reasons he wanted to go to Chicago was to see this painting. 23 33 4 7 It’s large: 2 metres by 3 metres. 5 7 It was entertaining.
Activity 1 Spain has hundreds of great museums, and tourists come from all over the world to visit them every year. But should public museums be free for everyone? On the one hand, museums are a part of our national history and heritage. So, like education, they should be accessible to everyone. Besides, the government should spend less money on the military and invest more in the arts. On the other hand, nothing is really ’free’. Museums cost tax payers millions of euros every year. Perhaps this money would be better spent on schools. What’s more, people have to pay when they go to a public swimming pool or when they use public transport so why shouldn’t they pay a small entrance price for public museums? To sum up, I feel the government should support our public museums, although it’s also a good idea for people to pay a small entrance fee. In the end, we need to make sure all of our great museums remain open for future generations. Activity 2 Suggested answer: Introduction: Cities need to create more bike lanes. There are very few bike lanes in big cities, and we really need to do something about it. People have the right to choose bicycles as transportation and we should support them. Arguments for: On the one hand, bike lanes would make it easier for bikers to get around the city. It is also a faster and cheaper way of transport in a big city. Bike lanes would make it safer for the cyclists. Besides, it would help people stay fit. Arguments against: On the other hand, it is really quite expensive to build bike lanes. This would cost the taxpayers a lot of money. It is also quite dangerous to ride a bike in the city. People could suffer serious accidents which would cost the NHS a lot of money as well. Conclusion: To sum up, I feel the investment in bike lanes would be worth it. There would be less traffic, less air pollution and people would be able to get around faster and cheaper. And who isn’t in favour of getting fit, saving time and money, and helping the environment by not polluting?
WRITING II (page 112) Activity 2 In my opinion, Titanic is one of the best film in the history of cinema. It was directed by James Cameron in 1997. Its main characters are Rose (Kate Winslet) and Jack (Leonardo DiCrapio), two passengers who started a story of love on the Titanic. It is dramatic and a lovely story. A lot of people have cried a lot watching this film and it has received a lot of awards, including Oscars. What really makes this film great is the set. They made an exact model of the boat. It was very difficult to do. Moreover, the use of special effects in this film created the perfect atmosphere to take the spectators to the sinking of the Titanic.
ORAL EXPRESSION: MONOLOGUE (page 113) Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
ORAL EXPRESSION: INTERACTION (page 113) Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
183
